BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available on the e-publishing website at www.e-Publishing.af.mil for downloading and ordering. RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication.

OPR: AFCEE/TDB Supersedes: AFH32-1084, 1 September 1996

Certified by: AF/A7CP (Lt Col John J. Allen, Jr.) Pages: 531

This Manual supplements AFI 32-1024, Standard Facility Requirements. It provides guidance for determining space allocations for Air Force facilities and may be used to program new facilities or evaluate existing spaces. It provides facility space allowance guidance by category code (CATCODE). These criteria are used in assigning occupancy of existing facilities and in programming new facilities. This Manual is applicable to all active duty, civilian, Air Force Reserve (AFR) personnel and units; particularly Air Force commanders and managers, who plan, program, review, certify, and approve Air Force facilities. Civil Air Patrol may adopt this guidance at the discretion of the applicable installation commander, per AFI 10-2701. This Manual does not authorize the use of appropriated funds, nonappropriated funds, or private funds for the construction or conversion of facilities. Refer recommended changes and questions about this publication to the Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR) using the AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication; route AF Forms 847 from the field through appropriate functional chain of command. Ensure that all records created as a result of processes prescribed in this publication are maintained in accordance with AFMAN 33-363, Management of Records, and disposed of in accordance with the Air Force Records Disposition Schedule (RDS) located at https://www.my.af.mil/afrims/afrims/afrims/rims.cfm. The use of the name or mark of any specific manufacturer, commercial product, commodity, or service in this publication does not imply endorsement by the Air Force.

2 SUMMARY OF CHANGES

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

This document has been substantially revised and must be completely reviewed. Revisions include incorporating the list of Offices of Primary Responsibility (OPR) previously found in AFI 32-1024, Standard Facility Requirements within this document and updating office symbols. The Air Force Category Code designations have been replaced using the Real Property Classification System (RPCS), and each facility-type is described using a new format. Where applicable, office spaces have been realigned with rank-based standards. Space management priorities have been cross-referenced with industry standards (e.g., OSCRE [Open Standards Consortium for Real Estate] and BOMA [Building Owners and Managers Association]) for use in future Asset Management databases. The standard facility requirements for most Air Force missions have been updated, however, facility requirements for newer, unique or future weapon systems are unknown or under development at the time of this document’s publication and therefore not included in this revision. Contact the lead MAJCOM or OPR for standard facility requirements not contained in this Manual.
Chapter 1—OVERVIEW 1.1. 1.2. 1.3. 1.4. 1.5. Figure 1.1. 1.6. 1.7. 1.8. 1.9. 1.10. 1.11. Table 1.1. 1.12. Table 1.2. 1.13. 1.14. 1.15. 1.16. Description. ............................................................................................................ Application. ............................................................................................................ Requirements. ........................................................................................................ Limitations. ............................................................................................................ How to Use the Manual. ........................................................................................ Example Facility Type Description. ...................................................................... Facility Planning Considerations. .......................................................................... National Codes and Standards. .............................................................................. Environmental Policies and Practices. ................................................................... Definitions. ............................................................................................................ Space Allowances and Multipliers. ........................................................................ Space Programming. .............................................................................................. Space Programming Process for a New Facility (Primarily NonAdministrative).1,2 .................................................................................................. Space Management. ............................................................................................... BOMA/OSCRE Relationships Example (Level 1 only). ....................................... Determining Space Requirements. ......................................................................... Site Planning Considerations. ................................................................................ Installation Planning Considerations. .................................................................... Energy Policies and Practices ................................................................................ 9 9 9 10 10 10 11 12 14 14 15 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 21 21

1.1. Description. This Manual is a tool to assist commanders, their management and technical staff in programming the acquisition of facilities and in managing the inventory of real property facilities. This Manual also aids all base personnel in correctly identifying classes of real property and assigning correct category codes, ensuring that real property documentation is as accurate as possible. 1.2. Application. This Manual applies to Air Force Active and Reserve facilities. The Air Force Reserve Command Handbook (AFRCH) 32-1001, Standard Facility Requirements, supplements space standards for Air Force Reserve facilities. The Air National Guard Handbook (ANGH) 321084, ANG Standard Facility Requirements, defines space standards for Air National Guard facilities. This Manual takes precedence over Air Force design guides for developing space requirements for Air Force facilities. 1.2.1. This Manual contains guidance for the type, number, and size of facilities to support Air Force and Air Force Reserve missions. The guidance contained in this Manual pertains to all Air Force facilities at military installations in the United States and, to the extent practicable, in other locations worldwide. 1.2.2. This guidance shall be used as a baseline in the planning and design of construction projects: new facilities in the military construction (MILCON) program; minor construction projects; nonappropriated fund (NAF) projects; Sustainment, Restoration, and Modernization (SRM); and major alterations to existing facilities. 1.2.3. Application to Existing Facilities. This Manual shall also be used as a baseline in determining the appropriate allocation of space within existing facilities. The configuration of existing spaces may preclude the exact application of the space standards contained in this document, but space planning should adhere as closely to this guidance as possible. All available existing space must be considered in establishing a space deficiency and a justification for programming action. 1.2.4. Facilities Not Defined. Standard facility requirements have not been determined for some facility types. In those cases, project programming or space allocations must be accomplished based on requirements analysis, input from the facility type OPRs identified in Attachment 2, Table A2.2 of this Manual, and justification through established project approval procedures. As requirements are established, they will be added to this Manual. 1.2.5. Adding New Facilities to and/or Updating the Manual. AFI 32-1024 addresses the procedures for adding new facilities and for updating facilities already included in this Manual. 1.2.6. Approved Weapons Systems Requirements Plans. Unique facility requirements as approved in Weapons Systems Requirements Plans will be followed. Discrepancies between weapons systems criteria and this Manual should be resolved by the appropriate host command civil engineer (MAJCOM/A7).

10

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

1.3. Requirements. 1.3.1. Mandatory Requirements. Although there is considerable flexibility in most of the guidance provided in this Manual, those sections identified as based on law, applicable Codes, Executive Orders, DoD Directives, Federal Regulations, Air Force Policy, and other governing standards must be treated accordingly and deviations must be approved by requests made through command channels. 1.3.2. General Requirements. Facility requirements are developed under a wide variety of procedures and techniques. While the steps involved will vary with the nature of the facility requirement, there are basic criteria to consider for all design projects. This Manual contains criteria which serve as guidance in the planning and programming of high quality facilities that are durable, functional, sustainable, economical, safe, aesthetically pleasing, and have reasonable operating and maintenance costs. Space requirements in this Manual apply to all building and construction alternatives including permanent construction, semi-permanent construction, temporary construction, mobilization construction, relocatable buildings, leases, and portable buildings. 1.4. Limitations. 1.4.1. Projects should not be approved or disapproved solely on the basis of this Manual. Improvement of existing facilities for the sole purpose of meeting this Manual shall not be undertaken. Existing facilities or existing situations which meet current criteria (prior to implementation of this Manual) should remain unchanged. All new requirements, and particularly those which exceed this guidance, must be fully explained and justified where directed herein, and in accordance with other applicable DoD and Service programming/budget directives to ensure understanding by the reviewing officials. 1.4.2. Although this Manual may be used as a reference document for procurement activities such as contracting for professional design services and Green Procurement, it shall not be used as a reference document in military or federal specifications, for procurement of material, or in other similar procurement activities. Listing a facility in this Manual does not provide automatic justification for programming the facility or for including it on the base master plan. 1.5. How to Use the Manual. 1.5.1. General Guidance. This Manual provides general guidance for developing facility requirements. Its companion document, AFI 32-1024, Standard Facility Requirements, describes the facility requirement system, assigns responsibilities, and explains how new and revised guidance criteria are initiated and processed for publication. Both this document and AFI 32-1024 emphasize the importance of anticipating mission requirements and taking timely actions to establish and revise guidance and criteria for facilities needed to fulfill mission objectives. 1.5.2. Organization. This Manual is organized into chapters by broad category of facility. Within each chapter, each specific facility type is discussed in terms of general description, requirements determination, scope determination, dimensions, and design considerations. Where appropriate, tables are included for various size alternatives based on different

4.3.3. Example Facility Type Description. Technical details that might have significant impact on cost are included here. Design Considerations. A general description of the facility type is provided in this section.
1. Dimensions. but technical guidance for design is not. It is not intended as a repository for the contents of a design guide.4. The scope section contains the data required to make the initial determination about the overall size of the facility. For example: Figure 1. Facility Type Descriptions.1. Each facility type is organized by category code. Often this section makes reference to a design guide.1.5.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
11
weapon systems or different sized populations served.
1. This section provides the basis for determining the functions of the facility and the major subcomponent spaces as they relate to the mission. Requirements Determination. This section contains information about any specific dimensions which must be included. For each type of facility.
1. Use this Manual only as one step in determining facility requirements.1. The intent of this section is to point out any key cost drivers for the facility that would impact the programmed amount for new construction or renovation.1. Requirement determination is a process that:
.1.5. Requirements Determination.4.5. Scope Determination. See paragraph 1. Facility requirements are developed under a wide variety of procedures and techniques.
1. the office symbol of the Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR).2.1.5. the Category Code (CATCODE). 1. Description.
1.
FAC: 1234 CATCODE: 123456 OPR: AF/A7CPA OCR: MAJCOM/A7
1. the Facility Analysis Category (FAC). and the Office of Collateral Responsibility (OCR) are listed.1.

Facility Planning Considerations. 1. Flexibility.g.4. and scheduling requirements. h) criteria used by other governmental or civilian organizations for comparable facilities. and Expansion. and paragraph 1. paragraph 1. Explores the possibility of combining or integrating the proposed facility requirements with other existing or proposed facility requirements.6. life-cycle costs). 1. i) accessibility for persons with disabilities. 1.6. Refer to paragraph 1. operational concepts. Acquires a full understanding of the proposed facility functions by a) analyzing the relationship of the functions to mission objectives.4. e) major equipment or material requirements. For more information on facility planning. The Air Force is committed to excellence in the design and development of its sites and buildings. this means an integrated approach that achieves the highest quality of aesthetics in meeting the requirements of the building’s users and accomplishing the mission. Systems and materials should be selected on the basis of long-term operations and maintenance costs.5.3.15 for installation planning considerations. and abolished. The following is a partial list of considerations for facility planning as they impact space requirements. Translates functional requirements into design and planning criteria by investigating factors such as a) the number of personnel and types of organizations using the facility. and d) observing. refer to the Air Force Planner’s Handbook. c) initiating special research and investigation into any aspect of functions requiring clarification. Adaptability. Air Force departments are created.1. b) acquiring detailed information from experts on published material and functions.4. Establishes one OPR as the requesting organization for establishing the facility requirement. d) effects of climate. site location.5.5. As a consequence.8 of this chapter for environmental policies and practices. as those costs will be significantly higher over time than first costs.6. Operations and Maintenance. and ultimately cost. As missions change and priorities change.2. b) time. expanded. g) costs including both initial costs and operating and maintenance costs (e. 1.4. Air Force buildings undergo many changes during their lifetime. and master plan requirements. and j) compliance with the most current Air Force Sustainable Design and Development (SDD) and Antiterrorism/Force Protection (AT/FP) policies.6. workload.5.6. The flexibility to accommodate continual change needs to be built in to the building design from the outset and respected in subsequent alterations. while at the same time delivering a building that is cost effective to maintain throughout its useful life.4.. c) environmental control requirements.14 for site planning considerations.1.2. or other programs. 1.12
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 1. Sustainability and Energy Performance.
.
1. For the Air Force. if possible.3. f) hazardous considerations. The design of the facility operating systems should ensure ease and efficiency of operation and allow for cost effective maintenance and repair during the facility’s useful life. 1. 1. requirements for space and services change frequently and space must be reconfigured often.4. Design Quality. actual operations comparable to the operations in question.

mil. equipment rooms.6. Size telecommunications closets per Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronics Industries Alliance (TIA/EIA) 569-A-5. the Air Force seeks to achieve the rehabilitation of historic structures through repair. The Air Force OPR for LCC is the Air Force Civil Engineer Support Agency (AFCESA).6. lighting controls. Persons with disabilities are entitled to use many facilities on military installations. emergency and uninterrupted power. 1.af. Historic Buildings. LCC is an important economic analysis used in the selection of alternatives that impact both pending and future costs. Designs should include the ability to increase security in response to a heightened threat. Federal Energy Management and Planning Programs. It is DoD and Air Force policy to make buildings accessible to persons with disabilities unless the building is to be used only by able-bodied military personnel. Security/Facility Hardening/Antiterrorism/Force Protection. Table 7. and UFC 4-010-01. cultural. electrical. and communications systems. Accessibility. Telecommunications Infrastructure. security systems. Designing and constructing safe and secure cost effective buildings has always been one of the Air Force’s primary goals.10. mechanical. 1. as well as reduce security if changes in risk warrant it. Also see UFC 3-580-01. The infrastructure must provide adequate spare capacity and integrate the utility entrance facilities. Consult UFC 3-340-01.9. and workstation outlets for each system. and the loss of critical functions.6. mechanical systems and controls.7.6.8. but to recognize their dimensional characteristics and the ability to service system components. horizontal distribution pathways. A copy of the policy letter can be obtained through the AFCEE/TDB office or on their website at www. Life-Cycle Costing (LCC). The intent is not to provide infinite amounts of space for these systems. such as gas or exhaust systems. communications systems.6. plumbing services.afcee. alterations. as it applies to DoD facilities. Space for facilities requiring additional hardening and antiterrorism measures are captured in the Net-to-Gross multiplier (see paragraph 1. 2008 adopting the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968. To the extent feasible. Each building system and element should support risk mitigation and reduce casualties. with amendments.3). floor-to-floor heights are determined by the depth of space required for the technology infrastructure. DoD
. backbone pathways. fire detection and suppression systems. and special utility services. Accessibility guidance has been clarified in an OSD policy letter dated October 31. LCC is mandated by law and is defined in 10 CFR. Built Infrastructure Division (TDB).AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
13
1. 1. including voice and data.5. Telecommunications Building Cabling Systems Planning and Design. The Air Force OPR for accessibility is AFCEE/TDB. Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. Design and Analysis of Hardened Structures to Conventional Weapons Effects for facility hardening space requirements. property damage. A total integration of all building systems will provide for current operations as well as for future changes. It compares initial investment options and identifies the least costly alternatives over a twenty year period. video and television systems. or architectural values.6. 1. Part 437.2-1. The Air Force OPR for Historical Buildings is the Air Force Center for Engineering and the Environment (AFCEE)/Technical Support. including structural. and additions while preserving those portions or features which convey its historical. A technology infrastructure should be planned in each building to accommodate power systems including normal. In part.

and indoor environmental quality. The Air Force is committed to incorporating principles of sustainable design and energy efficiency into all of its building projects. synergistic approach. 1. and operate buildings to reduce negative impact on the environment and the consumption of natural resources. Space for fire protection is captured in the Net-to-Gross multiplier (see paragraph 1. and comfort.7. to the maximum extent feasible. Each Air Force facility shall base water management plans for new MILCON projects on FEMP guidance. Life Safety Code.
.6. Sustainable design seeks to locate. Sustainable Development Defined. Sustainable Development means to plan.8. be in compliance with nationally recognized model building codes and with other state and local codes. maintain. with a percentage set aside for actual LEED Certification. The result is an optimal balance of cost. LEED is a third-party certification program developed by the United States Green Building Council (USGBC) and is a nationally accepted benchmark for the design. National Codes and Standards.” 1. and remove facilities in ways that efficiently use energy. the key strategies are reducing potable water consumption and minimizing the impact of wastewater systems. DoD Minimum Standoff Distances for Buildings for antiterrorism space requirements. Environmental Policies and Practices. improve and protect built and natural environments. water efficiency. Fire Protection Space. Refer to SDD Guidance available through AFCEE/TDB and UFC 4030-01. in which all phases of the facility lifecycle are considered. All new and renovated facilities must comply with the requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 101. societal. See UFC 3-600-01. renovate. program. and human benefits while meeting the mission and function of the intended facility or infrastructure. Requirements.8. The technical requirements of these nationally recognized codes will supplement other Air Force requirements mandated by federal laws and executive orders. and provide long-term benefits for occupant health. 1. deconstruct. construction. The Air Force requires that each building constructed or altered by the Air Force shall.3). or “environmentally friendly. water. construct. 1. construct. design.
1. Current executive orders as well as the Energy Independence and Security Act require agencies to reduce water consumption.1. 1.8. design. Current Air Force SDD policy supports the principles of LEED and requires all new MILCON projects be designed and built to achieve LEED Silver. “high performance”. environmental.14
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings and UFC 4-010-02.10. Complete automatic sprinkler protection must be provided in all new and renovated DOD facilities. Refer to UFC 1-200-01. and materials. operate. Among these. General Building Requirements.4. LEED focuses on sustainable sites. energy and atmosphere. Sustainable Development for the most current policies and regulations. Fire Protection Engineering for Facilities.8. materials and resources.3. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Certification. Sustainable design improves building performance while keeping in mind the health and comfort of building occupants. as well as other criteria noted within this document that has been established to meet mission needs and their unique requirements. It is an integrated.10. 1. site. Sustainable Development is also known by such terms as “green”.2. Protect and Conserve Water. productivity. See the latest Air Force SDD policy for current guidance.8. and operation of high performance green buildings.

administrative support areas. It is measured to the outside finished surface of permanent
. para.9.3. Special Purpose Space. mechanical rooms. Usable vs. elevator shafts. vertical ducts. NEPA requires federal agencies to address environmental values in their decision-making processes by considering the environmental impacts of their proposed actions and weighing reasonable alternatives to those actions. pipe shafts. Structural elements. openings for vertical cables.6. Net Organizational Space for one organization is the same thing as the Total Usable Space for that organization. or constructed area. 1. 1. NEPA is a prime driver in the Air Force planning process and is formalized in the Environmental Impact Analysis Process (EIAP).AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
15
1. elevator lobbies. Net Organizational Space is a term defined as space used by occupying organizations in a facility that includes office spaces. Common areas are those areas that are available to all occupants (organizations) such as washrooms. Net. and included in the measurement for existing buildings. 1. electrical rooms.6.9. The Net Building Area is the total of all Net Organizational Spaces plus all the shared Special Purpose Spaces used by all organizations. Common areas are used to figure both Usable and Rentable Space. Special Purpose Space in Administrative Facilities/Areas is described in Chapter 6. and the like. 1. openings for vertical electrical cable or telephone distribution. Net Building Area. Compliance with the National Environmental Protection Agency (NEPA). janitorial closets. This will vary based on the configuration of each floor. Also included are atria. To comply with this requirement.9. telephone rooms.5. and vertical penetrations built for private use of the organization for new facilities are captured in the multipliers. For the purposes of this Manual. and accompanying circulation space. Major vertical penetrations include stairs. is the total constructed area of a building. Gross building area. consult the Overseas Environmental Baseline Guidance Document and Final Governing Standards (OEBGD/FGS) for guidance in overseas locations not covered by US or CONUS environmental policies. 1. BOMA refers to this as Core Building Services.9. organizational special purpose spaces.8. Responsibilities are outlined in AFI 32-1024. Special Purpose Space is defined as space which may be required to meet specific or special organizational functional needs.7. 2. 1.2. Net Organizational Space. Definitions. 1. lightwells. The application of some United States (US) or Continental United States (CONUS) environmental policies is not applicable in all situations. 1.9. Exceptions. the Air Force must prepare an Environmental Assessment (EA) or Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for projects that may have significant effects on the environment.4.1. Major Vertical Penetrations. and public corridors. In such instances.9. 1. flues.9. these terms are often used interchangeably and should not be confused to mean separate space definitions.8.4. Common Areas. Gross Building Area. Structural columns.9.5. and openings for plumbing lines are not considered major vertical penetrations. and similar penetrations above the finished floor.

For simplified programming purposes. utility tunnels.10. it includes Usable Space in addition to a prorated share of common and circulation areas. Exceeding Allowances.1 m (7 ft) that are not considered half scope.5 (See Table 1. 1. the approval request must fully explain and document the need to exceed published allowances.3. mezzanines. Calculate the following spaces as full area: basements.7.1. Rentable Space. 1.2. When the projects or actions do not require AF/A7C approval. provides guidance to the MAJCOMs on exceeding allowances.3. the initial programming of a facility involves adding the sum of required net space and converting it to a gross area for the purposes of estimating project cost.9.1. Net-to-Gross Multiplier. covered ground level and covered/uncovered below grade loading facilities. antiterrorism/force protection. This NUSF is now required on all drawings and records and is being retroactively calculated for all CONUS facilities with administrative space. fire protection. 1. and unusual construction. For all other facilities. Rentable Space is typically a figure used to assess a tenant’s space charges.10.9.10. Rentable Space does not include major vertical penetrations and exterior walls. Use of Real Property Facilities.16
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 outer building walls. A maximum Net-to-Gross multiplier of 25% should be added to Net Building Area to reach the gross building area.1). service and equipment rooms. ramps. For definitive measurement. porches. Circulation Multipliers. AFI 32-9002. 1. 1.8. stairs and loading facilities. enclosed passages. Regardless of facility type. See BOMA Z65.
1. walks.10. covered and uncovered open stairs. Calculate the following spaces as half area: covered (but not enclosed) walkways.9.1 for measurement guidance for Rentable Space. exterior uncovered walks. General. Although typically used in administration buildings. penthouses.2. porches and balconies. A multiplier of up to 10% may be added to authorized net Facility Specific Special Purpose Spaces for circulation (see Table 1. NOTE: The Air Force in 2009 adopted the BOMA net usable square feet (NUSF) protocol for all space designed and built under the '610' classification. without any deductions. Space Allowances and Multipliers. see Chapter 6. mechanical and electrical space. increases beyond the scopes shown may be made when approved by the MAJCOM Civil Engineer. Non-enclosed roof areas are counted at 0. When the Air Force Civil Engineer (AF/A7C) approval is required per the 32-series policy directives. and paved terraces. the sizes and scopes are guidance and may be exceeded as detailed below: 1. and enclosed crawl and utility spaces with an average ceiling height of less than 2. This “Net-to-Gross multiplier” captures the following space: sustainability features.7. Rentable Space is figured by adding 5% to the Net Building Space.2). uncovered raised loading platforms. ramps. 1. Overages in
. circulation.9. other facilities may also require additional space for circulation.7. Exclude the following spaces: roof overhangs. boiler plant and heater rooms. or total Usable Space. For programming administrative facilities/areas.10. Space allowances for some of the facilities mentioned in this Manual are established by DoD.1. and raised and covered loading platforms. 1. balconies. above grade floors.1.

1. 1.1 is provided to aid in programming a new facility or to renovate existing construction for a facility whose primary purpose is other than administration.11. See UFC 3-701-09. Programming guidance for administration facilities is covered in Chapter 6 and UFC 4-610-01 Administration Facilities. Table 1. The programming of space for renovation or a new facility uses the space allocations in this Manual and specific guidance from applicable OPRs. It is meant as a guide and may not be all inclusive. The Gross Building Area may then be used as an aid in establishing budgets and overall pricing. Use the Net Building Area planning figure provided for the specific CATCODE. where necessary. DoD Facilities Pricing Guide.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
17
allowable Gross Building Area Totals that occur due to additional space needed for one or more of those captured in the Net-to-Gross multiplier shall be justified on DD Form 1391. Space Programming Process for a New Facility (Primarily NonAdministrative). See Chapter 6 of this Manual for allowances on these spaces. Space Programming.1. special purpose.1.11. Space Programming for Administration Facilities.2. 2. FY____ Military Construction Project Data.1. The programmer should research other approved tools that may exist for space planning. This table is not to be used for those CATCODE that provide Gross Building Area totals.11. Programming is the research and decision-making process that identifies the scope of work to be designed. plus any additional administrative space requirements.1. 1. Space Programming for Facilities other than Administration. and assembly spaces. along with various multipliers (defined above) to determine the Gross Building Area. Non-administrative facilities may include office.2
Required Spaces Total Administrative Areas + Facility Specific Special Purpose Spaces + Circulation Multiplier (10% of Special Purpose Space) Net Building Area Net-to-Gross Multiplier (25%) Total Total of all Net Spaces Unless otherwise directed Gross Building Area Data Source Calculated per Chapter 6 As directed per CATCODE
NOTES: 1. 1. Table 1.11.
.2.

Classification. the methods and standards by which those spaces are classified must be consistent. The OPR for OSCRE is AFCEE/TDB. manageable “Levels.2 for an example. It also contains detailed instructions on how to perform the actual measurements for various building types.18
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
1. The OPR for BOMA is AFCEE/TDB. 1. Space Management. To ensure an accurate. It may also be done after programming a new facility. Rentable Area. Gross Building Area=Usable + 25% or Rentable + 20% Rentable=Usable + prorated space or 5% BOMA Usable Net Organizational
. BOMA/OSCRE Relationships Example (Level 1 only). 1.12. It includes definitions such as Gross Building Area. Measurement. 1.1 standard for measurement of new and existing space. the methods and standards by which those spaces are measured must be consistent.1.12.2. he or she may be required to use these standards when documenting existing space for potential renovation or for accurately documenting existing space for inclusion in the Air Force real property inventory. available space in an existing facility. For this purpose.3. BOMA measures the space that OSCRE classifies into detailed. Simply put. the Air Force has adopted the BOMA Z65.12. The Air Force has adopted industry standard models for the purposes of measuring and managing space. for the purposes of adding that new space to the total inventory.2. and ultimately categorize. and Usable Area. Refer to Table 1. For this purpose. To ensure an accurate. The BOMA standard is a method by which space is measured and tabulated. or when renovating an existing one.12.” The OSCRE levels start with general space types and become more specific. Classification of space is normally used to determine. consistent inventory of Air Force space. BOMA/OSCRE Relationship. the Air Force has adopted the OSCRE (Open Standards Consortium for Real Estate) standard for classifying and managing its inventory of new and existing space. consistent inventory of Air Force space. Although the programmer may not be required to use these models when programming a new facility. The BOMA and OSCRE standards are interdependent. Table 1.

13.14.1.13. 1.3.14.1. and governed by.2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
19
Administrative Support/Storage Secondary/Organizational
Organizational Special Purpose Spaces
Shared Special Purpose Areas
All Organizational Spaces
Non-enclosed Roof (0. the aggregate military strength in that area. 1. trainees.1. Military strength in this usage applies to those who are to be served by the facility.13.1.13.1. Space Requirements based on Base Population. 1.1. based on a firm projection of the total yearly load of such transients. Judgment is called for in instances where transients impact the facility size. 1. may be added to the projected military strength of the installation. 1. Unless otherwise noted.1.
Circulation
. Site Planning Considerations. Site Analysis. and transients as described below.13. 1. the total number of facilities provided in the area will be related to. When a number of installations or concentrations of military personnel are located close to one another. Military Strength includes permanent party. Space Requirements based on Military Strength. 1.1. or students).1.13. 1.5)
Vertical Penetration Core Building Services
OSCRE (Level 1 of 3)
Administrative Offices
Special Purpose Space Circulation
(Common Areas) Primary Circulation
Personnel Service/
Exterior Wall Interior Parking
1. supporting agencies.2.1. the average daily strength will be based on a firm projection of the total seasonal load.13. A complete site survey is required for all new construction projects and for alterations that involve work outside the existing building lines. transient population should not be used simply to justify more space than is reasonable. Determining Space Requirements. such as in a metropolitan area. the average daily strength.1. 1.2. the space requirements shown throughout this Manual are based upon the documented projected military strength or the base population of the installation at the anticipated time of project completion or beyond. Facilities that depend on base populations for space allocation will need to be determined on a case by case basis. which may include personnel of other Services. Short duration spikes in military strength or base population should not be used as the basis for justifying larger facilities than is reasonable for the long-term.1. steady-state population. When the transient load is clearly seasonal rather than continuous year round.13. Base populations as they apply to some of the facilities in this Manual are varied and complex. When the installation regularly serves a substantial number of military transients (such as technicians.

Refer to AFI 32-7063. and Title 14 CFR Part 77.8. However. Bird/Wildlife Aircraft Strike Hazard (BASH) Management Techniques.14. fire apparatus access. The Air Force promotes the protection and integration of existing vegetation and natural terrain into site design. yet still be accessible. UFC 3-260-1 must be used for describing and projecting potential violations of imaginary surfaces. Objects affecting the Navigable Airspace. to determine design requirements.14.14. and service vehicle access. The use of site design to aid energy conservation and sustainability is encouraged. The purpose of the AICUZ program is to promote land use and development patterns. Sustainable Site Planning. Energy Conservation. Design and construction strategies should reduce stormwater runoff and polluted site water runoff. Solar orientation of the building and well-placed plant material can be used to increase heat gain in the winter and reduce heat gain during the summer. Site Security. Low Impact Development.6. all Air Force MILCON projects shall incorporate the features of Low Impact Development (LID). Security countermeasures shall be customized in each case.14. Current executive orders as well as the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA2007) require agencies to install cost-effective energy conservation measures in their facilities. Consideration should be given to the size and placement of major utilities that will be inside.1.
1.2. vehicular access (including parking). Utilities. and AFPAM 91212. both on and off base. Refer to UFC 3-210-10. To address aircraft safety (BASH. 1. visual obscurants and noise issues related to land development around airfields). Objects Affecting the Navigable Airspace. The key strategies are conserving energy. All construction projects on air bases shall refer to UFC 3-260-01. 1. or near (on-site) any Air Force MILCON projects.4. which can range from tight urban sites to suburban campuses or isolated rural settings.5.14.14. Optimize Energy Use.1.7. POV Site Circulation and Parking. Air Force facilities must be safe and secure. the basic criteria remain the same in all situations: Site design should consider pedestrian access. and site conditions. encouraging the use of non-grid source energy.14.
. particularly healthy trees and plant specimens.20
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 1. See UFC 3-201-02.14. height limitations. Airfield and Heliport Planning and Design. Efforts should be made to preserve existing vegetation. Air Installation Compatible Use Zone Program. Title 14 CFR Part 77. Site circulation design for Air Force projects will vary greatly depending on the context. Existing natural features on the site should generally be preserved and used as a starting point for the overall site design. Landscape Architecture. The Air Force promotes practices that are environmentally beneficial and conserve resources. that are compatible with airfield operations. 1. welcoming. 1. the Air Force developed the AICUZ program. Site Circulation. 1.14. and protecting the atmosphere. 1. 1. based on established principles. attached to. and permit/approval requirements. Existing site Features and Vegetation.3. AFH 32-7084. criteria. To the maximum extent feasible. AICUZ Program Manager’s Guide. and effective workplaces.2.1. risk analysis. Refer to UFC 4-010-01. See also UFC 3-210-02.

18. and EISA 2007 require agencies to install cost-efficient energy conservation measures in their facilities. Energy Management. encouraging the use of non-grid source energy and protecting the atmosphere. and DRUs must take energy management responsibilities and activities into consideration when exercising custody and control over real property. Integration of the facility into the base general plan should be accomplished and may have an impact on supporting utilities or other cost factors of the facility. 1. In accordance with AFI 90-1701 para 1. ANG. AFPAM 32-1010.17. Considerations include. Refer to AFPD 90-17. and AFI 90-1701.
. Energy Management. Energy Management.15. 1. Area Development Planning Bulletin. Energy Management.2. the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct 2005). Responsibilities.13. and general infrastructure energy program management requirements. 1.1.2.1.16. for each calendar year. SAF/IEE review and approval requirement for waivers to standards. Energy Policies and Practices 1. energy audit findings. AF/A7C ensures AFIs written within their area of responsibility are consistent with Air Force energy goals and objectives. Current Executive Orders. Air Force Comprehensive Planning.16. MAJCOMs. and AFI 90-1701.16. See AFPD 90-17. 1. for current policies and guidance.2. a comprehensive energy and water evaluation for approximately 25 percent of the facilities of each agency in a manner that ensures that an evaluation of each such facility is completed at least once every four years. Energy and Water Evaluations.18.6. green house gas monitoring. Per AFPD 90-17 and AFI 90-1701.17. Energy Security. and DRUs will evaluate the energy security of all their missions and bases in accordance with AFPD 90-17. The key strategies are conserving energy. energy standard compliance for newly purchased appliances.16. Installation Planning Considerations. 1. Energy Management. Refer to AFI 32-7062. Audits. Optimize Energy Use. Land Use Planning. 1. but are not limited to. MAJCOMs.19. 1. energy managers shall complete.1. for requirements and details.1.1. and the Planners Handbook for additional guidance. 1.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
21
1. ANG.

Pavement Design for Airfields.3. state. Airfield and Heliport Planning and Design and ETL 091. Environmental Considerations. The Airfield is the portion of the base used for airfield operations. B. Comply with requirements under 33 USC § 1251 . and ETL 04-2. C. taxiways. Airfield Planning and Design Criteria for Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS). When planning aircraft support facilities where personnel or explosives are involved. Explosives Safety Considerations. ensure explosives safety standards (DoD 6055. auxiliary. General Description.4. taxiways. DoD Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards and AFMAN 91-201.1. and federal. Overview.1. and pavement design.9-Std. These standards are designed to protect facilities and personnel from the damaging effects of explosions involving munitions and explosives. Water Quality Compliance. and assault landing zone. Refer to Chapter 3 and Figures 3-1. Additional design criteria are contained in UFC 3-260-01.1.22 Chapter 2
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
FACILITY CLASS 1. and paved overruns. Pavement design criteria and standards are discussed in detail in UFC 3-260-02. landings. Visual Air Navigation Systems for lighted signs required for runways. colors. 3-2. 2.1. and 3-3 of UFC 3-260-02 for further discussion of airfield pavements and traffic areas. parking. geometry. it is a paved surface designed for the landing and take-off of fixed-wing aircraft that can also accommodate rotary-wing aircraft.
. Additional information is provided in AFI 32-1042. OPERATION AND TRAINING 2. servicing. 2.1387. Standards for Marking Airfields.1. AFI 32-7041. and layout details for standard airfield pavement marking schemes.e. Clean Water Act (CWA)..1. including deicing operations.1. Standard Airfield Pavement Marking Schemes on dimensions. and local stormwater permit requirements. pads. Explosives Safety Standards) are considered. consider stormwater runoff and control of pollutants being discharged into stormwater to maintain compliance with the stormwater and discharge permit requirements.1. Airfield pavements have six design types based on mission and aircraft load criteria defined as light. Runway lighting is not included here.1. AFI 32-1044. 2. aprons. for standards for marking airfield pavements and obstructions. medium. and aprons.2. and D. Navigation Aids and Airfield Lighting. for dimensions. Pavement Thickness Requirements. The designation of airfield pavements applies to runways. modified heavy.1.1. Category Group 11. etc. When planning airfield pavements. Airfield pavements are further grouped into four traffic areas based on operational use defined as Types A. The surface is usually concrete or asphalt. 2. Communications. paved shoulders.1. i. but is captured under Category Group 13. take offs. heavy. Airfield Pavements. 2.

VOR-DME (distance measuring equipment).2. These systems provide electronic glide slope information to the pilot. or precision approach radar (PAR) as NAVAIDS. 2.1. TACAN (tactical air navigation).AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
23
2. runway shoulders. NDB (non-directional beacon). Precision Instrument Runway.3. The two basic types of instrument runways are precision instrument runways and non-precision instrument runways.1. In addition to the actual paving of the runway (CATCODE 111111). A precision instrument runway has an instrument landing system (ILS). paragraphs 3-4.1. a square pad is provided (see Pad. The following are descriptions for the types of runways: 2.3. LOC (localizer). The primary runway is equipped with navigational aids (NAVAIDS) for restricted visibility operations. 2. 3-5.3. Relative characteristics of Class A and Class B runways are presented in Table 3-2 of UFC 3-260-01.2. lateral safety zones. 2.1. LDA (localizer directional aid).2.1.2. Non-Precision Instrument Runway.1.1.1.1. and clear zone (see UFC 3-260-01 and UFC 3-260-02). A runway oriented so that its centerline intersects the primary instrument runway at an angle greater than 15 degrees.2. Instrument.1.1. and ETL 04-2 for additional information on identifying runway lighting and marking requirements. Refer to AFI 32-1044. AFI 321042.1. microwave landing system (MLS). For normal helicopter operations. FAC: 1111 CATCODE: 111111 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A3O-A 2.1.2.3. A non-precision instrument runway has a VOR (VHF Omnidirectional Range).1. and markings for restricted visibility operations. Refer to UFC 3-260-01.2. Runways. Terrain conditions or populated areas on the extended runway centerline may make minor deviations necessary. LOC-DME. Description. For landing zone operations.1. Helicopter [CATCODE 116663]). 2. lighting. A runway which has NAVAIDS. or SDF (simplified direction facility) as NAVAIDS providing azimuth and range information only (no glide slope information). The runway is the paved surface provided for normal aircraft landings and take offs. Primary Instrument. The primary runway is the runway oriented in the direction of maximum wind coverage. a special paved or aggregate surface strip is provided (see Take off and Landing Zone [CATCODE 116116]).2.2.
. and 3-6 for further discussion. Runways are classified as either Class A or Class B based on the intended aircraft use per Table 3-1 of UFC 3-260-01. CATCODE 116663 includes grading and drainage of the runway. Crosswind.

3.2. Permanent anchoring foundations may be installed. an existing secondary runway should not be widened.2. An ACR is used to launch and recover aircraft while bomb-damaged main runways are under repair.1.1. to determine the percentage of time and the extent of reduced visibility required when the beam wind component exceeds 21 kph (11 knots) before authorization for a crosswind runway may be requested. of UFC 3-260-01. Arresting System. Step 1.1.1. The requirement for an ACR applies only to air bases in high threat areas without a secondary runway. Requirements Determination.2. 2. reference UFC 3-26001.1.2.3. New crosswind or parallel runways are authorized only under the conditions described below. See Aircraft Arresting Systems (CATCODE 116922).24
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. and other design parameters depend on the assigned aircraft.4. A crosswind runway must not be planned or programmed unless authorized by AF/A3O-A.1. Lighting. Determine the need for a crosswind runway. Table 2. Emergency Airfield Lighting Systems.1. A secondary runway may be parallel or crosswind. lengthened. Airport Design. These restrictions also apply to existing secondary runways. however. Each Air Force installation assigned an aircraft flying mission is authorized a runway. for additional guidance.1.4. Length. 2. Steps for determining runway requirements are: 2.1.2.2. For rotorcraft runway requirements.3. Step 3. 2. Alternate Combat Runway (ACR). Scope Determination. therefore.1.2.1. A second runway parallel to the primary runway may be required if aircraft operations exceed practical capacities.3. An ACR can be used as a Minimum Operating Strip (MOS) during airfield damage repair operations with the following features: 2.2. Determine the basic runway requirement. Traffic Mix. A crosswind runway may be considered when wind coverage on the primary runway is less than 90 percent or when the beam wind component on the primary runway is greater than 21 kph (11 knots) during periods of restricted visibility. Follow the procedure below to determine whether traffic volume makes a secondary runway necessary: 2. Arresting capability may be provided by mobile aircraft arresting system (MAAS).4. Wind coverage studies to determine runway orientation are addressed in Appendix B.3. Refer to FAA AC 150/5060-5. Step 2.2. width.1. 2.2.3. Lighting may be provided by emergency or expedient lighting sets. Determine the traffic mix (the percent of each type of aircraft) using the airfield by comparing flight data over the previous three years. Airport Capacity and Delay).2. or extensively rehabilitated or strengthened unless the retention of a secondary runway is essential to the mission. section 4. Most Air Force missions can safely operate with only one runway.1.2.3.1. Reference the methodology included in Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5300-13.1. A secondary runway is a runway in addition to the primary instrument runway. See AFH 10-222 V7. Determine the need for a secondary runway based on air traffic volume.1 indicates
. 2. it should also support other operations.

1. Aircraft Mix Percentages. peak hours each week during a year. four-engine piston.3.1.3.3.3.2.3 to determine the need for a secondary runway. 2.3.8 km (3 mi).4.3.3.3.2. Aircraft are delayed by five minutes during two adjacent.3.1.3.3.3.3.2.2. based on percentages of aircraft types. Aircraft may operate under IFR conditions during clear weather to build pilot proficiency.4. 2.and three-engine jet. 2. Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC).4. Use the more restrictive of paragraphs 2. PHOCAP may reach 54 operations during visual meteorological conditions (VMC) weather conditions and 44 operations during IMC for the
. Type C: Executive jet and transport type twin-engine piston.3.4.1.3.2. Determine the percent of time IMCs prevail at that location.3.000 ft) or visibility is less than 4.2.2 and 2. Instrument Flight Regulations (IFR) Percentages.2. IMCs are in effect when the ceiling is lower than 300 m (1.5. Type B: Two.3.1. Calculations. Table 2.3.1.2.3 with the traffic mix percent of item paragraph 2.1.2: 2. Use air traffic data for the past three years to determine the percent of time aircraft operate under IFR conditions.1.
Mix Number Percent Type A Percent Type B Percent Type C Percent Types D&E 1 2 3 4 0 0 20 (18-22) 60 (54-66) 0 30 (27-33) 40 20 10 (9-11) 30 20 20 90 40 20 0
25
NOTES: Type A: Four-engine jet and larger. 2. A secondary runway is required when any of following situations exceed the parameters of Table 2. Types D and E: Light twin-engine piston and single-engine piston. normal. and turboprop.1.1.3.1. 2. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 the mix number.3.2.2. The Practical Hourly Capacity (PHOCAP) is reached or exceeded for at least 20 hours in one year as shown in Table 2. The Practical Annual Capacity (PANCAP) is exceeded in any two consecutive years.1.2.3.2.3.2.

Advance planning is required due to lead time requirements and the time required to develop supporting documentation. and air traffic separation. and 20 percent light wing and single engine piston. frequency of IFR operation. See AFI 32-1044 and UFC 3-53501. four engine piston and turboprop.2. threshold and endlighting precision approach path indicator (PAPI).1. To project traffic loads three to five years in the future.5. use growth factors of five percent per year or the average air traffic growth of the individual air base over the past three years.000 330.000 295. for further information.26
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 following traffic mix: 20 percent four engine jet and larger. 2. Visual Air Navigation Systems.3. and short approach lighting system (SALS).3.
Runway Configuration Layout A Description Mix PANCAP1 PHOCAP IFR Single runway (arrivals = departures) 1 2 3 4 B Close parallels (IFR dependent) 1 2 3 4 C Independent IFR approach-departure 1 2 215.000 180.000 operations for a single runway for the same traffic mix. Include proposed mission changes in the traffic projection. Landing aids are restricted to visual aids: Runway edge. The factors involved in identifying capacities include aircraft mix.000 385.000 195.4. 2.2.1. PANCAP may reach 180.000 390. 20 percent small jet and twin engine piston. Runway Capacities for Long-Range Planning Purposes.000 425.000 53 52 44 42 64 63 55 54 79 79 VFR2 99 76 45 45 198 152 108 90 198 152
.2.
Table 2. runway occupancy time. Design Factors. A detailed engineering analysis may be used to further justify the need for a secondary runway. Secondary runways may not require the same pavement load bearing capacity if there is a reasonable spread in aircraft mix. 40 percent two and three engine jet. the runway is authorized for visual use only if meteorological conditions and traffic volumes clearly show that a second instrument runway is mission-essential for the based aircraft.000 170.000 280. Advance Planning. Since instrument landing aids are not authorized.

9 m (75 ft).4 for authorized runway lengths. Otherwise. 22. 2. Runway Length.4.3.4 m (90 ft)
Helicopter Other Aircraft ACR
NOTE: 1. and other air traffic closures that normally occur during the year.1.
Aircraft Type B-52 Fighter Aircraft Including Trainers Landing Zones (LZ)1 Runway Width 91.2. 2.3 for authorized widths. The authorized width of a runway depends on the aircraft programmed for the base. Runway Dimensions. PHOCAP is determined primarily by air traffic separation.6 m (74 ft) in diameter or existing taxiways are provided. Shoulders can be both paved and unpaved and are located on each side of the runway. Runway Widths.4 m (90 ft).5 m (300 ft) 45. Runway length shall be sufficient to accommodate all aircraft programmed for the base.2.0 times the length of the largest helicopter using the facility. Geometric criteria for runway pavements are specified in Table 32 of UFC 3-260-01. Length is based on the take off or landing phase. 2. The C-17 requires a minimum runway width of 27. Engineering Technical Letter (ETL) 09-6.2.3. See Table 2.7 m (150 ft) 27. Performance curves for each aircraft are in the performance data section of the "Dash One" series of the aircraft technical orders.7 m (150 ft) The minimum C-130 short field runway width is 18. See Table 2. Runway Width. 45. The designer of the airfield runway shall coordinate with the respective MAJCOM/A3 to determine the most accurate and economical methods of determining the requirements for individual runway lengths based on the aircraft each base supports. whichever gives the greater length.1.4.2.1.4.9 m (75 ft) or a pad with a width 1.5 for authorized shoulder widths.0 to 2. the minimum width is 22. See Table 2.1. C-130 and C-17 Landing Zone (LZ)
. Table 2.4. PHOCAP: The maximum number of aircraft operations in an hour.3 m (60 ft) but only if there are turnarounds of at least 22. air shows.2. Shoulders. 2.28
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
curfews.1. 2.

docks. medium-load. maneuvering space.2.5 m (25 ft) is paved. Air Mobility Command (AMC) aircraft are authorized an apron for terminal operations. the first 7. Cargo Loading.5. Refer to UFC 3-260-02 for technical design criteria. E-4.1. servicing. Treatment of Shoulders. Auxiliary Airfield.4. For Class A airfield taxiways.
Category Landing Zone. Apron space is required for operational aircraft. and loading. mission support aircraft (Base Flight).2 m (4 ft)
2. The strength of pavement in segments of a taxiway system varies according to the requirements of the critical aircraft. and type of activity the apron serves. at aircraft facilities restricted to cargo or fighter aircraft by their dimensions and location. 2.5. and Helicopter ACR
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Taxiway Shoulders 7. transient aircraft. taxiways are medium-load strength. For taxiways intended for B52 operations or for C-5. Apron size is determined by the type of cargo aircraft
. and 747 aircraft where vegetation cannot be established. the entire 7.1. light-load. alert aircraft.5 m (25 ft) shoulder width is paved. 2. shoulders are paved depending on the intended use.4. 2. aircraft undergoing depot maintenance. Taxiway Shoulders. For fighter and trainer aircraft.1. FAC: 1131 CATCODE: 113321 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A3O-A 2. and fighter aircraft.2. Requirements Determination. Aprons are paved areas provided for aircraft parking.5.2. the principal taxiways are heavy-load pavement. The actual dimensions of an apron are based on the number of authorized aircraft. Description.4.32 Table 2. on a base supporting heavy bomber. landing zone-load.1. All taxiways are built of heavy-load. Apron.5. as specified in this chapter. Design Considerations. 2.1.1. Taxiway Pavement Strength. or ACR pavement. pave the full 15 m (50 ft).1.5.5.5 m (25 ft) 1. For cargo mission taxiways. the first 3 m (10 ft) is paved. and aircraft access to hangars. 2. cargo.1. and shelters.1.8.1. Aprons are individually designed to support specific aircraft and missions at a particular installation.5. For Class B airfields. For example. See Chapter 6 of UFC 3-260-01for further guidance. the loading and unloading of cargo aircraft.

Operational aircraft are parked on mass aprons. Apron size is based on individual projects and missions but does not exceed the size required to operate ten large commercial aircraft. 2. Docks.5. 2. Assigned Aircraft.1. personnel airlifts. the nature of the loading and unloading operation. subtract aircraft that are parked elsewhere on existing paving of a suitable nature and
.5.1. 2. Hazardous Cargo.5.4. such as Dangerous Cargo Pad (CATCODE 116662). The paragraphs below describe the basis for calculating apron allowances for various types of operations.1.2. depending on access requirements.1.1. Aircraft carrying hazardous cargo do not use the apron. Many bases will have other aircraft inventory that will require a parking apron. and Shelters.5. Operational Aircraft.1. administrative flights.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
33
involved. the volume of traffic.000 yd2) is permitted at new bases where the demand cannot be predicted. Paragraph 2. The average daily number is determined from base records from previous years. A proper apron allowance is the amount required to afford maximum operational efficiency with a minimum amount of paving.5. subtract the number of aircraft located in maintenance hangars or docks under normal maintenance schedules. Separate facilities.3. Mission Support Aircraft (Base Flight).1. design for adequate wingtip clearances of any obstacles near the apron.3.5.2.1.3. High threat areas may require additional pavement to meet aircraft dispersal requirements.3 for AMC aircraft).1. consist of the Primary Assigned Aircraft (PAA) inventory established from the funded flying program for the base.1. Access to Hangars. subtract the number of aircraft located on separate aprons. 2. Transient Aircraft. and en route aircraft delayed by bad weather are provided an apron. Commercial Aircraft.5.5. Assigned aircraft will. strip aprons. or attrition reserve.2. A mass apron or a taxiway configuration is used. Commercial aircraft operations under Air Force contract are provided an additional apron for terminal operations. 2. such as alert aircraft.5. ready reserve.5. on dispersed stubs. Scope Determination. at a minimum.3.3.3. 2.2. The monthly average of these non-primary assigned aircraft remaining on station must be accounted for in determining apron requirements. Transient aircraft such as courier aircraft. This inventory will vary by base and depot repair cycles. 2. or where authorized. All assigned mission support aircraft are provided apron space.3. Apron configuration is influenced by the size of the door openings and by the dimensions and turning radius of the largest aircraft using the buildings.3. These aircraft may be annotated as backup inventory. AMC aircraft.3. To avoid building non-usable pavement. serve this need.4 describes a method for estimating apron requirements for broad planning purposes. and associated equipment and facilities.2.700 m 2 (20. proceed as follows: Begin with 100 percent of the assigned aircraft as established by official documents (see exceptions in paragraph 2.1. To determine how many operational aircraft require apron space. and finally. The apron is designed to accommodate the average daily number of transient aircraft requiring parking space. 2. A maximum of 16.5.2.

CONUS parking spots should be sized for the AMC Generic Aircraft (e..5. This is an efficient way to achieve adequate clearance to dissipate the temperature and velocity of jet blast to levels that will not endanger aircraft or personnel.2. One example of the possibilities for economy is changing the parking arrangement on an apron for eight aircraft from four rows of two aircraft to two rows of four aircraft. with alternate lanes of minimum taxiway width.3.g. and taxi lane locations
. C-17 Wing Span. Parking for Air Mobility Command (AMC) Aircraft Tanker Aircraft. 2. See paragraph 6-13 of UFC 3-260-01 and ETL 07-3. back-up inventory.5. C-17. about 38°C (100°F) and 56 kph (35 mph).7 m x 10 aircraft x 5..13 (NOTE: Additional criteria can be found in Army ETL 1110-3-394. large aircraft) that can park on an existing apron.3 (use a factor of 4.3.1 m (125 ft). some aircraft require a wider lane than shown in Figure 2. To achieve adequate dissipation of heat and blast.11. Some aircraft are often parked at an angle.1 (below). 2.5.4. KC-10. KC-10 Length. On a typical mass apron.3.9. This provision specifically does not apply to C-5 and C130 aircraft. For broad planning purposes. If this distance exceeds 38. This provision does not limit authorization for additional apron parking required to support transient.g.3. Aircraft Parking Arrangements. Parking for all large AMC Aircraft (e. use the following method to estimate new apron requirements. 2. obtain the minimum safe distance to the rear of a jet engine operating at 80 percent power from the appropriate aircraft technical order. This spacing permits aircraft to move in and out of parking places under their own power. Multiply the product by a factor of 5. This is a planning tool for sizing new aprons only and should not be used to estimate the number of aircraft (specifically.3.000 m2 of apron needed. aircraft are parked in rows and spaced according to the dimensions given in Tables 2.10.3.4m (37.1. Estimating New Apron Requirements. or other mission-needs as described above. Jet Engine Thrust Standoff Requirements for Airfield Asphalt Pavements.8 m x 52.5 ft) beyond the centerline of the aircraft (the same as the peripheral taxiway). and like-size aircraft) requires apron parking spots for 75 percent of the difference between PAA and the number of covered maintenance spaces. Multiply the wingspan of the selected aircraft by its length. and 2.1. that is.1.1.5. for additional information on jet engine thrust standoff requirements.34
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 location.3. Other factors affecting the size and configuration of aprons for operational aircraft follow: 2. KC-10 Height). width. and in Chapter 6 of UFC 3-260-01).1. resulting in reduced pavement requirements by 20 percent. EXAMPLE: To estimate apron requirements for ten (10) C-17 aircraft. Any pavement beyond is shoulder pavement. The load-bearing pavement extends 11. 2. Many variables such as length. minimize pavement requirements by parking aircraft so that two rows of aircraft blast into a common lane.3 factor = 145. Parking arrangements should be studied carefully to achieve the parking layout that requires the least amount of pavement per parked aircraft.4 for fighter type aircraft). 2. Engineering and Design – Aircraft Characteristics for AirfieldHeliport Design and Evaluation. To achieve a safe lane width.3. multiply 51. Parking for Fighter Type Aircraft.

2 12.5 65. the aircraft are expected to taxi along the outer 15. Confine this width variation to the fewest taxi lanes possible.4.5.4 19. The established.
.1.0 45.24 m (50 ft) of pavement.3.1.0 40.8 ft 75.4.0 61.5 m (110 ft) or more.5. 2. Contact AF/A4L.5. Peripheral Taxi Lanes.6 10.0 5. the specified minimum when space is limited due to a lack of ramp area. Nose or wingtip to centerline criteria are based on the largest aircraft taxied along the egress taxiway regardless of the type of aircraft being parked.4.6 24. Air Combat Command (ACC) Alert Area Parking Criteria.5 35 43. wing overhang areas beyond the paved shoulder are not normally paved.5.2 m (50 ft). Therefore.0
39
Note 3
Note 3
NOTES: 1. Taxi Lanes.5.0 Dimension D2 m 22. but not below.5. The wingtip clearance between parked alert aircraft is 15.8 47.5 12. 3.0 55. Interior and peripheral taxi lanes must exceed the required width for aircraft parked in the area if larger aircraft must taxi through en route to docks.0 80. but they may require stabilization to prevent damage from jet blast. Where the apron is designed for aircraft with wingspans of 33. or pads.4.7 13.7 19.8 44.9 15. On peripheral taxi lanes where the apron is designed for aircraft with wingspans up to 33. hangars.9 18.3.5.1. 2. Taxi lanes are not provided along the rear edge of aprons unless required for access to docks or hangars or to meet a critical need for alternate circulation routes for aircraft operating on the apron. 2.2.12.4 16.2 16. day-to-day. Dimensions vary between different models and configurations of aircraft.4 Length m 19.8 ft 19.5.9 m (75 ft) of pavement.5.3 3.2 ft 42.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Aircraft1 Wing Space m F-15 F-16 F-22A F-35A F-117 13 10 13.8 ft 63. 2. ACC alert parking areas must conform to the standards stated below as well as those outlined in Table 2.1 Height m 5.4 14.4 Dimension C2 m 16.1 4.8 32.8 13. measured perpendicular to the taxiway centerline.9 5.6 14.4.5 m (110 ft). 2.1. the peripheral taxi lane is the outer 22.4.0 65. 2. which shows the distance from the nose or wingtip of the parked aircraft to the centerline of the egress taxiway.5 18. Desired distances are reduced. Not known at time of publication.1.1. See Figure 2.5. Alert Pad Apron layout criteria are provided in paragraph 6-13 of UFC 3-260-01. 2.7 ft 54.1 for parking layout and dimensions C and D. as required.1 51.4. down to.2 16.6 62.1.

2. The pads are used for arming aircraft immediately before take off and for disarming (safing) weapons retained or not expended after the aircraft's return. Scope Determination. 2.5. Dangerous cargo pads are paved areas for loading and unloading explosives and other hazardous cargo from aircraft. For further guidance. Bases with Special Operations Aircraft require arm/disarm pads.9.1. The pad size and location is based on an analysis of the base and aircraft assigned and validated by the MAJCOM. or light-load pavement. 2.1. Special Operations Aircraft.8. The allowable scope is the minimum necessary for aircraft parking and access.1. Design Considerations.8.3.8. Personnel Shelter.3. The dimensions of the pad vary with length and wingspan of the aircraft to be served.2. 2. See UFC 3-260-01 for applicable dimensions and separations.1. The pads are used for munitions upload prior to a mission and disarming (safing) guns which malfunction.8. Scope Determination.9.8. Dangerous Cargo.1.46
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.1.3. The pad is required at installations where explosives or other dangerous materials must be loaded frequently on cargo aircraft and where existing aprons cannot be used without violating quantity-distance (Q-D) safety criteria.1. medium. Pad. one near each end of each runway.2. A personnel shelter is required for weapons loaders and quick check crews stationed at the pad. 2. Pads are built of heavy. Paved Shoulders (CATCODE 116642) are authorized in areas receiving jet blast.
. 2. 2.1.1. see paragraph 6-10 of UFC 3-260-01. The pads are sited so that armed aircraft head in the direction of least populated areas or toward revetments. Locate pads to satisfy explosives safety standards found in AFMAN 91-201. Description. Bases having tactical fighter or tactical combat crew training missions require arm/disarm pads.2. Each pad is capable of servicing four to six aircraft at a time.1.9.1. This requirement is described further under Aircraft Organizational Maintenance Shop (CATCODE 211154).9.2.4. FAC: 1131 CATCODE: 116662 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2. Shoulders are constructed of existing soils and thoroughly compacted and covered with turf or a soil binder. Requirements Determination. Tactical Fighter or Tactical Combat Crew Training Missions.2. Dimensions.1. 2. Load/Unload.8.

10.3.1. Paved Shoulders (CATCODE 116642) are authorized. Helicopter pads are relatively small paved areas that support vertical takeoff. 2.1.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
47
2.0 times the length of the largest helicopter using the facility. Factors for determining the number of helicopter pads authorized is discussed further in paragraph 2-7.4. Additional pads are required where there is an unusual volume of activity.1. Figures 6-25 and 6-26. Siting and configuration of the pads are based on 13. See UFC 3-260-01for additional design considerations. flush-type taxiway lights around the edge of the pads in accordance with AFI 32-1044 and UFC 3-535-01.1.4.5. At minimum. DoD 6055.1.5 m (110 ft) radius and 3.9. Pad.2. Use medium-load pavement for the pad and its access taxiway.1 explosives. Requirements Determination.2. a circular pad with a 33. Provide pavement for helicopter use alone where an operational apron or pad is not available. FAC: 1112 CATCODE: 116663 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A4L 2. 2.2.1.1.3 of UFC 3-260-01.1. Provide a pad sized to support the intended use of the facility. landing.9-Std and AFMAN 91-201. Description. provide a pad with a width 1.2.0 to 2. 2. See Apron (CATCODE 113321) for apron dimensions.9.10. For installations other than aerial ports of embarkation/debarkation (APOE/APOD).1.1.3.1.5. and standard VFR/IFR helipads are 30 m x 30 m (100 ft x 100 ft).
.3.9. 2.600 kg (30.3. Dimensions. C-17.1.10. Install tie down anchors and grounding points in the pad.1.1.900 yd2).1.1.530 m2 (4. 2.9. Details are as follows: 2.2. APOE/APODs that store or process in-transit explosives require two pads to accommodate C-5. 2. Limited-use VFR helipads are 15 m x 15 m (50 ft x 50 ft).225 yd2) is authorized. and parking operations for rotary-wing aircraft. Helicopter.440 m2 (8.000 pounds) of net explosive weight (NEW) of class/division 1.3.5.1. Area for each pad is approximately 7.2. Scope Determination.10. 2. 2.3.5. 2. Provide revetments where required by Q-D safety criteria or where their installation produces a net reduction in construction and land acquisition costs. taxiing.9.9. and Boeing 747 aircraft. Provide blue.1. 2. Design Considerations. 2. Locate the pad to satisfy explosives safety standards.9. See UFC3260-01.9. Dimensions.9.10. See paragraph 6-12 of UFC 3-260-01.

5. Appendix B.
2.48
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. The facility may also include floodlighting for night operations.12.10. FAC: 1131 CATCODE: 116664 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2.11.1. 2.1. Unsuppressed power check pads should be located near maintenance hangars but at a location where full power engine diagnostic testing of jet engines can be performed with minimal noise exposure to inhabited areas both on and off the installation.1. This facility is authorized for bases having jet aircraft when suppressed pads are not required.1. 2.4.1. A power check pad includes a thrust anchor or anchors for aircraft serviced by the pad. oil/ water separators.5. is listed as "pad. Design Considerations. This facility usually supports
. 2. Pad. Power checked pads may be either rectangular. treatment of fuel washdown drainage before discharge to a sanitary or storm sewer. See UFC 3-260-01for specific pad layout and dimensions.1.1. or circular shaped. paved shoulders.11.1. 2.9-Std and AFMAN 91-201. a holding tank. and communication with the maintenance control room and the base telephone system.11.1.11.11.1.3.11. Requirements Determination. whether for takeoff.1. helicopter" and constructed for light load.2. An aircraft power check pad is a paved area used for performing full-power engine diagnostic testing of aircraft engines while the aircraft is held stationary.12. Description. Description. taxiing. 2.000 Pounds] Thrust. DoD 6055. Locate the pad to satisfy explosives safety standards. and ETL 01-10. Design Considerations. Power Check (With or Without Sound Suppressor). FAC: 1131
CATCODE: 116665 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2. or parking. Scope Determination. Power Check with Noise Suppressor. Aircraft Trim Pad and Thrust Anchor for up to 267 Kilonewtons [60. square. a water supply to wash down fuel spills. See paragraph 6-9 of UFC 3-260-01. Dimensions. All helicopter pavement. Pad. and a blast deflector to protect the surrounding area from jet engine blast (see UFC 3-260-01. Section 15. landing. The power check pad with noise suppressor is the prime facility on which operational checks of jet engines are performed. Design and Construction of High-Capacity Trim Pad Anchoring Systems).

2. The pad is constructed of light-load or medium-load pavement. Warner Robins Air Logistics Center (WR-ALC) is designated as inventory manager responsible for equipment programming.12. and to provide a minimum of 7. Design Considerations. Sized to accommodate two of the largest aircraft assigned to the base. Requirements Determination.13. and criteria used in programming and constructing support items.1.12.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
49
Hush House sound suppressors. Consult paragraphs 6-8.62 m (25 ft) of blast-resistant pavement behind the tail of an aircraft to prevent damage from jet blast. for aircraft which must hold due to indeterminate delays and allows other departing aircraft unencumbered access to the runway.13.13. 2.af.4.mil. A warm-up/holding pad is authorized for each end of a runway.13.2 and 6-8. FAC: 1161 CATCODE: 116667
.1.3 in UFC 3-260-01 for location and siting consideration. with or without paved shoulders. available digitally at: www. Pad. Design Considerations. procurement.12.1. Compass Calibration.5. See Hush House Site Planning Bulletin and paragraph 6-9 of UFC 3-260-01. Scope Determination.1. 2.1.1. Pad. Description. Dimensions. Warm-up/Holding. as applicable.13. 2.1. An unsuppressed pad is generally used as a backup or interim facility.3. FAC: 1131 CATCODE: 116666 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A4L 2.afcee. 2.1.1. 2. Dimensions. See Hush House Site Planning Bulletin and paragraphs 6-9 in UFC 3-260-01.14. 2.1. observing wingtip clearances given in Table 6-1 of UFC 3-260-01.2.2.12.13.5. The intent of a warm-up pad is to provide a parking location. The suppressor and associated devices are supplied as items of government furnished equipment. Scope Determination.4.3.1. 2. See Hush House Site Planning Bulletin and paragraphs 6-9 in UFC 3-260-01. The warm-up/holding pad is a paved area adjacent to the taxiway at or near the end of a runway.1. 2. off the taxiway. See paragraphs 6-8 in UFC 3-260-01 for further guidance. For additional information see Hush House Site Planning Bulletin. Requirements Determination. 2.

1. Washrack pads are an economical way to supplement the capability of the Corrosion Control Facility. vehicular traffic. Reference paragraph 6-11 of UFC 3-260-01 or the criteria provided in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5300-13. Dimensions.3 m2 (240 ft2) is allowed.1. 2. Pads may also be covered to provide relief from heat and rain conditions.3. with or without paved shoulders.1. Aircraft Washrack.5. away from transmission lines. the circular pad is sized for the assigned aircraft and its calibration equipment.1.1. Requirements Determination.14. Locate the pad in an area of minimum magnetic disturbances.14. FAC: 1163 CATCODE: 116672 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2.4.1.15. A utility storage building of 22. particularly in warmer climates or at remote sites.3 and 6-11.3.1. Pad.15. Corrosion Control Utility Storage (CATCODE 211161). The size and configuration of an aircraft washrack is determined by the type of mission aircraft expected to use it.4 in UFC 3-260-01 for location and siting consideration.1.2. is also needed for aircraft cleaning supplies and equipment. See paragraphs 6-14 of UFC 3-260-01 for additional information on aircraft washracks.1. 2. Aircraft washracks are paved areas provided at all installations to clean aircraft in conjunction with periodic maintenance and to prevent corrosion. as applicable. 2. 2. 2. Design Considerations. The dimensions of the largest aircraft plus the clearances shown in Table 6-4 of UFC 3-260-01 determine the minimum washrack pavement dimensions.1. Requirements Determination.1.1.
. The pad is constructed of light-load or medium-load pavement. Scope Determination. 2.15. (Appendix 4) for additional guidance. 2. Refer to paragraphs 6-11.14.14. The calibration pad is a paved area where aircraft are positioned during calibration of the magnetic standby compass and the magnetic azimuth detector.4. Description. Generally. Dimensions. it may be possible to accommodate several smaller (fighter) aircraft on one larger aircraft washrack pavement.14. Each Air Force base having assigned aircraft must have a Corrosion Control Facility (CATCODE 211159). if justified.2. At mixed mission facilities. and facilities containing ferrous metals. Scope Determination. 2.15. A separate utility storage building.50 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFCESA/CEO
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2.15. Description. See Figure 6-24 of UFC 3-260-01.

rotary hydraulic systems.16.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
51
2. for details. except the Soft Ground Arrestor System (SGAS) (also known as the Engineered Material Arrestor System). procures.15. 2.2.1. In most cases. such as MA-1A and BAK-15. Aircraft arresting systems installed within the shoulder area of runways or within the unpaved overrun area require a paved service road to the equipment installation site. 2. such as Textile Brake Systems. All below-grade structures located within the shoulder area of the
. and soft ground systems.2. 6-36. and cable support systems.1.16.2. 2. such as the BAK-13. both from the runway or overrun. such as the Engineered Material Arresting System (EMAS).1.1.16.16. Operating. 2. See FAA Advisory Circular 150/5220-22A. 2. The runway pavement. Required Facilities. and distributes arresting systems according to validated requirements.000 ft) overrun cannot be provided. Engaging devices are net barriers. requirements for arresting systems are determined and submitted by each MAJCOM to AFCESA/CEO for validation.2. 2. such as BAK-14 and the Aerazur Type H.000 ft) overrun pavement for runout. Aircraft Arresting Systems.2. and Maintaining Aircraft Arresting Systems. SGAS systems may be used to enhance safety where the standard 305 m (1. or the 300 m (1. See Figures 6-31 through 6-34. In such cases. The type and model of energy absorber determines the runout of the engaging device.16. WR-ALC budgets for. Aircraft arresting systems consist of engaging devices and energy absorbers. All Aircraft arresting systems. is designed for the loadbearing characteristics specified in paragraph 2. discsupported pendants (hook cables). the SGAS must be designed. such as the BAK-9 and BAK12. Description. Design Considerations. rotary friction brakes.1. The energy absorber governs the facilities for the aircraft arresting system.2. Energy absorbing devices are ships' anchor chains. funded. that raise the pendant to the battery position or retract it below the runway surface.1.2.2. See AFI 32-1043.1.1. Engineered Materials Arresting Systems (EMAS) for Aircraft Overruns.1 (Airfield Pavements) of this chapter.16.16.1. are centrally procured.1. Managing. and installed as part of the facility to accommodate the aircraft intended to use the runway.5. FAC: 1461 CATCODE: 116922 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: WR-ALC/642 CBSG 2.2. as well as from another location that does not require access from operational pavements such as the runway. tearing strap modules. Requirements Determination. the arrestor bed is designed to stop an overrunning aircraft departing the runway at 70 knots within the available distance.1. Except for the SGAS. and 6-37 of UFC 3-260-01.

2.16. 2.9.16. Shelters and pits must also contain adequate ventilation to avoid confined space permit entry requirements.1.1.2. Textile Brake SystemL A one-time use energy absorber in either a uni-directional (MB 100.16. No changes in pavement type are allowed in this area within the center 22.4.1.2.4. Support ramps are constructed to lead up to exposed vertical surfaces of fairlead beams and tape tubes to allow an aircraft to roll over them smoothly. Dimensions.16.16.9 m (75 ft) of the runway. net arresting system: Runout is dependent upon type of energy absorber used.1.16.10. 2.2. a waiver must be established according to UFC 3-260-01 and/or the applicable TO.1.2.C.16. 2. BAK-14 or Type H cable retraction system: These are engaging devices only.16.16. and the requirements detailed within UFC 3-260-01. See AFI 32-1043 and paragraphs 3-16 of UFC 3-26001.9. BAK-12 arresting gear that is installed on grade must have an "airfield friendly" structure built over it to protect the equipment from environmental degradation.5. 2. 61QSIIM). 2. 2. The 60 m (200 ft) preceding the approach side of the engaging device is a critical area.200 ft).16.5.1.16.6.16. 2.2. 305 m [1.2. Mobile Aircraft Arresting System (MAAS): 300 to 370 m (1. BAK-15 (commercial designation. and on-grade shelters must have windows located so operators can see the arrestment area and directly across the runway.000 to 1.1. 1.1.2. Minimum runout distances (not including the distance from the nose wheel to the aircraft tail hook) applicable to the various arresting systems are: 2. or apron shoulder areas required by UFC 3-260-01.4. See AFI 32-1043.200 ft).5. 2.2.1.2. taxiway. and UFC 3-535-01.2.5.16.C.1. Do not install any arresting system where the runout will conflict with any other arresting system or any obstacle such as elevated airfield lights or signs.1.2. UFC 3-260-01.3.5. the runout is dependent upon the type of energy absorber used. the applicable 35E8-2 series TO.1.1.3. 271 m [889 ft]) or bi-directional (MB 60.52
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 runway or within the overrun area must be constructed to support the wheel loads for runway. Protruding objects and undulating surfaces are detrimental for successful engagements.1.2. 2.
. Design should be in compliance with typical installation drawings. In cases where these criteria cannot be met.2.2. 2.2.2. BAK-12.000 ft]) configuration.1. 2.5. Scope Determination.5. MA-1 or MA-1A with anchor chain: 260 m (850 ft).5.2. Critical Areas. as appropriate.68 m (66 in) Reel: 290 m (950 ft) or 370 m (1.5.3.2.5. Design Considerations. 2.

2. Mobile Aircraft Arresting System (MAAS). and the activities of maintenance personnel.16.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
53
2.2. See paragraphs 6-19.1.3.5. 2. or where jet run-up causes the erosion of a pavement shoulder not protected by stabilization or concrete surfacing.2.16.1.1. Emergency Systems.1. Typical installation drawings are available from AFCESA/CEO or WR-ALC (642 CBSG/GBEB) upon request. Siting. FAC: 1464 CATCODE: 116945 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A3O-A 2. 2. is 450 to 540 meters (1. Systems are normally installed underground.16.5.1 and Appendix B. Locate unidirectional arresting systems and barriers (nets) in the overrun area of the runway. The 38E8 Series TOs and AFI 32-1043 provide general guidance. personnel. Jet blast deflectors are installed where continual jet engine run-up interferes with the parking or taxiing of aircraft.2.2. Sample Letter of Agreement with the Federal Aviation Administration).1. Joint-Use Airfields. Arresting systems on joint use civil/military airfields are sited in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5220-9A. Do not locate unidirectional systems or net barriers closer than 11 m (35 ft) from the threshold of the runway.5. Jet Blast Deflector.1. such as BAK-12.1.5.16.1.4. Attachment 5. Criteria for siting systems are as follows: 2.5.17.5. taxiing aircraft. However. Jet blast deflectors are equipment to shield parked aircraft.1.3.16. Siting criteria for arresting systems depend on the type of installation and the arresting system. and jet blast requirements. all necessary foundations.800 feet) from the threshold. Equipment location and associated requirements shall conform to criteria established in AFI 32-1043. the movement of vehicles. anchors.17.2. Equipment location and associated requirements conform to criteria established in AFI 32-1043. Description. 2. Scope Determination. Operational Systems. 2. The MAAS is not intended for permanent or long term installation. MAJCOMs have the responsibility to determine these requirements.1.17. and pavements from jet blast effects. The best location for an operational arresting system. vehicles. 2.
. parking.5.16. Equipment Location.1. Requirements Determination. Section 8.1. and utility support may be installed to support recurring MAAS installation in support of exercises or air shows. Size and configuration are selected to satisfy aircraft taxiing. of UFC 3-260-01. 2.17. Aircraft Arresting System on Civil Airports and local agreements (see AFI 32-1043.500 to 1.

2.2.2 m (50 ft) from the tail of the aircraft. F-16. Dispensing and operating facilities in controlled areas. These standards shall be met for construction of fuel facilities. single curved.
2. Other security aids such as sensors and other detection devices are provided as feasible. 2. and dispensing facilities must be provided with positive methods to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere. with or without baffles. A deflector is generally 2. which sets DoD fuel system criteria. Inc. 2. such as liquid fuel storage areas. for additional information and guidance. Dimensions.1.5.2. 2. corrugated metal surface. 2.2.17.2.3.1. Environmental. AFI 31-101.7 m (8 to 12 ft) tall and located 21 to 37 m (70 to 120 ft) aft of the jet engine nozzle. requires all dispensing and operating facilities to have security protection. Waiver Process.1. Explosives safety standards. federal. and F-22 aircraft is the GS-12 Deflector manufactured by Blast Deflector.2. ground. The second is a rectangular metal frame anchored to the ground at an angle. and Security Alarms (CATCODE 872841). The Air Force Installation Security Program. DoD 6055. distributing. Two blast deflector types are commonly used.4.1. Fuels facilities shall comply with local. Operation and Maintenance: Maintenance of Petroleum Systems. Liquid Fueling and Dispensing Facilities. Fences (CATCODE 872247). state. 2.1. distribution. 2. Changes in criteria must be approved through the DoD Fuel Facility Engineering Panel. See criteria elsewhere and herein on Lights (CATCODE 812926).2. Spill containment shall comply with Section 311(j) of the CWA and with Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) requirements contained in Part 112 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). This section contains the general criteria and standards for petroleum dispensing and operating facilities for Air Force installations worldwide.1.1. FAC: 1444
.2.2.54
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. Explosives Safety Considerations. and UFC 3-460-03.2. Overview.2. and dispensing the fuel products necessary for its assigned mission. with multiple horizontal curved vanes to deflect the jet blast upwards. See UFC 3-460-01.4 to 3. All liquid fuel storage. Submit requests for waivers through AFCESA/CEO. or waters.17.9Std and AFMAN 91-201. 2. General Guidance.2.3. but not less than 15. and host nation environmental law as applicable. The most widely deployed model of this type when used for F-15.2. establish minimum separation standards for fuel storage and dispensing activities. fastened and braced to a concrete base to withstand the force of the jet blast and deflect it upward. Design Considerations. 2. 2. Security. Petroleum Fuel Facilities.2. Projects for facilities storing or handling bulk fuel supplied by Defense Energy Support Center (DESC) are normally programmed through the appropriate MAJCOM. Category Group 12. storing. One is a concave. Other deflector types may be used. do not require separate protection. Each base is provided adequate facilities for receiving. Control devices such as leak detection and automatic tank gauging will be provided as an integral component of the facility.2. Petroleum Operations Building.

The petroleum operations building also requires (1) a ready room for fueling operators.3.2. AFPET/PTOT
55
2. 2. Hydrocarbon Fuels and ANSI Z358.2.2.4.3. The petroleum operations building is a centralized facility for the management and control of all base functions related to the handling of petroleum products. (6) a vehicle checkpoint and operator maintenance room. An additional bulk storage operations building of approximately 42 m2 (450 ft2) is necessary to provide office space and latrine for bulk fuel storage personnel. The size of the facility depends on the number of personnel assigned to manage fuels.3. The room contains working space for a vehicle maintenance inspector. Description.1-2004.2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 121111 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO. and benches and equipment for vehicle operators to use in performing minor repair work. Scope Determination. The petroleum operations building includes a laboratory for conducting prescribed tests. The 23 m2 (250 ft2) vehicle checkpoint operator maintenance room may be in a separate building if it is operationally desirable or if adding the room onto an existing petroleum operations building is impractical. Requirements Determination. See Table 2.2. (3) a fuels control center.4.2. The smaller building requires approximately 30 m2 (315 ft2) of laboratory space for equipment and working area.3. The petroleum operations building should be located adjacent to the refueler vehicle parking area.4. See paragraph 2. and (7) an emergency shower and eyewash in the work area in accordance with AFOSH Std 9138.3.850
2. 2.
Personnel m2 1 to 50 more than 50 255 358 Gross Area ft2 2. 2. (2) administrative offices.1. Table 2.4.1. 2. American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment. storage space for small replacement parts. Petroleum Operation Building Sizes.3.2. the larger building requires 33 m2 (352 ft2).14.2. (5) conference room and classroom. (4) men's toilet and locker room and women's toilet and locker room.1. 2. This space requires year-round environmental control. If a site is
. Dimensions.3.750 3.2. if this building is immediately adjacent to the storage facility.2.3.14 for Petroleum Operations building sizes.3.

2. Installations with waterfront unloading facilities require a small storage building on-shore near the facilities for pollution control activities.
. 2.5. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. Hydrant Fueling System.000 gallons).4. 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.4.3.2.2.2. where terms of the lease do not allow for long term Air Force tenure. Aircraft with a total tank capacity exceeding 76. 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.5. Aviation Fuel Dispensing.1.2.2. AFPET/PTOT 2. dry fuel to fueling points in the aircraft parking apron.3.2.1. or for other than main air bases.4.2.1. FAC: 1211 CATCODE: 121122 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO.2.4.5. AFPET/PTOT 2. A hydrant fueling system is required for the following aircraft: 2. Liquid Fuel Storage. The system includes a minimum of two Operational Storage Tanks (CATCODE 124131). Dimensions.4. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. FAC: 1211 CATCODE: 121115 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO. Design Considerations. 2.2.000 liters (20. 2. Description.4. See Hydrant Fueling System (CATCODE 121122).2. Scope Determination.4.56
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 not available adjacent to the storage facility. Bulk storage is programmed under Category Group 41. except where the Air Force has operational control of real property at a joint base. Design Considerations. 2. provide the bulk storage operations building adjacent to the primary storage area.5. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2. Description. but it does not include bulk storage. Hydrant fueling systems are not authorized for bases where the property is not owned by the Air Force.2. 2. Requirements are given under Liquid Fuel Off-Shore Unloading Facility (CATCODE 163311) and UFC 3-460-01. A hydrant fueling system provides all the necessary equipment and controls to deliver clean.2. 2. Requirements Determination.5. Requirements Determination.5.

4. 2. Oil/Water Separators Operations.5. Types III. Description.1.2. Design Considerations. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
57
2.5. 2.2. Hydrant Fueling Building. Tactical aircraft in hardened shelters. All fueling and tank systems will comply with local. in support of combat turnaround requirements. Design criteria for fueling systems are established by the DoD Fuel Facility Engineering Panel. docks.5. Scope Determination. IV.6. Connections compatible with the aircraft design and necessary flow rates will be provided. 2.2. regardless of tank capacity.2. 2.3.2.5. characteristics. 2.2.2. and federal requirements in respect to fuel vapor emissions. fueling positions will be provided at all aircraft parking positions and at all cargo loading positions. Waivers for changes must be processed through AFCESA/CEO.2. or specially designed hangars. state. 2. AFPET/PTOT 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.6. regardless of tank capacity.5. Requirements Determination.2. Vehicle Fueling Station.2.7. Where hydrant fueling systems are justified. 21 Oct 94.5. 2.5.2. 2. 2.2.2.1.2.2. and capacities. Design Considerations. 2. The MAJCOM Fuels Engineer and MAJCOM Fuels Management section will determine the hydrant system size based on base specific mission requirements and airframe specific upload rates. 2.2.5. consult Section 4 of UFC 3-460-01. Dimensions.5. For system design guidance. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. 2.6. Tactical aircraft.2.4. if a complete economic analysis shows that the annual cost of owning and operating a hydrant fueling system is less expensive than a truck fueling operation.5.6. fuel loop system to aircraft shelter.2. Aircraft.4.2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. Dimensions.3.6. FAC: 1262 CATCODE: 121124 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO. Maintenance and Construction . that is.3.5. See Hydrant Fueling System (CATCODE 121122). and V fueling systems each have standard designs that shall be used. For fuel spills compliance consult AFI 32-7041 and AF Policy Letter. as required by AFI 32-7040.2.2. FAC: 1231
. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.5.6. Scope Determination.

7.2. AFPET/PTOT
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2.000 gallons) per each ten pieces of AGE or an underground tank up to 45.2. Design Considerations.2.2.000 gallons) may be provided for each type of fuel issued. At stations where high volumes of fuel issues require constant replenishment.000 liters (12. If underground tanks are required to meet distance criteria.1.1. Scope Determination.2.5.7.2. These facilities (also called Base Service Stations) are provided for fueling government owned vehicles and equipment. 2. 2.000 gallons) or larger capacity to accommodate commercial tank truck deliveries. a minimum of two tanks per grade of product must be provided. The facilities and equipment are similar to commercial service stations with separate storage and dispensing facilities for each type of fuel issued.2. a minimum of one 38. 2.800 liters (1.000 gallon) tank and one commercial type dispensing pump and meter will be provided per tank.3 and UFC 3-460-01.7. [AGE]).5. 2.2.3.2. For programming purposes operating tanks are included as part of the facility they serve.1. Operating tanks for vehicle fueling stations will be above ground where possible.7. Aircraft Support Equipment (Aerospace Ground Equipment. meter.2. Requirements Determination. Normally this will be limited to locations having more than ten pieces of equipment when the distance to the motor pool area is over one mile.000 liter (10.000 gallon) storage tank will be provided for each type of fuel issued. and the tanks should be 45. Remote fueling stations for AGE vehicles may be provided where it is not practical to drive such equipment to the vehicle fueling station (base service station).3. At bases where the Base Civil Engineer compound is more than one mile from the base service station.2. 2. 2. At locations where base bulk ground fuels stocks are maintained at the vehicle fueling station. A minimum of one 19. One commercial-type dispensing pump and meter will be provided for each tank. A commercial type dispensing pump and meter will be provided for each tank.3.7.7. provide a dispensing pump.7. a separate Civil Engineer fueling station is authorized.2. 2.2.7.7.2. Above ground tanks are preferred if clearance criteria is available. 2. 2. See paragraph 2.3.2. and hose or loading arm to load ground fuel delivery vehicles.7. BCE Facility.1. Base Civil Engineer (BCE) Facility.2. they will be
. Dimensions. A single storage tank with a capacity of 3.7.58 CATCODE: 123335 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO.000 liter (5. AGE Facility. Provide one fuel fill stand for each grade of product.000 liters (12. 2. CATCODE 124135 is used for inventory purposes for these tanks.2.7.4. Description.2. For facilities with fewer than 100 assigned vehicles.

Secondary containment with holding capacity equal to the largest single compartment of the tank trucks to be loaded will be provided at fueling stations.7.2. Operating storage tanks will be constructed above ground at CONUS locations. above-ground tanks are preferred wherever airfield clearance criteria permit and where survivability issues are not a concern. All vehicle fueling stations shall comply with local. 2.2.5.2.6 in this Manual. 2. include necessary piping for a vapor recovery system in the installation (or modification).8. such as AGE.5.8. Vehicle service stations must be designed to accommodate the Automated Fuels Service Station hardware.2.5.8.7. Operating Storage. Description.2. 2.5.1 and 1.1. 2. 2.3. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. At locations where no fuel vapor emission requirement exists and a new system (or modification to an existing system) is being installed. Aviation Gas.4. Operating Storage. state. 2.3.4.7.8. Operating fuel storage tanks are provided wherever dispensing facilities are remote from bulk storage tanks.2.2.7.3. A consolidated station for vehicles and support equipment. 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.8. These tanks provide a means of storing fuel immediately prior to issue into aircraft or vehicles. Scope Determination. For criteria on connection to base natural gas systems contact AFCESA/CEO. 2.2. FAC: 1241 CATCODE: 124131 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO. should be considered where practical.5.2. Requirements Determination. FAC: 1241 CATCODE: 124132
. AFPET/PTOT 2. Tanks will be sized in accordance with paragraph 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. Design Considerations. as required by AFI 32-7040 and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1. Compressed natural gas service stations are generally skid mounted equipment versus real property.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
59
double wall horizontal cylindrical type tanks of steel or fiberglass and equipped with a leak monitoring and detection system.2.8. 2. Aviation Lubricant.8.2. 2. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2.2. and federal requirements in respect to fuel vapor emissions. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.7.2. In all cases.9.5.3.

aviation gasoline (avgas). For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. FAC: 1261
. Design Considerations. FAC: 1262 CATCODE: 125977 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO. and No.15. Description. Liquid Fuel Truck Fill Stand.1. 5. 2. 2. Bunker C. except for cross country pipelines and offshore unloading lines.2. The requirement must be established on the basis of an economic analysis that compares pipeline costs with alternate delivery systems (e. 2.5. and another single pipeline is for all heavy products (Nos. Pipelines are a distribution system and are usually the most economical method of transferring fuel. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. 2. barge.2. Scope Determination.17.2.1. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations..15. Fuel pipelines will be sized in accordance with the requirements of UFC 3-460-01. Dimensions.16. FAC: 1251 CATCODE: 125554 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO.14.4.2.3. Dimensions. Pump Station. 4.15. Liquid Fuels. Pump stations or fuels pumphouses contain pump systems that are used to transfer fuel from Bulk Fuel storage to operating storage or transfer fuel from one installation to another. Liquid Fuels.16. 2. Requirements Determination. Pipeline.2.62
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. Design Considerations.16.2. AFPET/PTOT 2.16.2.5. truck. For these applications. AFPET/PTOT 2.15.2.2.g.2.16. 2.2. or rail). a single pipeline is provided for all light products (JP-4. 2. Description.3.4.15.2.5. 2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. 2.2.16. and 6 fuel oil. Separate fuel pipelines are provided for each different grade of fuel.2. Scope Determination. 2 diesel).15. and Navy Special).2.2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. motor gasoline (mogas). 2.

1. FAC: 1261 CATCODE: 126926 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO.1.4. provide tank truck or tank car deliveries as a secondary supply source.18. 2.2. Description. Fire Crash/Rescue Station.4.5. 2.5. See UFC 3-460-01 for guidance. Scope Determination.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 126925 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO.18. Offload facilities include direct offload. 2.2.17. and packaged skid. Design Considerations. Where two or more truck loading stands are located in a straight line. Truck liquid fuel fill stands are required as a means of loading fuel from the storage tanks into fuel servicing vehicles and tank trucks. 2.18. A minimum of one outlet for each grade of fuel is required.17.2. Design Considerations. special transportation considerations or changing circumstances may make the use of rail facilities desirable. arrange a tank truck receiving facility so that the system can be easily and economically extended to the existing rail spur.17. This is determined by the command having jurisdiction from a study of the mission and operation requirements.2. See UFC 3-460-01. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01. Requirements Determination. at an activity with railroad service.2. 2. Therefore.4. AFPET/PTOT
63
2.2. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.4. Unloading. 2.2.2. 2.2.2.2. Scope Determination. The number of fill stands required depends upon the number of trucks which must be loaded simultaneously.2.18. Bulk fuel storage facilities may be supplied with fuel by tank truck. See UFC 3-460-01.3. 2.17.17.2. drop tank.2.17. tank car. Liquid Fuel Stand. For general guidance see UFC 3-460-01.2. Truck fill stands are provided at all Air Force installations where bulk petroleum products are stored and dispensed.2. 2.19. 2.17.18. However. Tank truck deliveries are the most common method.18. See UFC 3-460-01. Description.2. or both. Dimensions. At facilities with pipeline or water transport as their principal supply source. 2.
.3. 2. a minimum of 20 m (65 ft) will be provided between outlets. AFPET/PTOT 2.1. Dimensions. Requirements Determination.

Scope Determination. unconventional warfare protection. Air Force Communications and Information Systems are established to support air operations and Air Force provisioned portion of the Global Information Grid (GIG).1. 2. Backup generators (depending on size) should comply with local. Telecommunications Facility. 2. See Fire Stations (CATCODE 730142). 2.19. AFI 32-1065.3.3.1.3. Project planners are required to obtain assistance from their wing communications and information systems planner and Systems Telecommunications Engineering ManagerBase Level (STEM-B) and/or STEM-C (MAJCOM). 2. See CATCODE 730142 and UFC 4-730-10. and.2. Base-Level Planning and Implementation.2. Design Considerations. AFMAN 91-201 contains standards on protecting explosives from the hazards of electromagnetic radiation and must be applied when constructing communications and navigational aids that expose electro explosives devices (EED).. contains standards on electrical grounding requirements.3 in UFC 3-260-01. Grounding Systems.19.3. See UFC 4-730-10 and paragraphs 2-10.1.5. the protection requirements. Description.2. Requirements.3.1.3. the appropriate survivability measures. for primary power and back-up power requirements.3.4. as required by AFI 32-7040. state. See CATCODE 730142 and UFC 4-730-10.3. are determined by the Air Force Network Integration Center (AFNIC). FAC: 1311
. See AFI 32-1063. All new and existing communications facilities are evaluated to determine what physical protection features are needed to ensure communications survivability. 2. see AFI 33-104. Category Group 13.19. Dimensions.1.2. 2. etc.2. and federal requirements with respect to air emissions.5. 2.1. See CATCODE 730142 and UFC 4-730-10. 2.1. 2.1. 2. 2.4.3.3.64 FAC: 1411 CATCODE: 130142 OPR: AFCESA/CEXF OCR: AFCESA/CEO
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. hence. security devices.2. Communications. Fire Stations.2. Electric Power Systems. General Guidance.19. Requirements Determination. because the threat analysis. 2.2. For additional information on communications electronics system and planning guidance. such as blast protection.19.6. vary from site to site. Navigation Aids and Airfield Lighting.

For new installations.3. plant-in-place records and publications room. 2.3. distributing frames. Administrative Functions. 2.3. electromechanical and/or electronic switching equipment. etc. telephone.3. maintenance.3.) may be exercised from this facility. Communications. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). and supply rooms. HQ USAF or DoD will determine whether leased or government wired telephone equipment/facilities will be used. Space requirements will be defined in accordance with site concurrence procedures defined in AFI 33-104. Dimensions.2. Design Considerations. cable vault. an operators lounge.
. and wire and/or fiber optic patch panels.5. and data communications and networking hardware.5. The space required to accommodate telecommunications equipment varies with the design and manufacture of the equipment. wiring. repair. Organizations developing requirements for new facilities should request pre-technical assistance from the supporting engineering and installation Command. computer file servers. 2. Scope Determination.2..2. the Base Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Switching Center (commonly referred to as the base telephone switch) may be leased from a telephone company or it may be government owned. Control of all ground point-to-point contact and air to ground point-to-point contact (such as radio. etc. The switching center is composed of switchboard positions.2.1. Description. DISN operations area. The building may include space for: 2. back-up generator.2. and/or STEM-C (MAJCOM) will provide assistance to develop the floor plans and engineering drawings for the equipment. emergency power plant.and inter-base communications as well as other required communications (exclusive of hardware for navigational aids). inside and outside plant test. Size of the telecommunications facilities will vary with the type of operation and equipment used. as required on a case-by-case basis. Telephone Exchange 1 (PBX Switching Center).3.3. DISNET. terminal equipment. 2.2.5. and Computers (C4) organizations in accordance with AFI 33-104. The wing communications unit. as well as other base communications systems.2. emergency power room.2. Various types of cable from the base transmitter and receiver. During the technical assistance.3.5. to include wiring. Defense Switched Network (DSN) Equipment.4. to include the telephone switching equipment room. Control. switchboard room. teletype.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 131111 OPR: Air Force Network Integration Center (AFNIC) OCR: N/A
65
2. the base message distribution center. communications engineers will identify the special purpose space requirements for the proposed equipment and facility. data routers. relay racks. 2. 2. the STEM-B. Requirements Determination. are normally fed through this structure.2.3.1. inside cable. and other operating appliances. This facility provides a central location for the common user communications system for intra. Includes space for the communications officer and assistants.2. intra-base radio management.3.

3.2. 2. Auxiliary MARS Stations. crypto accounting.4. operation and equipment used. MAJCOMs and bases should support military MARS stations in the same manner as other Air Force communications facilities when activated.5.3. welfare.6.1.3.2.3.3. its functions.
. commercial communications offices.7. Installations are authorized to establish auxiliary MARS stations for special missions such as United States Air Force Reserve. Civil Air Patrol. Additional equipment required in the base Communications/Computer Facility/Base Network Control Center (BNCC). Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 2. and base morale. 2.3.2. Communications Receiver Facility.3. 2.2. 2.3. etc. Description.2. The size of the MARS stations will vary with the type of mission.4. Managing High Frequency Radios. 2. Military MARS Stations.3.5. Scope Determination. Maintenance Functions. storage space for record communications. data routers. data cards. to include wiring.3.4. Contact OPR for latest design guidance. See Chapter 6 of this Manual for office and training space standards. and recreation. and programming personnel. Air National Guard. message paper.2. Weather communications equipment where applicable. Military Affiliate Radio System (MARS) Facility.3. Requirements Determination.5. 2.1.2. training of systems/support flight personnel. Includes space for Chief of Maintenance/Chief of Systems Flight. and operating procedures are prescribed in AFI 33-106. Design Considerations. 2.66
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 crypto storage vault.3. data communications and networking hardware.5.5. magnetic tape. See Chapter 6 of this Manual for administrative space standards. 2. 2.2.3.3. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131114 OPR: AFNIC (MARS) OCR: N/A 2. and the Military Affiliate Radio System. function. wire and/or fiber optic patch panels. and message tape.3.5.3.3. The MARS facility houses a MARS station. The base unit of assignment oversees equipment maintenance.3. Personal Wireless Communication Systems.3. The mission. Dimensions. These stations consist of unmanned base MARS stations. training of maintenance and operations personnel.3. There are two types of stations: 2.3. 2. Maintenance functions require protected parking for general purpose and specialized government owned vehicles and a cable yard.3. computer file servers.

This facility consists of antennae for a communications receiver site only. The generator is usually diesel powered and activated manually or automatically upon primary power failure. The power generator room/outbuilding has special ventilation.4. Primary Air Traffic Control (ATC) radio equipment may be remotely controlled using telephone keying and audio lines or small capacity microwave radio systems from the control tower. usually constructed of concrete masonry units. Ports are provided in the building for entry/exit of power. with appropriate interior accommodations for routing electrical. The transmitter-receiver site consists of a building.4.3. The size of the transceiver building and its associated antenna farm varies significantly based upon the number of radio levels involved. Physical security equipment required includes safety and emergency lighting. 2. obstruction lighting. the mission of the station (point/point. Description. Antennas should be located away from high
. The site is normally equipped with an emergency power generator located either in the building or in a nearby exterior building.3.3. and do not have specific radio facilities. etc.3. Very High Frequency/Ultra High Frequency (VHF/UHF) Air Traffic Control (ATC) radio equipment is usually at one or two remote locations either on or off base. 2. security fencing. Work space may be required along with storage space for paint. 2.1. Antennas are often located alongside base buildings or on rooftops and vary in nature. etc. 2.2. etc.2. telephone. and fuel tanks.2. and controlled area signs as indicated in AFI 31-101.4. air/ground.). fuel safety. HF systems are often operated at the receiver or transmitter site or in a separate facility and may be remotely connected to the transmitter facility. and environmental considerations. Transmitters may all be located on one site with receivers located at a second site. Radar Approach Control (RAPCON). High Frequency (HF) Point/Point and Ground/Air Sites. and azimuths of the antennas (or rotating antennas).1. Requirements Determination. Some multi-HF transceiver sites may be operated locally (in conjunction with radio equipment) or remotely from another location. electrical. They may also be collocated in one building at a single "transceiver" site.2. Collocated sites are to be used whenever possible.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131115 OPR: Air Force Flight Standards Agency (AFFSA) OCR: AFNIC
67
2.4. and coaxial cables. physically separate to minimize interference. Land immediately adjacent to the building is required for the installation of wooden poles or metal towers to support VHF/UHF antennas.3.). flammable materials. which are closely tied to base ATC facilities (control tower. telephone. Unlike VHF/UHF sites. Some HF radio stations are user-operated or operator-operated transceiver facilities in command posts or other on-base locations. RAPCON.4. and equipment cables.2.

4. plans. Collocated (transceiver) HF sites are considerably larger than the VHF/UHF sites.4. 2. For latest information and drawings.2. and local considerations.4. and may be separated by up to 40 km (25 miles) to minimize electromagnetic interference between sites.68
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 tension power lines.3. Contact OPR for latest design guidance.3. Scope Determination.5. 2. functional. and away from noise generating devices or machinery.e. See CATCODE 131115.3. etc.3.4.3. Dimensions. 2.5. Design Considerations. See CATCODE 131115. maintenance. utility.3. a receiver site only. This facility consists of antennas for a collocated communications transmitter/receiver site. Each facility is generally tailored to its specific mission. use of duplexers. Scope Determination.4.
2. metal fences (depending upon the type of antenna). Communications Transmitter Facility. geographical. 2. siting and electronic requirements. incorporating technical.5. Design Considerations. but the split site HF sites will be the largest. See Communications Receiver (CATCODE 131115). and the technical complexity of the facility (quantity of radios. operating frequencies. environmental. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131116 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC 2. Varies (see paragraph 2. Associated buildings must accommodate large numbers of high power radio transmitters/receivers. and supply areas.1. Dimensions. the character of the facility (i. 2. Requirements Determination. consult AFFSA.3. electromagnetic compatibility. 2.3. a transmitter site only.4.3..5. Consult the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide. Description.3.). or a collocated transmitter/receiver site). 2. The size of the antenna "farm" varies with the scope and complexity of air operations at each base.6.3.5.3. 2. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131117 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC
. Communications Transmitter/Receiver Facility. emergency power source.3.5.5.3).5.

7. (See AFI 32-7044.5.6.6. Separate concrete foundations may be required depending on equipment and building design. S cope Determination.7.3.5.3. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest design guidance.7.3. Design Considerations.3. 2. Power.3.4. Requirements Determination.3. Additional space for emergency sleeping quarters and the storing of emergency rations and additional spare parts may be required where climatic conditions warrant. Requirements Determination. or for relay of land mobile radio signals over local areas. Design Considerations. Radio relay/repeater facilities consist of radio facilities (buildings and outdoor equipment) necessary to support the relay of radio communications information. may require some of these sites to be attended.3.) 2. 2. Building size is determined by the amount of equipment to be installed. Humidity and temperature control may be required.7.6.6. Communications Equipment Building.5.2.
.6. Description. 2. See CATCODE 131115.7.3. 2.3.2.5. 2.3.1. 2.3. Primary power.5. These facilities are unattended. and require only periodic inspection and maintenance by specialized crews. where practical. however. The radio relay installation normally includes the following construction items: 2. 2.1.3.3.7. backup power (see AFI 32-1063) and associated fuel facilities as required. Antenna Supports.7.1. This facility supports equipment for sites used to relay communications between point-to-point wideband communications.7. 2. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131118 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC 2. This facility consists of communications antennas for a transmitter site only.3.3.5. Scope Determination. Description.7. Radio Relay Facility (includes LMR Repeater facilities and microwave relay sites). Storage Tank Compliance for environmental requirements.4. 2. Dimensions. See CATCODE 131115.3.7.3.3.3. Access Road and Parking Area.4.7. 2. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
69
2. See paragraph 2. See Communications Receiver (CATCODE 131115).3.2. Local conditions.

Facilities may be located on or off base. and associated fuel facilities.3. 2. teletype.3. and work center administration.3. 2. maintenance.7. Humidity and temperature controls are required in the communications terminal and command and control facilities. 2.3.8.3. Command and Control facilities normally consist of a single building with adjacent antenna farms. A four-strand barbed wire perimeter fence is normally required.8. operations. voice. 2. The building is normally isolated from the central area of the base or may be located at an off-base site.3.70
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. 2. analog. back-up power. HF radio facilities comprise all communication networks employed by the Air Force for the exchange of information between and among surface installations and airborne vehicles. where applicable.3. Air Communications (AIRCOM) Relay Center Facility.5.3. Roads and parking lots are required. Fencing.. 2. 2. AFI 32-1065 contains standards on electrical grounding requirements. phone patch.8. 2.3. they may be required at the transmitter/receiver buildings.2.3. with microwave or cable facilities connecting them.7. Consideration for transmission line security by hardening transmission line ducts.8. weather.5.3. radio. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131134 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC
. Manned locations require space for secure storage of test equipment. The type and quantity of security fencing and perimeter lighting is determined by local security forces during site surveys.9. and receiver.3.4.3. Facilities include Air Force components of the Defense Communications System (DCS) as well as unilateral communications.5. Security and safety lighting is required. See AFI 31-101. Local security agencies may specify a more secure fence.8.6.e.7. General guidance. 2. etc. 2.8. training.5. point-to-point or air/ground/air communications).) for all command levels on a global basis. intelligence.3. common user.8. The HF radio complexes provide a variety of communication services (radio.8.9. 2.7. or any combination thereof (i. The USAF Aeronautical Station complex normally consists of three separate buildings for the communications terminal.6. transmitter.3. Security and Safety. See AFI 32-1063 for primary power. The relay control center may be collocated with the base telecommunications facility or with the transmitter or receiver building. 2. command and control. data) for a variety of functions (administrative.1. logistic. 2.8. Manned Locations. may be necessary.8.8. latrines.7.5.

Contact OPR for additional guidance.3. Description.5.2. semi-automatic.10.3.
. 2. Description. AIRCOM Transmitter Facility.11.8 above. The facility consists of a radio operations room. Design Considerations. maintenance room. A microwave relay room is also required in many situations.3. See paragraphs 2. relay equipment room.3. or manual means. AIRCOM Receiver Facility. 2.3.10.9. See paragraph 2. 2. and relay operations administrative room. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131136 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC 2. Description.1.8. Requirements Determination. Dimensions.10.2.3.9. 2. See paragraph 2.8 above.3.8 and 2.3. or by connecting circuits electronically between subscribers or tributaries for direct transmission.3. See paragraph 2.3. technical control room. Dimensions.3. See description for AIRCOM Receiver Facility (CATCODE 131136) and paragraph 2.1.3.3.3.9.3. 2. and may require living quarters at off-base sites.11.10.9. Each facility requires 40.3.4. This facility is established to pass traffic from one subscriber or tributary to another by automatic.1.4.8 above. Requirements Determination. The size of the relay building will be determined by the communications-electronics engineering agency to meet specific requirements when not collocated with the base telecommunications facility. crypto room.5 km (4 mi).3. Contact OPR for latest design guidance.10.10. Each facility requires a building for technical equipment and buildings for power units.9.3.9.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
71
2.3. Scope Determination. teletype room.3. The receiver building and transmitter building are located on separate sites and may be located on or off base. 2.3. 2. Scope Determination. An incinerator is required in the immediate vicinity of the record communication/crypto area. 2. 2.4 ha (100 acres) of land and a minimum separation of 6.5.3. Design Considerations. 2. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131137 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC 2.

12. 2.5.12.8 above. Terrain or distance limitations may require a Microwave Repeater to ensure the reliable and high quality performance of the microwave system.8 above. See paragraph 2.5 and contact OPR for additional design guidance.3.8 above.3. Requirements Determination. Where cable systems are not feasible because of distance and terrain.12.3. The frequency of weather related cable system outages. Requirements Determination.3. Microwave Repeater.12. Contact OPR for additional design guidance. Design Considerations.12.3.13. This system provides the control link between the transmitter.10. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131138 OPR: AFNIC OCR: N/A 2. See paragraph 2.5.3.1.3. or 2.11.
. 2.3.2. Scope Determination. 2. Scope Determination.8 above. 2. and communications terminal. See paragraph 2.8 above.11.3. See paragraph 2. 2. High Frequency AIRCOM Microwave Relay Facility.72
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.2.2.11. The high vulnerability of cable systems to sabotage and enemy actions.12. FAC: 1311 CATCODE: 131139 OPR: AFNIC OCR: N/A 2. Description.2.3. microwave facilities are provided as a primary means of communication. Design Considerations. Dimensions.1.4.1. The prohibitive cost of constructing pole lines in some areas which have sufficient cable lines to meet the communications demand between aeronautical station facilities. Dimensions. 2.3. The microwave relay system is an essential link in the aeronautical station system.12.3. or they are not an operational requirement.3.11. Description. See paragraph 2.
2.3.3. See paragraph 2.4.3.3.3. The microwave inter-site system may be required due to: 2.3.3.3. 2.3.12. receiver.2.3.13.3.12. 2.2. especially in areas overseas. 2.

Design Considerations.15.2. See paragraph 2. FAC: 1321 CATCODE: 132134 OPR: AFNIC OCR: AFCESA/CEO
73
2.3.3. manholes. ducts. Requirements Determination. The structure is required to provide a means to support antennas used to control air traffic and communicate with aircraft. Design Considerations. See paragraph 2. 2.3. control and protective devices and associated equipment. This includes power and communication circuits. This includes power and communication circuits. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. manholes. 2. Description.5. 2. This facility houses electrical power and communication control circuits. Scope Determination.3.2. and associated equipment.3.3. Requirements Determination. transformers. Dimensions. 2. 2. Program this category code by indicating the number of circuits and the cost of each.13. type of base. 2.3. transformers.3.
.14. Scope Determination. and associated equipment from the base control tower or radar facility to navigational aids and communication facilities. Factors involved in determining dimensions include type of structure used. Requirements Determination.3.14.3.3. amount of load supported.5.15.3.14. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134119 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.3.3. Dimensions. 2. AF/A3O-A 2.3. type of soil.14.14.15. Contact OPR for latest design guidance.13. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.13.8 above. 2. See paragraph 2. Remote Control Circuits.4.3. 2.14. 2. 2. Contact OPR for additional design guidance. This structure consists of steel towers or wooden pole structures used to support fixed ground antennas and transmission lines. and required guying.4.2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. control and protective devices.3.3. control devices.8 above. Antenna Support Structure.8 above.1. Description.13.1. Scope Determination.3.15. ducts. This facility is required to provide a means to control air traffic and communicate with aircraft.3.

Scope Determination. 2.884 ft2) building. 2. Requirements Determination.3. and included in the overall cost of the project. The vault furnishes an underground location for the transformer power line connectors. FAC: 8927 CATCODE: 134338 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.16.1.2. 2.2.17.4. AF/A3O 2. Fixed Radar Approach Control (RAPCON) (GCA Fixed) Facility.5. Design Considerations. etc.3. Dimensions. 2. 2.3. Description. FAC: 1331 CATCODE: 134336 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. Design Considerations.17. RAPCON Vault (GCA Vault).16.16.4.3. Requirements Determination. Dimensions.15.3.3.3. AF/A3O-A 2.3. that provide electrical power to the RAPCON and GCA facilities. See UFC 3-260-01 and the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide for additional information and guidance. 2.1. Scope Determination. This facility is a one-story..3 of the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide for information on siting and proximity of RAPCON facilities. 268 m2 (2. 2.16.
2. This facility provides surveillance and precision radar service at permanent Air Force bases that do not have approach control authority.3.17.
.3.16.17.16.3.74
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Special items will be noted. See Section 2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 2.3. This facility replaces the semi-mobile Ground Control Approaches (GCA) and includes the organic support space described under RAPCON Support Building (CATCODE 134341).3. estimated separately. Description.1.3. See RAPCON Support Building (CATCODE 134341).5. 2. See Chapter 2 of the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide and UFC 3-260-01 for additional information and guidance.15.

administration. This facility includes space for training/study. 2. test equipment storage. Although the shelter is an efficient operations facility.3. Mobile facilities are trailer-mounted shelters containing all antennas. For long-term employment. 2.1. See AFI 321063 for primary power and backup power and AFI 32-1065 for standards on electrical grounding requirements. kitchen. Planning and Programming Military Construction (MILCON) Projects. Dimensions.3. The facility does not contain active radar elements because data is routed into it by microwave or cable. voice communications. Therefore. It is a removable asset but not transportable. utility. and electronic requirements. a separate support facility is required.3. 2.3. Scope Determination.3. Design Considerations. AF/A3O 2. Due to space limitations and potential isolation. Mobile and semi-fixed facilities require an operations/maintenance crew and an alert/maintenance facility providing support space for the workers who normally operate the equipment up to 24 hours per day.3. Radar and communication data is routed into the shelter by microwave/cable.2.3. and latrine. and Section 13 of UFC 3-260-01 for further information on deviations from criteria for airfield support facilities.1.5 m (24 ft by 31 ft). FAC: 1331 CATCODE: 134341 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.17.1.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
75
2.3 m by 9. RAPCON Support Building (GCA/RAPCON Support Building). See Chapter 6 on relocatable facilities of AFI 32-1021. For latest information and drawings. a pad adjacent to the runway is required.17. 2. Siting of the mobile facility and support facility may require a waiver from the standard airfield criteria.18.100 ft2). mounted on concrete foundations.18.5.18. siting. providing space for 8 to 12 workers and containing 102 m2 (1. 69 m2 (744 ft2). The shelters can be temporarily set up on existing terrain. the shelter and support
. rest and duty standby. 2. and operations equipment. Semi-Fixed Facility. maintenance shop. It includes an enclosed walkway between the operations shelter and the support building when practicable. plans.3.3. The semi-fixed support facility is located adjacent to the relocatable fiberglass shelter. Requirements Determination.3. 2.2. Consult the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide and UFC 3-260-01 for additional information and guidance. a support building is required to provide a complete facility. Description.18. Consult Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide for additional guidance.18.4. A semi-fixed facility is a fiberglass shelter 7. radars. consult AFFSA.3.17.17. USAF Mobile Facilities.3. 2.

1. 2. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134351 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.18. A waiver to site the mobile facility must be obtained from the MAJCOM.3.1. See Chapter 6 (on relocatable facilities) of AFI 32-1021 and Section 13 of UFC 3-260-01 for further information on deviations from criteria for airfield support facilities. Description.5. and CAT-III operations are required. A localizer radio beam to furnish azimuth approach guidance to the runway.3. Instrument Landing System (ILS) Glide Slope.19.2.2.18. but siting of the semi-fixed support facility does not. and 2. 2. AFCESA/CEO 2.18. An approach lighting system is required in conjunction with the ILS to ensure a safe transition from the instrument phase to the visual phase (see Approach Lighting. 2.2. 2.1.19.19.2. If utility connections cannot be made to existing base utilities.1.4. The ILS consists primarily of an ALSF-1 or an ALSF2 used where CAT-I. CAT-II. AF/A3O. The basic components of the Category II ILS system are: 2.1.19.3. and parking areas.19.3.19.3. A localizer radio beam to furnish azimuth approach guidance to the runway. Siting of the mobile support facility requires a deviation from the standard airfield criteria.3.2.18.1.2. 2.2. A glide path radio beam to furnish vertical descent approach guidance to the runway. Consult the latest Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide and UFC 3-260-01 for additional information and guidance.3 above.3.19. See paragraphs 2. The basic components of the ILS system are: 2.3.3. The ILS is the standard navigation aid that utilizes fixed radio beams to provide aircraft final approach guidance in instrument conditions.3.2. 2. Requirements Determination.76
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 building should be located to take advantage of existing base support items such as utilities.19. 2.2.3.3.18.18.2 and 2.3. requiring 89 m2 (960 ft2).3. Design Considerations. A glide-path radio beam to furnish vertical descent approach
.2. access roads.3. The mobile support facility is located adjacent to the mobile RAPCON vans and provides space for six to ten workers.2. 2.3.2.19. a septic tank and underground potable water storage tank must be installed.2. See Chapter 3 and Table 2-1A of UFC 3-535-01 and AFI 32-1044 for additional information and requirements. 2. CATCODE 136661).3. Dimensions.3.

Radar Turntable. See UFC 3-260-01and UFC 3-535-01.3.21.1. An Air Force standard design has been established and may be obtained from AFNIC. The outer marker is located on the extended runway centerline directly beneath the point established for aircraft interception of the glide slope.1 m2 (20 ft2). fan-shaped field patterns.9 m by 2.3.22. 2. The cable ducting. 2. See ILS Glide Scope (CATCODE 134351). 2. Dimensions.5.21. The AN/GRN-32 uses a yagi antenna and does not require a counterpoise. 2.3.1 m (3 ft by 7 ft) staging platform.3.3.3. Design Considerations. FAC: 1341
. Requirements Determination. 2. Requirements Determination.5.3. Scope Determination.21.21.3. 2.21. 2. Description.22. and allied support construction are provided through the communications-electronics implementation plan (CEIP) and MILCON programming action.2. 2.22. AN/GRN-32. all-weather capability to rotate one or two trailer vans to permit aligning the precision approach radar (PAR) unit for service to another runway.21. See UFC 3-260-01and UFC 3-535-01. Dimensions. 2.22. The latest solid state marker beacon.2. 2.4.4.5. See UFC 3-260-0. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134373 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. The AN/GRN32 minimum plot size is 6. Design Considerations. Precision Approach Radar (PAR). UFC 3-260-01.5.3.3. AFCESA/CEO 2. and UFC 3-535-01.3.3. Scope Determination.3.3. AFCESA/CEO
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. The markers are used with the ILS and low powered markers of approximately two watts output. Description.3.2.1. 2.21. operating on a frequency of 75 megahertz and radiating similar vertical. This is a motorized turntable that provides a rapid. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. AF/A3O.22. motor.78 CATCODE: 134355 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. or on a pole. AF/A3O.23.3.1. 2. turntable. is housed in a cabinet mounted on a 0.22. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.

Consult the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide and UFC 3-260-01 for additional information and guidance. See UFC 3-260-01 for additional guidance.1. Fixed base PARs will either be an AN/FPN-62 or AN/GPN-22.2. 2.4. Scope Determination. Additional equipment requirements or the need to provide services to more than one base may be justification for expansion to a second story of 348 m2 (3. The AN/GPN-22 does not require a turntable.2.23.3.3. elevation.24. See Radar Turntable (CATCODE 13437) and AFI 32-1044.23. RAPCON Center: FAC: 1331 CATCODE: 134375 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. 2. AFCESA/CEO 2. It can provide radar ATC service to one or more civil and/or military airports in a terminal area. 2.
. one-base RAPCON facility.23. and range of an aircraft during final approach. AF/A3O. If dual runway coverage is required. Scope Determination. AF/A3O.3.3. 2.23. A transformer vault. and a foundation turntable or hardstand may be required as support structures. Primary and alternate radios should be located at separate transmitter and receiver sites.3.034 ft2) is required for a normal.3.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 134374 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. ducting.5. departing.23. Description: A terminal air traffic control facility using radar and non-radar capabilities.1. Mobile facilities also provide PAR service. the RAPCON Center provides approach control services to aircraft arriving. the radar data is transmitted from the radar. The TPN-19 does not require a turntable. to the approach control.750 ft2). Requirements Determination. Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR) and Precision Approach Radar (PAR) approaches.3. 2. The MPN-14K requires a turntable to provide dual runway coverage. AFCESA/CEO
79
2.e. or transiting airspace controlled by the facility.3.24.24. i.3. A one-story facility of 561 m2 (6. Description. 2. Dimensions: Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Primary radar equipment (PAR) is used to provide the azimuth.3. the AN/FPN-62 requires a turntable (turntable included in SFEL FA-3-01A). located near the runway. The RAPCON should not house radio transmitters or receivers (other than emergency alternate use). Requirements Determination: This facility may provide services of a ground controlled approach (GCA). 2.24. Design Considerations: For fixed PAR..

2. The AN/GPN-12 and AN/GPN-20 are provided with prefabricated shelters for housing transmitter and receiver equipment. Scope Determination.3. fixing. Description. Contact OPR for further design guidance on the AN/GPN-30. AF/A3O. The DASR is a new terminal air traffic control radar system that replaces current analog systems with new digital technology. See paragraph 2.24.25. ASR is approach control radar used to detect and display an aircraft’s position in the terminal area. AFCESA/CEO 2.3. and air navigation assistance to aircraft with suitable automatic direction finding (ADF) equipment installed. Airport Surveillance Radar (ASR).24.25.25. See UFC 3-260-01.25.26. 2. semi-mobile.4.3.3.3 above.3. The radar antenna is mounted on a steel tower adjacent to the shelter. See UFC 3-260-01. AFCESA/CEO 2. These facilities are non-directional aids used to provide homing.3. This facility is designed to meet all requirements for a low-
. It provides range and azimuth information. 2. Airfields may also have an AN/GPN-30 Digital Airport Surveillance Radar (DASR).25. Design Considerations. (Medium Power Low Frequency Beacon [AN/URN-5 or Equivalent]).5.3. Requirements Determination.1.25. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134422 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.3. Dimensions.26. 2. or mobile facilities. 2.80
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2. RAPCON and GCA services can be provided from fixed. Description.2. The radar data is transmitted to the RAPCON operations room either by cable or microwave. Design Considerations.3. Dimensions.
2.3.5. 2.24. Contact OPR for further guidance on the AN/GPN-30.3.1. Radio Beacon Facility. See UFC 3-260-01. Contact OPR for further guidance on the AN/GPN-30. AF/A3O. 2. Requirements Determination.4.26. An airfield may have an AN/GPN-12 or AN/GPN-20 fixed ASR providing medium range 110 km (60 nautical miles) radius primary radar coverage and 370 km (200 nautical miles) radius secondary radar coverage.3.3.2. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134376 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.

They will also utilize the existing backup power generators and the existing antenna and tower structure.27.3. For an on-base installation. as close to the runway centerline as criteria specified in UFC 3-260-01 will permit. Description. 2. The maximum service range is approximately 360 km (195 nautical miles) at high altitude. AF/A3O.26. Scope Determination. The AN/FRN45 TACAN is designated to provide the same service with solid state reliability. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134465 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC.27.3. TACAN stations may be used as either terminal or enroute aids. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
81
frequency homing beacon facility for area coverage and terminal approach purposes. Therefore. the installation may be on or off base. When the equipment is authorized for permanent installation. See UFC 3-260-01. This equipment is furnished either with or without shelter.27.4.1. to and from a selected ground station. See AFI 32-1044 for additional guidance.3.3. The AN/FRN-45 Solid State TACAN modification replaces the outmoded tube-type TACANs. The AN/URN-5 has a power output that is variable from 25 to 400 watts.3.27.26. 2.27.27.3.000 ft) from the runway threshold.3. The AN/TRN-26 is a highly mobile TACAN system. 2. A TACAN is a short range.3.2. 2. 2.26.3.3. The information is presented to the pilot in two dimensions. Fixed TACAN Air Navigation Station (AN/FRN-45). radio homing beacons will require building construction. Dimensions. construction of a suitable building is required. It is designed on the building block concept for quick reaction TACAN service at locations where weight and cube are
.1. a foundation and appropriately sized emergency power building are required. the maximum angle of convergence between the runway centerline and TACAN final approach course is 30 degrees at a point 900 m (3. Medium power beacons often are used to mark compulsory reporting points on airways or otherwise establish routes not specifically associated with an air base.2. They will be housed in the existing TACAN buildings. and is used for air route support where extreme ranges are not mandatory. the TACAN should be installed on base adjacent to the runway.3. accurate slant-range distance and bearing information.3. Mobile TACAN Stations (AN/TRN-26 and AN/TRN-41). Requirements Determination. Design Considerations. The TACAN station theoretically produces an infinite number of signals similar to the spokes of a wheel. AFCESA/CEO 2. 2. 2. line-of-sight air navigation system that provides continuous. When the shelter is provided. UHF.3. TACAN Air Navigation Station. See UFC 3-260-01. Where shelters or existing buildings are not available or suitable. When used as a terminal aid. distance and bearing. Scope Determination.5.

2. Varying types of towers are used to provide bases with radio and radar antennas used with different navigational aids.3.
.5.82
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 critical. Design Considerations. 2.3. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134473 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. 2. Description. The AN/TRN-26 has the capability to be housed in a mobile van or operate freestanding for short durations. It has the capability to operate with commercial power or generator power.3. open latticework construction. 2.3. See UFC 3-260-01 and AFI 32-1044. Dimensions. AFCESA/CEO 2. when under field conditions.1. 2.4. Dimensions. AF/A3O. Scope Determination.3.1. furnished with concrete hardstand bases. 2. line-of-sight radio NAVAID producing a theoretically infinite number of signals emanating from the station (similar to spokes of a wheel) that provides the pilot with bearing information only. The AN/TRN-41 is a light-weight air-dropable TACAN set to be used by Air Force combat control teams as a navigational aid (NAVAID) for aircraft operating in contingency or forward areas. See UFC 3-260-01.27.28. 2. Fixed VHF Omni-Range (VOR) Station.3. It is intended to be used in VMC (Visual Meteorological Conditions) and is not equipped with the monitors required for use during Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) weather conditions. short range. AF/A3O. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134482 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. Requirements Determination. The VOR system is a ground-based. The towers are usually made of metal.28.3. NAVAID Tower.3.29. and platforms/catwalks to permit the mounting of necessary antennas and routine maintenance.27.27. ladders with safety guards. See UFC 3-260-01.3.28. When properly sited.2. It operates without hardstand or shelter.
2.28. Description.4. it is designed to provide the same service as a fixed based TACAN. AFCESA/CEO 2.5. See UFC 3-260-01. See UFC 3-260-01.29.3. Design Considerations.3.28.28. See UFC 3-260-01.1. 2. 2.3.3.

3.3. This enables pairing of facility frequencies according to an established schedule and allows substantial maintenance savings and other ancillary cost savings. See UFC 3-260-01. the VOR may be installed on base adjacent to the runway.4.000 ft) of one another. Design Considerations.2. This enables aircraft equipped with either TACAN or VOR/DME to make use of the navigational guidance. 2. 2. They provide bearing information on both VHF and UHF bands plus compatible DME. Requirements Determination. VOR stations may be used as either terminal or enroute NAVAIDS. See UFC 3-260-01. Where practical. for terminal use. the maximum angle of convergence between the extended runway centerline and VOR final approach course is 30 degrees at a point 900 m (3. United States Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). Air Force policy requires that TACAN and VOR stations located on the same base and permanently required to support operational missions should be collocated and operated as VORTACs.1. but antennas located within 30 m (100 ft) of one another are considered collocated. 2. and the Alford Loop type antenna.5.2.3.3.30. AFJMAN 11-226. The AN/AFN-44 VOR is designed to provide the same service with solid state reliability. For on-base installations. AFCESA/CEO 2. and FAA Handbook 8260.30.29. 2. antennas are considered to be collocated when within 600 m (2. AFI 11-230. Scope Determination.30. The AN/FRN-44 Solid State VOR modification replaces the outmoded tube type VORs. Dimensions. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134511 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. they will be housed in the existing VOR buildings. Navigation aids consisting of collocated TACAN and VOR facilities are known as VORTACs.29. AF/A3O. Fixed (VORTAC. US Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). Functional Management of Airfield Operations. Requirements Determination. For other than terminal use. VORTAC facilities are usually made up of facilities whose antennas are vertically stacked and thus identically located. in accordance with criteria specified in AFI 13-204.3B. Description. This follows the Air Force policy for reducing monetary expenditures for land acquisition and remote location maintenance.
.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
83
2.30. It may also be installed on the extended runway centerline as a Final Approach Fix (FAF).30).29. When used as a terminal aid.3. as close to the runway centerline as criteria specified in UFC 3260-01 will permit.3. Instrument Procedures. 2.000 ft) from the runway threshold. If possible.3.29.3. Scope Determination.3. TVOR-RACAN. the VOR should be installed as part of an on-base VORTAC facility (see paragraph 2.3. 2.3. Fixed). They will also utilize the existing backup power generators.

Design Considerations.250 m (10. 2.650 linear feet) of runway lights and not as 6. the AN/FRN-45 TACAN and the AN/FRN-44 VOR become the AN/FRN-43 VORTAC. AFWA.31. taxiway. For example. See UFC 3-260-01.1.3.3.3. A visual wind indicator is especially essential if radio contact with the control tower is lost and the pilot cannot receive oral information and instructions for landing the aircraft.30. AFCESA/CEO 2.3. If used as a terminal aid for instrument approach procedures.32.31. Airfield lighting facilities may be provided according to UFC 3-535-01. AFCESA/CEO 2.84 2. The wind direction indicator will be a lighted wind cone or a wind sock.31.31. When collocated.3.2. Wind Direction Indicator.
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2.500 m (21.4. The airport beacon is the internationally recognized lighted signal indicating an airfield.31. Requirements Determination. 2. 2. runway lights programmed for a runway 3. Dimensions. See UFC 3-260-01 and AFI 32-1044.
. Instruction for providing airfield lighting is contained in AFI 32-1044.300 ft). 2.2. Beacon Light. See UFC 3-260-01.30.250 m (10. both the VOR and TACAN radials of the VORTAC must be aligned in the same direction.650 ft) long will be shown as 3. 2. FAC: 1362 CATCODE: 136635 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. Guidance on design and installation of airfield lighting is in UFC 3-535-01.5. 2.5.3. Description. See UFC 3-260-01.3. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 134678 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AFNIC. This is a lighted visual aid to indicate the direction of the wind and thus enable the pilot to select the proper runway for landing.32. The beacon generally is mounted on the highest structure on the installation.32. AF/A3O.3. Requirements Determination. See UFC 3-260-01.31. Scope Determination.32.3.3. 2.3.3. Dimensions. Description.4.1.3.3. and approach lighting. AF/A3O. 2. Design Considerations. Centerline measurements should be used in programming for runway. Scope Determination.

Typically. and high winds. Scope Determination.3.3.4. Alert Aircraft Shelter.3. 2.3. Refueling operations will require a drainage system capable of handling a fuel spill.4. All shelters shall have minimal insulation and sufficient lighting. Design Considerations.4. Doors will be power-operated with manual override features at each end of the shelter. Spare aircraft are not required to be sheltered unless local climate or other conditions warrant. Rear doors are required for engine exhaust. each site will support up to six aircraft (four on alert and two spares). As a general rule. Comply with all local codes for wind.3. Shelters are sized based on the aircraft being supported.2. 2. Include lightning protection and grounding requirements IAW DoD and service directives for all new facilities to support flight line maintenance activities. Door operating speed will provide full opening within 60 seconds of activation. concrete masonry unit (CMU) block.2 of this Manual for aircraft separation inside shelters. shelters for alert aircraft may be insulated and heated.3. with or without doors. 2. Unlike shelters for ready aircraft. 2. This shelter is necessary to protect equipment from dust. All architectural features shall be consistent with local base standards and Base Architectural Compatibility Plan. Provide a minimum of two personnel doors which meet emergency exit criteria per NFPA and Life Safety Codes.3. These shelters are usually created on existing aprons and are not intended for maintenance purposes.4.4. depending on local climate and operational conditions. 2. and seismic loads.4. to provide an appropriate work area for aircraft maintenance. Doors on alert aircraft shelters must have fully automatic openers.1.3. Shelter design and siting shall comply with DoD and service directives safety standards. See UFC 3-260-01 for additional information.5. Obtain additional guidance from MAJCOM sources.
.4. This structure has minimal insulation and utilities. Dimensions. moisture. See ACC Air Sovereignty Alert Site Template (August 2008) for further information. Air Sovereignty Alert (ASA) facilities north of the 38th parallel should have fully enclosed facilities with shelters for all aircraft. Shelters are authorized for 75 percent of unitequipped aircraft assigned to tactical air defense missions. Ready Aircraft Shelter. A hybrid design may also be considered. This shelter protects aircraft parked on the apron in a ready condition and during operational checks on electronic equipment. 2.2. See Table 3. including spares (cold weather location).3.3. Doors are installed front and rear with no specific opening speed. Shelters are intended to be pre-engineered. or tilt-up concrete panel construction. Requirements Determination. Shelters needed for tactical aircraft not assigned to air defense are based on individual missions and locations.1. snow.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
89
2. Each aircraft on alert status should be sheltered in a hangar or hangar substitute. to include doors. and facilities south of the 38th parallel may use ramp parking spaces for spare aircraft (hot weather location).5. At least one of the alert shelters should be fully enclosed.4.

1.4. etc. measuring wheels. 2. and Administration Staff Offices. review airfield status displays.7.4.9. The Airfield Manager’s office should be suitable to hold daily meetings with a number of contractors. prior permission required/official business only requests. AFWA/A5/8 OCR: AF/A3O-W.1.8. Airfield Management Drivers Training Classroom.9.2. AMOPS sections also provide flight planning assistance to aircrews. such as airfield friction measuring equipment.9. This office should be of sufficient size to hold numerous airfield construction/design plans in storage as required by AFI 13-213.1. etc.1. This facility provides space for numerous functions essential for daily airfield operations and must be located near aircraft parking areas and runways.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OPR: AFFSA/A3AS.4.1.5.4.9.4. Deputy/NCOIC. waiver validations. It must be in close proximity to the
.2. 2. and aircraft in-flight/ground emergencies. A separate section suitable for aircrews awaiting aircraft servicing. A distinguished visitor lounge and snack bar may also be necessary if not located in the vicinity of base operations..9.) 2.4. Flight Information Room/Navigational Services.1.1.2. Munitions Storage Room.2.9.4. Airfield Manager. etc.2.2.2. taxiway and runway closures. Publications (FLIP) Storage
2. construction Xs. apron. Refer to Chapter 6 of this Manual for approved office types and sizes.9. 2.1. Planning Room. Aircrew Lounge. Refer to Chapter 6 for authorized classroom space standards. 2. This room must be located near the AMOPS but separated from other work areas for aircrew to conduct mission planning briefings.1. 2.2.4.1.2. 2. tape. Include space for an outside storage area for storage of AM equipment.2. is required. portable lights. AF/A3O-A
97
2. Bird Aircraft Strike Hazard(BASH)/wildlife program support equipment and airfield construction marking equipment (cones. Emergency Power/Back-up Generator Room.9.4. Refer to Chapter 6 for authorized break room/lounge space standards.6. (These facilities are authorized under AFI 13-213.2. Airfield Management (AM) Operations (AMOPS) Section. quiet hours. 2.1.4. The office should be able to hold a small conference table that can also be used for conducting airfield design reviews. snow/ice removal operations. 2. Description. The airfield management function requires space to support the following functions. Airfield Management.4.9.2.3. 2. etc.).4. Requirements Determination.1. This classroom must be suitable for conducting local airfield drivers training and/or simulator training. charts/maps. Equipment Storage Room.9. passenger or cargo on/off load.9. This section is the focal point for coordinating AM activities to include airfield construction and repair projects.9.9.4.

This requires work space for the New-Tactical Forecast System (N-TFS) or Joint Environmental Toolkit (JET). instructor meteorologist (Type E office).2.4.5. The Air Traffic Control Tower (CATCODE 141962) may be in the same building.1. for meteorological
.2. Locate to satisfy explosives safety standards in relationship to other flight line explosives storage and operating facilities. and one to two desktop computers (Type F office).4. and NCOIC (Type E office). and NCOIC (Type E office).4.2.98
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 AMOPS and capable of storing munitions and pyrotechnics such as a shotgun.9. two to four server/client workstations.9. Scope Determination. 2. all or some of these functions may be performed under a combined element).17 below. 2. This element requires work space for the N-TFS or JET. In accordance with AFMAN 15-111.4. Design Considerations.2.4. instructor meteorologist (Type E office).4. must physically be within five statute miles (SM) of the center of the aerodrome.2. which includes communications/data management. This element requires work space for the N-TFS or JET.4. 2. two to four server/client workstations.3. This is highly desirable for economy of effort and improved communication.9. 2.4. which includes communications/data management.2. The Weather Flight (WF) Commander (or Officer-in-Charge [OIC] or Detachment Commander [DetCo]) (Type C office) and Non-Commissioned OIC (NCOIC) (Type E office) perform both operational and staff weather functions. desktop computers for receipt and display of satellite and radar data.2. which includes communications/data management. 2. 2.9.3 for typical special purpose space requirements. Dimensions.2.9. etc. See Table 2. 2.1. Break Room.5. 2.3.17 below. shotgun shells.9.9. This element is responsible for direct interface with supervisors of flying. Refer to Chapter 6 of this Manual for approved office types and sizes. weather radar (WSR-88D) Open Principal User Processor Terminal (some MWE will also have a Unit Control Position). 2.4. Table 6.5. Airfield Services Element (ASE). Additionally. Surface Weather Observations. and an aircrew briefing area and office space for the flight commander (Type D office). Mission Weather Element (MWE). and an aircrew briefing area and office space for the flight commander (Type D office).4. Weather technicians.1. 2.2. Staff Weather Element. the servicing operational weather squadron (OWS).10. The weather operations function requires space for three elements (in some instances.9. weather radar (WSR-88D) Open Principal User Processor Terminal (some ASEs will also have a Unit Control Position). See Table 2.2.9.9. unless otherwise specified. desktop computers for receipt and display of satellite and radar data.4. one to two server/client workstations.2. Very pistol. See Chapter 6. and other operational users on the parent/host installation.

Underground connectivity to weather sensing equipment (on and off the airfield) supporting the airfield.15 7.9. Worldwide Class A DSN/land line connections. and direct/dedicated phone lines to air traffic control facilities supporting the installation. If this is the case. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. 2. locations with windows facing the runway complex that provide direct access to a view of the runway and approach zones and have appropriate safety features satisfy this requirement.9. Base Operations Space Requirements (Airfield Management.4. However. Non-Secure Internet Protocol Router Network (NIPRNet) connections to the Global Information Grid (GIG) and weather observing equipment.9. Generally. the observing location is defined as the “point of observation. At automated weather observing locations. Obtain further information from Air Force Flight Standards Agency.4.17.2 (Type F) 11.4. available structures.43 5. Table 2. Factors to consider in site selection are climatology.5.3. NOTE: The Federal Interdepartmental Committee for Meteorological Services. Either location should be as free from manmade obstructions as possible.
Function Area Net Building Area m2 Airfield Manager (Type D) Deputy/NCOIC Airfield Mgmt (Type E) Administration1. and communications requirements 2. Noise attenuation measures are required due to the proximity of this facility to the runway. Weather observing locations in base operations are normally combined with the base weather station for cost efficiency. Provide stable electrical power 220 VAC and 110 VAC/60 Hz with backup power capability.5. 2.95/person ft2 120 80 64/person
. the point of observation may coincide with the weather observing location. length of weather equipment cable runs.5.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
99
observations. Locate to satisfy explosives safety standards in relationship to other flight line explosives storage and operating facilities.5.5.” Points of observation are locations where the various elements of the observation are evaluated (see AFMAN 15-111).4. 2. Obtain further information for weather forecasting and observation information portion of base operations through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM A3 weather staff.6. at manual observing locations and during augmentation of automated weather observations.).4. Director of Airfield/ATC Standards (AFFSA/A3A). Subcommittee for Aviation Meteorological Service (SC/AMS) defines the ideal site for representative weather observations for aircraft arrivals and departures.9. the normal operating location is in Base Operations (CATCODE 141453) or another suitable facility which provides consistent visually determined values. Weather. etc. the point of observation is the location of the primary sensor group and the discontinuity sensor group.

700 ft2). 2.4. The facility should be programmed only if the magnitude. These facilities support Air Intelligence Agency operations.4.4. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Function Area Net Building Area m2 ft2
101
commander. Air Force Intelligence.1. Design Considerations.10. A view of most of the flight line is also highly desirable. 2. 5. Scope Determination. or flight NCOIC on USAF and Army installations. Surveillance and Reconnaissance Agency (AFISRA) Operations Facility.10. Ordnance Control Point. Lightning protection must be provided except when it would interfere with safety of flight operations. This facility provides space for one or two people with appropriate equipment for munitions movement control.2.4.1. For AMC bases. It is normally adjacent to a paved area which can be used as a staging area.5.4. FAC: 1444 CATCODE: 141456 OPR: AFISRA OCR: AF/A2. Description.11. Description. add the Intelligence space requirements into the Base Operations.10. 2. AF/A5RI 2. Locate facility to comply with explosive safety standards.4.3.4.4. Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF) and non-SCIF facilities are for
. Requirements Determination. This facility should be near a roadway used for moving munitions. 2. This facility is required only at installations that expend ordnance in such large quantities that a control point is needed close to the flight line.11.10. 2.4. FAC: 1444 CATCODE: 141455 OPR: AF/A4MW OCR: N/A 2.10. This facility is 251 m2 (2. nature. Dimensions.10. and diversity of ordnance handling justify it and if other facilities cannot provide the required space. An electrical grounding system may be required as determined by the using organization.

and bathroom facilities. administrative functions.102
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 operations. 2. lounge. 2. and a briefing room. Tactical air defense crews are on duty 24 to 48 hours.2.1.4. kitchen.4.3. laundry.11.4. Net floor area is defined in Chapter 1 of this Manual. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2. and game room. 2.11. 2.4. FAC: 1412 CATCODE: 141459 OPR: AF/A3O-A OCR: N/A 2.4. Crew facilities must be near alert aircraft so that crews can be airborne within the required time after the scramble order. This facility provides space for operations. Requirements Determination. communications centers.12. Recreational space includes a library and a hobby.2. Tactical Air Defense Forces and High-Threat Area. 2. 2.4.3.2.
2. study. and security measures.
. and recreational space. Air alert crews and supporting ground crews are on duty from 24 to 168 hours. and recreation for strategic bomber and tanker forces.1. and dining rooms.2. Tactical air defense facilities in high-threat areas include operational areas (if the crew exceeds six persons). crew quarters. Operational areas include administrative. kitchen. Strategic Bomber and Tanker Alert Crew Facilities. 2. Design Considerations. Central bathrooms in crew quarters have a separate net area.4.12. maintenance functions. Contact AFISRA for specific guidance. a projection room.12. Scope Determination. Dimensions.1.4. 2. Scope Determination.4.11. Crew quarters include sleep and study rooms. Requirements Determination. The size and type of the facility is based on mission security requirements.4. Description.4. 2.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. operational study and mission planning areas.4.12. and large crews (more than 80). crew quarters. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. medium crews (50 to 80). Crew quarters include sleep. exercise. Operational functional requirements are determined by MAJCOM/A3O-A. bathrooms.18 shows space requirements for strategic bomber and tanker alert crews in net square feet based on three crew sizes: small crews (fewer than 50 personnel). Recreational space includes only a lounge and game room. Crew Readiness.12. Table 2.12.5.12.11. The facility needs a separate room for operational support so that operational materials can remain ready for use in a room that can be secured when not in use. dining.

9.8 m2 (9 ft2) per person allowance. and staff offices. communications. Lounge space is designed for six crew members. 7. 4. communications. 3. and staff offices to
. 6. It is intended to promote maximum efficiency in resource control and management by consolidating command and control elements of all units.4. USAF Command Post.8 times the personnel of small crews. Relocating individual functions such as weather.13. Room size increases according to the number of four-person tables.13.4. See Chapter 6 of this Manual for approved office types and sizes. Laundry space is included in the 0.5 m2 (5 ft2) may be added to lounge space for every additional crew member. They may include weather.1. An additional 0. 1. Kitchen and dining room may be omitted if existing base dining facilities are nearby. 8. and operational reporting functions. This is on a per-person basis. intelligence. Recreational components may be omitted when existing base facilities are close enough that crew members using the facilities can respond to alerts within the given time limits. Requirements Determination. and 1. flight following. 5. The facility is authorized under AFI 10-207. FAC: 1412 CATCODE: 141461 OPR: AF/A3O-AO OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2. Description. The dining area allowance is based on the number of chairs needed to accommodate 1. Provide one water closet for every three persons and one shower and one lavatory for every five persons. intelligence. 2. Number of personnel/or validity of requirement require user justification. Command posts are the focal point for emergency action.4.13.2.4 times the personnel of large crews. 2. Command Posts.6 times the personnel of medium sized crews.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Function1 Small Crew (< 50) Net Building Area Medium Crew (50 to 80) m2 ft2 m2 ft2 Large Crew (> 80) m2 ft2
105
2.

High-threat areas require additional design considerations to ensure facility and personnel survivability during hostile events.3. mobility equipment. maintenance training. or additional space requirements through the MAJCOM/A3/A7 to AF/A3O-A. Command posts may include space for base operations. squadron types. 2. An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is necessary to maintain operational capability. scheduling.2. pressurized air locks.4.13.4. Components of the USAF command post are not reported under CATCODE 141461 unless they are in the USAF command post. training. 2. briefing.13. and critique of combat crews. records storage. Space criteria for administrative facilities apply. Space must be provided for entry control point personnel.13. quality control.14. For example. Squadron Operations. and other shelter-essential equipment in high-threat areas. Description.3. Space requirements are determined by the number of building occupants and the size and number of special purpose rooms.4. Dimensions. Semi-hardened. Refer to Chapter 6 of this Manual for office and special purpose space standards.5.3. personal equipment maintenance. and weather offices located in Base Operations (CATCODE 141453) are not reported under CATCODE 141461.4.106
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 one of these facilities must be justified in terms of efficiency and economy. High-threat areas. and hardened construction criteria may apply. briefing.4. food and water. Headquarters (MAJCOM) and Wing Command Posts. 2. The Squadron Operations provides an organized operation facility for each flying squadron to carry out its mission. maintenance analysis.3. 2.13. Design Considerations.
2. and appropriate functions. Storage space should be allocated for chemical and biological filtering equipment. Obtain further guidance through MAJCOM/A3O/A7.4.13. and storage for aircrews.
.1.4. This building is a main control point for all unit flight and flying training tasks including planning. chemical detection equipment.3. Requirements Determination. Submit projects for unlisted missions.4.1. splinter-protected. administration.4. 2.4.13.14. chemical-warfare defense ensembles. FAC: 1412 CATCODE: 141753 OPR: AF/A3O-A OCR: N/A 2. Each squadron needs an operational building for administration. The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) may have additional criteria for tactical and transport airfields. intelligence offices located in the Group Headquarters (CATCODE 610243). 2. 2. Scope Determination.14.2.

4.3. Parachute washing room and drying tower.14. chemical cleaning and fabrication. Search and Rescue Aircrew professional gear consists of cold/hot weather clothing. inspected. life preservers.4. publications.3.8. Storage areas for survival equipment and flotation equipment (if required). 2.2.1. storage.1.2.1. Sewing room with space for repair and manufacture of fabric.3. 2. and gluing rubberized items.3. and 2. Provide space for parachutes and flotation equipment that must be periodically inflated. A large room equipped with long tables for inspecting and repacking parachutes is the core of the survival equipment shop. preflight equipment. Personnel parachute inspection and packing room. Hazardous materials storage shall comply with local. life preservers. checklists.3. 2.4.14. and issue of flying clothing and equipment for each crew member. Flotation room for inspection. and locally manufactured products. anti-exposure suits. and oxygen masks. radar and navigation.2.6.3.2. helmets. and the repair and manufacture of fabric items. uniforms.14.4.7.1.3. washing.14.4.14. spare boots. leather survival equipment. 2.3. rain gear. protective gloves.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
107
2. life rafts.1 and 1. packing.1.3.2.1.20). inspection. paragraphs 1. Chemical use room for cleaning parachute components. 2. and repacked and where survival items and accessories are concurrently inspected. repair.4.2.1.4.14. 2. and repacking.4.14. cruise control.3. transceiver radios. briefing room. Search and Rescue.14.2. survival kits.1. Spatial requirements for storage of this
.2. mobility equipment. inflation. Equipment includes parachutes. Facility provides space for parachute inspection.2. Space is required for aircrew flight equipment systems maintenance and the care.14.14. mission planning.6. Aircrew Flight Equipment Shop. 2.1. Scope Determination. inflation.2. drying. photos and maps.3.4. Space must be provided for the commander and staff. state and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in Chapter 3. 2.14.3.3. Provide the following spaces: 2.14.14. 2.4. Flotation equipment includes life rafts. arctic clothing. and emergency escape slides carried aboard aircraft that may make over water flights. 2.1. Deceleration/Drone parachute inspection and packing room (if required). flotation equipment.5.4. etc. and repacking of rubberized survival equipment and accessories. locker area.2.1. and radio and electronic countermeasures.3. Space is required for an operations officer to direct flight operations and also for intelligence.4. canvas. computers.1. Crew training records are prepared and updated with other required squadron records. The number of tables needed largely determines the space requirement for the shop (see Table 2.3.1. repairing anti-exposure suites. It also provides space for survival/flotation equipment storage (if required). This shop works on parachutes.4.4.

Space allowances for deceleration parachutes is based on the following equation: Number of tables for deceleration parachutes = Number of deceleration parachutes used per month x 1.400
ft2
6. partial.065 9.510 17.650
ft2
7.070 1.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Personnel Parachutes2 Deceleration Parachutes3 With Flotation Equipment Without Flotation Equipment
111
m2
2 5 9 NOTES: 1 2 5 663 1. Determine the number of tables for a single unit shop (or for each unit in a multi-unit shop). Space allowances for personnel parachutes not based on the following equation must be justified: Number of tables for personnel parachutes = Number of personnel parachutes on base x 3 88 work days per IPI x 8 hours per day Where: 4 = The average number of hours required to inspect and repack each ACES II personnel parachute.410 15. 3. If supporting Combat Controllers or Pararescue. or no mobility requirements in determining equipment storage and servicing needs.135 11. Consider whether a unit has full.02 22 work days per month x 8 hours per day Where: The number of deceleration parachutes used per month = the base average for a 6 month
. Space needs for units supporting aircrew flight equipment differ depending on mobility requirements. add 65 m2 (700 ft2) per table to the gross area for the square parachute packing table. 2. IPI = The inspection and repacking interval -120 days.045
1.783
m2
563 874 1.

the observing site is classified as a representative observation site (ROS) and staffed by an observer dedicated to that task alone.3.2. CATCODE 149962). The observing point or platform and its access should have appropriate safety features. Spatial Requirements. and the observer must have direct access to a point that provides a view of the runway and approach zones.4.2.16. Site selection considerations include climatology.2.4.1. An ROS requires a space at least 6.4. display. Subcommittee for Aviation Meteorological Services (SC/AMS) established standards for observing sites to ensure representative weather observations for aircraft arrivals and departures. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6
113
2. The Federal Interdepartmental Committee for Meteorological Services.1 m (20 ft x 20 ft).4. no more than 3. At airfields that do not require continuous weather observations. 2.3 above. 2.4.16.2 km (2 mi) away. 2.4. In both locations. (See Air Traffic Control Tower. The ROS may be in an existing Air Traffic Control Tower (CATCODE 149962) or in a separate building or existing building space identified as a Surface Weather Observing Facility (CATCODE 141629).2.4.
.16.16. Description. the observing site is normally located in Base Operations (CATCODE 141453) or in another existing building designated as a Surface Weather Observing Facility (CATCODE 141629).16.2.2.3. Space requirements vary according to local operational requirements. length of weather-equipment cable runs. Space for an observing site includes an observers' work area. and supplies. the geometric center of the airport landing area.16. Functional Requirements. available structures. 2. and communications requirements. Requirements Determination.1. The observing site should allow appropriate exposure of observing sensors and visual observation of weather elements that affect the airfield. 2.3.1 m x 6. The ideal site is at the airport reference point. the ROS may share space in the tower cab or occupy a room on a lower floor. Base operations sites incorporated with the base weather station are the most cost-effective.4.4. Dimensions. An observing site should be as close to the airport reference point as possible and. 2.4. An observing site is a designated location on an airfield where weather elements are observed and reported.16.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 141629 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. except in unusual cases.16. and record weather data. installed weather communications equipment to compute. The ROS should provide an unrestricted view of the most frequently used runway and its approaches and at least half of each quadrant of the natural horizon. weather equipment maintenance.1. In the control tower. windows must face the runway complex.3.16. At airfields requiring continuous weather observations.4. 2. 2. Scope Determination.16. See paragraph 2.

4. BW detachments. operations areas. dedicated land lines to base operations.1. further information through
2.3. fitness facilities. small (~15 personnel) and large (~25 personnel).and off-base weather sensors.18.18. HAZMAT. and equipment and vehicle maintenance bays.24.4. combat support equipment.1 falls into two categories. The facility should be programmed if the Army cannot fulfill their required facility obligations per AFJI 15-157.24.4. specific space requirements for portions of the structures will be modified/assessed to accommodate actual manning as noted. but is not limited to. operations management. locker/shower rooms.4. CCI. tactical meteorological equipment.18.1. operating locations. which includes Communications/Data management. Table 2. Obtain AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM A3 weather staff. Requires 220 VAC/115 VAC. desktop computers for receipt and display of satellite and radar data. 60 Hz service with backup power and UPS.1 provides space requirements for BW detachment operations. Space is required for the NTFS. 2.2. PAD 06-05.4. 2. 2. See AFI 32-1063. individual combat equipment.2. subsistence supplies. 2. multipurpose/seminar.2. and Staff Weather Officer Terminals. Scope Determination. and spatial requirements as outlined below. base LAN connectivity to GIG and connected weather sensors.5.5.4.24 lists space requirements for BW squadron operations. Design Considerations. weapons. Though the guidance listed in Table 2.18. See Chapter 6 of this Manual and Tables 2. Dimensions. and a DSN Class A worldwide phone line. 2.4.
. air traffic control facilities.4. Table 2.2. 2.4. 2. Weather Radar (WSR88D) –Open Principal User Processor Terminal (some weather stations will also have a Unit Control Position). Requirements Determination. storage for CWDE.3. 2.4.18.24. Locate to satisfy explosives safety standards in relationship to other explosives storage and operating facilities. Space is required for a command section. and liaison offices operating on Army installations. and BW Integration with the Modular Army drove the stand-up of BW squadrons on Army installations.18.1 below.2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
117
“detachment” refers to any below-squadron BW organization.18. Provide connectivity with on. Noise attenuation measures are required if located in close proximity to runway(s) or industrial area(s). training classrooms. Weather Station Terminals. Air Support Operations Center (ASOC).18. Weather Support for the US Army.5. The BW detachment requirements are based on the number of personnel assigned to the organization and the span of their operational responsibility.18.24 and 2. This can include. Tactical Air Control Party (TACP).5.

integration and development. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. and supplies.25. Facility will require allocation of permanently assigned frequencies for three pieces of equipment employed in the mission of the AFCWC. This facility provides space for the training. Air Force Combat Weather Center Space Requirements. Dimensions.4. and cablevision or satellite television capability to receive and obtain National Weather Service (NWS) broadcasts. but increases to 24/7 operations during contingencies. storage space for tactical weather systems. Army.4.25 below.3.1.2. Facility requires 8 ft x 4 ft x 6 ft (included in above table) storage cage to store helium canisters used for training with the Digicora III.4.122
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.3.5.19. 60 Hz service with backup power and UPS. 2. Noise attenuation measures may be required if facility is located in the close proximity to the runway(s) or industrial area(s).4.19. Scope Determination.19.19. training areas (indoor and outdoor). 2. Requirements Determination.4. Description.5. and exploitation and training for new and existing tactical weather systems and processes. special operations. information systems and management (classified and unclassified). Locate to satisfy explosives safety standards in relationship to explosives storage and operating facilities. Space is required for a command section. maintenance tools and HAZMAT. See Table 2.19. and exploitation mission of the AFCWC. and combined combat and BW team operations through investigation. operations management.4.5.19. 2. AFCWC was established to enhance the effectiveness of Air Force. 5 days per week. spares. Facility requires DSN Class A worldwide/land line connections. Requires 220 VAC/115 VAC. 2.19. 2. Additionally. 2. Design Considerations.5.4.4. locker/shower rooms.
Table 2. joint.19. Its operations center normally provides worldwide weather support 8-12 hours per day. operations area (indoor and outdoor). NIPRNet and SIPRNet drops. AFCWC also performs pre-deployment training for weather personnel and extensive weather equipment testing operations. testing. the facility provides support for the unit's Weather System Support Cadre (WSCC) personnel providing maintenance and logistics support for deployed Air Force weather teams. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8. Typical frequency ranges are 413-415 UHF and 9345 MHz. 2.2.
Function Net Building Area m2 Interior Areas Administration1 Commander (Type C) Superintendent (Type D) 14 11 150 120 ft2
. test and evaluation.4.1.

20. Space is required for a command section.2. the facility is linked to the Joint Worldwide Intelligence Communications System (JWICS) that provides classified data to joint warfighters worldwide. and computer operations facility.500 kVA. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8.000 kVA and one 2.20. test and evaluation.1. National Programs. reporting to United States Air Force Director of Weather. Facility requires DSN Class A worldwide/land line connections. 2. 2nd Weather Group
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. The facility also requires areas for a Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility. 2.20.4. Deputy Chief of Staff Air and Space Operations (USAF/A3O-W). and the 1st and 2nd Weather Groups. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063.4. Covering the globe and space. 60 Hz service with backup power and UPS. the AFWA A-Staff. 2. Noise attenuation measures may be required if facility is located in the close proximity to the runway(s) or industrial area(s).20.250 kVA UPS. AFWA and the Global Weather Operations Center was established to enhance the effectiveness of Air Force. 24/7 AFWA operations center. a worldwide technical help desk. 2. Scope Determination.26 below. In addition. The Agency supplies weather products.4.5. integration and development. See Table 2. This facility is serviced by two 3.
. the Air Force Weather Agency is the Air Force’s global weather production center.4.4. The center produces and delivers terrestrial and space weather products and services to Air Force and Army warfighters. and combined combat and BW team operations through investigation. 2.3.4. training tools.5. 2. Design Considerations.5. joint. Back-up generator power is provided by base generators. It is also serviced by a 2.4.20. and the National Command Authorities.4.20. and exploitation and training for new and existing tactical weather systems and processes.20. Requirements Determination.124 OCR: 1st Weather Group. Dimensions. AFWA is a Field Operating Agency.2. NIPRNet and SIPRNet drops. Description.5. and fields equipment to Air Force Operational Weather Squadrons and Combat Weather Flights and provides 24-hour technical assistance on all standard weather systems and equipment. Army.500 kVA transformer yielding a total capacity of 8.4. weather production facility for making broadcasts and audio/video products for the Armed Forces Network. and cablevision or satellite television capability to receive and obtain NWS broadcasts.1.3. Locate to satisfy explosives safety standards in relationship to explosives storage and operating facilities. special operations. 2. Unified Commands. Requires 220 VAC/115 VAC.20.

4.4.5. 2. Design Considerations.3.5.3. Scope Determination. Description.4.3.21. or the Audiovisual Facility (CATCODE 141383). and operational functions of base organizations.21. including tenants.1 and 1.21.21.4. 2. collection and recovery facilities must be provided as an initial stage to any collection. Silver recovery equipment or apparatus should be included as an equipment item in the process operation to meet CWA requirements. viewgraphs.4.27 shows the space requirements for each type.2.21. If redesigning or modifying the process is not possible.1.1. 2.3.3. All photo laboratory facilities must control potential water.4. state. Contact installation ground safety for assistance. and hazardous waste pollutants generated by photographic processing and film destruction. A graphic arts shop may be combined with a base photo laboratory if the shop cannot be incorporated in CATCODE 141383.4. A laboratory supporting an upper-echelon headquarters may provide additional services such as still-film printing in color. treatment. 2. and production of slides. treatment.3.21. and disposal facilities must be provided as integral components of the photo laboratory to meet compliance requirements contained in all applicable federal.4. The laboratory may be combined with CATCODE 141383 to create an audiovisual services center.4.21.4. Dimensions.126 OPR: AF/A3O-A OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. photostats. Table 2. and diazos.21. See Table 2.6.21. 2.4. and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1. and disposal (of silver) process. air. adequate collection. Combining the graphic arts shop with the laboratory reduces the graphic arts space requirements by at least 15 percent by consolidating support space. 2.
. 2.21. 2. Graphic arts shop space in a photo laboratory is identified under CATCODE 141383. and local environmental laws. still-film printing in black and white. Three sizes of laboratories are designated: Type A for ten to 19 personnel. 2.2. and Type C for one to four personnel. information. special mission laboratories. Work performed in the laboratory includes still photography and processing in color and black-and-white film.2. The photo laboratory provides photography and other visual services to support management. Type B for five to nine personnel. Requirements Determination.27 below. If hazardous chemicals are used. If it is not included.5. an approved eye wash and emergency shower may be required. The laboratory does not perform photographic tasks that are the responsibility of reconnaissance laboratories.1. A laboratory supporting an armament-recording function processes and prints 70 mm strike photograph film and processes motion picture gun-camera film.8.

Floor space must be adequate for the safe operation of power saws.000 20. etc. Identify 35 peak.4. Air Passenger Terminal Space Requirements. as well as for a tool crib and storage of lumber. 3-hour passenger loads for arrivals.431 ft2 4. and 35 peak.4.000 47. compatible and non-compatible. accumulating and processing conveyable and non-conveyable inbound and outbound freight.25. add the arrivals and departures to get the design peak 3-hour load. Non-organization Vehicle Parking (CATCODE 852262) for privately owned vehicles.000 152. For additional guidance. as well as for loading docks with dock levelers for loading and offloading commercial/military trucks. All new terminals and terminal additions operated by AMC must have a conceptual planning study and AMC/A4/A7 approval before being sized.861 4. Rank order the 3-hour loads. This facility is normally collocated with.4.370 7. Space requirements must include sufficient room to safely operate materials handling equipment.
Category1 Design Peak 3-Hr Passenger Load Under 100 101 to 250 251 to 500 501 to 1.001 to 2. Dimensions. sorting. package. The processing area must provide sufficient space to prepare. cardboard boxes.25. or in close proximity to. Using the 35th peak-period number from both lists.100 ft2 7.3. 2.860 4.000 1. 2. and temporarily store freight of all kinds. and other bench stock items.11. Open storage space should be provided around the facility for baggage handling.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
131
administration/working area. Surface Freight/Packing and Crating Facility provides space for receiving.. To calculate allowable terminal space.001 Maximum Gross Area m2 650 1.25.001 20. banding and wrapping equipment. process.5.28. Design Considerations. 3-hour passenger loads for departures during the four months. including classified and hazardous.000
IA IB2 II2 III IV2
NOTES:
. choose the four months when the greatest number of total passengers (inbound plus outbound) passed through the terminal (do not count exercise troops not processed through the terminal). Table 2.001 80. the Warehouse Supply and Equipment Warehouse (CATCODE 442758).000 .001 47.4. 2.000 80.000 Minimum Gross Area m2 372 651 1.430 14. see the AMC Passenger Terminal Facility Design Guide. Space requirements are shown in Table 2. and (5) the facility must be logistically located in an area that will ease access to rail/truck/air modes of shipments. and concessions (Category Groups 74 and 75).371 7. an Aircraft Support Equipment Storage Yard (CATCODE 852273).28.

4 m2 (80 ft2) per person. FAC: 1412 CATCODE: 141786 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A 2. miscellaneous space such as restrooms.26. SMP) is 7.4. The APT and ACT do not have to be collocated. AFI 10-403. An Airlift Control Element (ALCE) may also be required. The placement and arrangement of the work center may be varied to satisfy local needs.26.4. 2.4.26.4. but should be close to improve command. Dimensions. counseling.4. Scope Determination.3. Vol.2. II. APT. control. establishes procedures to deploy units with a mobility commitment. Deployment Processing Facility. A deployment processing facility is needed at any installation charged with deploying personnel and equipment in support of deployment taskings. In addition. The minimum gross area required for passenger processing is 5. TCU. briefing. passenger processing. and a vending area. Description. Mobilization Planning and Personnel Readiness.6 m2 (60 ft2) per passenger handled at peak workload. 2. DPU. ACT.3. 1. 2.26. B. in the AMC Passenger Terminal Facility Design Guide for examples of the approximate space requirements for Type IV. holding. and handling of mobility A. Deployment Planning and Execution.1.
. 2. The minimum gross area required for control functions associated with execution of mobility operations (DCC. See Table 2. Air Cargo Terminal (ACT). and IB terminals. Six deployment work centers are included for passenger and equipment processing. Adequate access and egress must be allowed for passenger busses.5.26.4. This facility provides space for receiving and processing personnel and baggage.4. and communication.132
Category1 Design Peak 3-Hr Passenger Load
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Minimum Gross Area m2 ft2 Maximum Gross Area m2 ft2
1.26. and AFI 10-403.1. Air Passenger Terminal (APT). Transportation Control Unit (TCU). baggage pallet build-up. and C bags and personal bags. 2.4. A typical facility provides space for receiving and processing personnel and baggage. Design Considerations. See AFI 10-402. space is required for a Cargo Deployment Function (CDF) and Personnel Deployment Function (PDF) to include a Deployment Control Center (DCC). and Sub-Motor Pool (SMP). Requirements Determination. Space above the minimum is based on additional services provided as outlined in paragraph 2. cargo trucks. 2.26.

32-1044.29.500 to 3.28. Solar Observing Optical Network (SOON. DPS 4-D). Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.29.29. 2. and 327063.2. 2.4. Improved Solar Observing Optical Network (ISOON). General Requirements. Weather instruments and structures consist of installed weather equipment.4. Dimensions.000 to 10. Automatic Meteorological Station (AN/FMQ-19).4.4. 2. The length of underground lines varies according to the locations of various elements and airfield configurations.29. The lines connect equipment system components in outlying areas to the devices for computing. Radar Meteorological Set-Next Generation Radar (NEXRAD. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. UFC 3-260-01. Weather Instruments and Structures.4.134 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A3O-A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. Underground power and communications lines installed in trenches. 2.4. and UFC 3-260-01). Design Considerations.000 lineal meters (5.4. Mark IVB (UMQ-13– or space sensors – Radio Solar Telescope Network (RSTN). and construction.6.28.28. Equipment sited on or near the airfield must comply with airfield clearance criteria (see AFIs 32-1042. Emergency backup power and UPS may be required by system specifications and mission needs statements.28. Aviation obstruction lights as required by AFIs 32-1042. 2.3. Concrete pads of various specifications and sizes to support equipment or anchor masts and platforms used to elevate equipment. 2. AN/FMQ-7).4. conduits. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. manned and unmanned weather sensors/equipment and supporting towers. and UFC 3-535-01. or ducts. See AFI 32-1063 for further guidance. 2. Receiving Set.28.29. Requirements Determination. displaying and recording weather data that are usually located in the weather observation site (CATCODEs 141453 and 141629).4.4. Scope Determination.3.4. TMQ-54). Description. such as weather radars. See AF/ILE memos: Aircraft Sunshades (16 Nov 2000) and Aircraft Sunshades—Classification Revisited (29 Apr 2002). 2. Commonly required construction items include the following: 2. Weather instruments are categorized as terrestrial –Wing Measuring Set (AN/FMQ-13).4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Weather equipment and sensors located away from airfields or air traffic landing/take off zones do not need to comply with the
.1. Satellite (RSS.2. AFJMAN 32-1083. WSR-88D).4.000 lineal ft) of underground lines. 2.4. and Next Generation lonosonde (NEXION. Weather equipment located on or near airfield movement areas must be frangible as required by UFC 3-260-01.1. and 32-7063. Typical installations require 1. Fixed Base Automatic Meteorological Station (AN/FMQ-22). 2.5.29. 32-1044.29.5. Automatic Surface Observing System (ASOS).

4. Power Requirements. tower. There is no standard facility requirement. 2. fire department. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX1
.4.4. Underground cabling to connect air traffic control facilities.4.1.30. 2. 2. 2.2. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
135
frangible requirement but must comply with aviation/air traffic marking and clearance regulations as governed by UFC 3-260-01 and FAA/ICAO regulations and requirements. (Typical locations are the weather observation site.30. Requirements Determination. Dimensions.30.29. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. One recorder is required for each airfield. 60 Hz. Reliable/stable 115 VAC. Quantitative requirements are locally determined.5.4. Quantitative requirements are locally determined. some airfields require two or more transmitters if the aerodrome has two or more instrumented approaches or has terrain anomalies. Description. or 149962). One indicator is required for each location requiring wind information. Consists of a transmitter/sensor.30. The transmitter is sited where it will best measure winds representative of the touchdown area of a runway or helipad. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149621 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. Wind Measuring Set (AN/FMQ-13). 2. and Weather Observation Site.30. and forecasting.7.30. The indicator is mounted in the weather observation site and in aircraft control facilities such as RAPCON and air traffic control tower. however. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2. indicator.3.30.4. A concrete pad and underground cabling are needed to support the mounting mast for the equipment. The recorder is mounted in the Weather Observation Site (CATCODE 141629.4. 2. and recorder that provide wind direction and speed for air traffic control operations.1. Design Considerations.4. RAPCON.5.2. 2. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. 20 A service. weather observations. and fire department).5.4. The recorder provides a permanent record of wind speed and direction. 141453.4.31.30. 2.4. 2. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM weather staff. Communications Requirements. Locate equipment to comply with airfield/aviation safety and explosive safety standards. One transmitter is authorized at each facility. Scope Determination. There is no standard facility requirement.4.3.5. Automatic Meteorological Station (AN/FMQ-19) (New Requirement).30.

31. 141453.31. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2.1.5. airfield maintenance facilities and in aircraft control facilities such as RAPCON and the air traffic control tower. The TDAU is located in the Weather Observation Site (CATCODE 141629. and power requirements and FDCU. visibility. Communications Requirements. The sensor suite should be parallel to the runway with the closest sensor 152 m (500 ft) from the centerline. Description. Scope Determination. and reporting the following parameters: Wind speed and direction.4. communication. cloud height.4. Typical locations are the weather station and Meteorological Equipment and Navigational Aids (METNAV). 2.4.4. however. which will connect the FDCU to the TDAU.4. either copper twisted or fiber optics. underground cabling.1. Design Considerations.4. temperature and dew point. One Field Data Collection Unit (FDCU) is authorized at each facility. which will connect the Runway
. The primary sensor suite and the discontinuity suite must be located approximately 152 m (500 ft) from centerline of the runway and approximately 229 m to 305 m (750 ft to 1. measuring. some airfields require two or more FDCUs if the aerodrome has two or more instrumented approaches or has terrain anomalies. and freezing precipitation. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM A3 weather staff.4. Locating sensors more than 152 m (500 ft) from the centerline of the runway provides data less representative of the runway and could have a negative effect on aviation operations. present weather. Dimensions. either copper twisted or fiber optics. Underground cabling. Requirements Determination. one or more additional discontinuity sensor suites may be installed.000 ft) from the designated runway threshold. The weather sensors are sited where they will best measure vital weather data representative of the touchdown area of a runway or helipad. One Terminal Data Acquisition Unit (TDAU) is required for each airfield. or 149962). For airfields requiring additional weather sensors.31. A concrete pad and underground cabling and conduit are needed to support the mounting masts for the equipment.31.2. precipitation amount. If additional sensors are required for discontinuity requirements. 2. Consists of a primary suite of weather sensors and processor(s) capable of collecting. visibility. and reporting the following parameters for air traffic control operations: Wind speed and direction. A discontinuity sensor suite consists of weather sensors and processor(s) capable of collecting. The OID is mounted in the weather observation site. 2.3.31. lightning.136 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. measuring. A typical site primary sensor location needs an area 20 ft x 40 ft long to accommodate the space needed for the concrete pads and grounding system. One Operator Interface Devices (OID) is required for each location. 2. The TDAU provides a permanent record of all weather data reported from the FDCUs. and cloud height. 2. The standard facility requirement will also be outlined and coordinated through the PSA vehicle.31. the space requirements may be smaller. Quantitative requirements are determined through the results of site surveys and coordinated with the use of Project Support Agreements (PSA).5.

2. dedicated 120 VAC. precipitation amount. Reliable/stable. may be required to connect the OID located at air traffic control facilities.4. Locate equipment to comply with airfield/aviation safety and explosive safety standards.31. The sensor suite must be located approximately 152 m (500 ft) from centerline of the runway and approximately 229 m to 305 m (750 ft to 1. measuring. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX2 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. Concrete pads and underground cabling and conduit are needed to support the mounting masts for the equipment. 30 A service for the outdoor primary and discontinuity sensor suite FDCUs.3. One sensor suite is authorized at each facility.32. Description. dedicated 120 VAC.32. If an airfield requires two or more sensor suites. Fixed Base Requirement). 20 A service for the TDAU located at the weather station.1. additional cabling.5. One Observation personal computer (PC) is required for each location requiring weather information.4. Power Requirements. RAPCONs and METNAV facilities.4. Locating the system more than 152 m (500 ft) from the centerline of the runway provides data less representative of the runway and therefore could have a negative effect on aviation operations. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2. The Observation PC is located in the Weather Station (CATCODE 141629. and lightning detection for air traffic control operations. 60 Hz. 2. weather stations.000 ft) from the designated runway threshold. reliable/stable.4. A weather system consisting of an integrated suite of meteorological instruments and information technology assets designed to automatically gather surface weather observations. or Automatic Meteorological Station (AN/FMQ-22) (New
. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. 2. either copper twisted or fiber optics. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. 141453.4. temperature and dew point. visibility. the OIDs 120 VAC load circuit.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
137
Lighting Intensity Monitor (RLIM) to the TDAU. or if the aerodrome has two or more instrumented approaches or has terrain anomalies.4. cloud height. Typical locations are the weather station or the Air Traffic Control Tower. 2.32. then this system may not be appropriate. which can be augmented by trained weather personnel. Scope Determination. The weather system is sited where it will best measure vital weather data representative of the touchdown area of a runway or helipad. communication/power requirements and anchoring pads for the guy wires. Requirements Determination. present weather. and reporting the following parameters: Wind speed and direction. 2. and forecasting. The system is capable of collecting.3.5. 60 Hz.2. weather observations.32. 2.31.

Description. sensors. Automated Surface Observing System (ASOS) (New Requirement). and sensor related issues and provides isolation of failures of the subsystems and components. wind mast.33.5. dedicated 120 VAC. The Air Force Weather Agency is DoD’s and Air Force’s executive agent for 44 of the 1. A typical site location needs an area of 36 ft x 36 ft long to accommodate concrete pads. Dimensions.2. Ground to Air (GTA) radio.32. Underground cabling.5. 2.4.4. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2.003 government systems. cabling rails for the associated cabling. 60 Hz. and continuously reports significant weather changes as they occur.4. The standard facility requirement will also be outlined and coordinated through the PSA vehicle. Locate equipment to comply with airfield/aviation safety and explosive safety standards. 2. and grounding system.
. 2.32.4. either copper twisted or fiber optics. hydrological. and continuously conducts self-tests for electronic.4. The Observation PC requires a 120 VAC load circuit.3. The Observation PC provides a permanent record of all weather data reported from the sensor suite. which will connect the sensor suite to the Observation PC. 2.3. and climatological communities. Special Features.33. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063.33. ASOS is capable of attended and unattended operation. Reliable/stable. The ASOS provides automated aviation weather observations 24/7.32. concrete mounting pads. and national reporting levels when conditions warrant.
2. mechanical. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM A3 weather staff.1.4. Communications Requirements. The system provides current weather information. 2. at the same time. support the research needs of the meteorological.2. The basic ASOS consists of one Acquisition Control Unit (ACU) and a Data Collection Package (DCP).138
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 149962). 2. automatically generating Aviation Routine Weather Reports (METAR) and Aviation Selected Special Weather (SPECI) reports to local. area. the FAA. 20 A service for the outdoor sensor suite. Quantitative requirements are determined through the results of site surveys and coordinated with the use of PSA.33. Scope Determination.4. updates observations every minute.5.1. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX3 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8.5.32. Power Requirements (includes backup power and UPS).4. 2.4.4. guy wire anchoring pads. Design Considerations. Requirements Determination. The ASOS is designed to support weather forecast activities and aviation operations and. ASOS is a Tri-Agency program managed by the NWS.32. and the DoD.

regional. USAF ASOS has a dial in/out capability of METAR/SPECI observations to an NWS gateway and the ASOS Operations and Monitoring Center (AOMC).1.4. Stable/reliable 240/115 VAC. through its executive agent AFWA. Future connection to the Air Force GIG is planned in FY12. 2.33. 2. The ACU/DCP collects. and DoD) consisting of 159 radars located in the CONUS and Pacific and European areas.5.4. The ASOS also provides automatic reporting with a GTA radio (117. reflective surfaces. 2.4. The data provides aviation weather awareness and warnings to aircrews for severe weather avoidance. Requirements Determination. DoD. display
. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149627 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8.4. Power Requirements. The remote sensor site (dual cabinet with a discontinuity) requires an additional 41 ft 5 in x 75 ft area clear of ground obstructions.34. The Weather Surveillance Radar. reflective surfaces. Government Tri-Agency managed system (Department of Transportation. 2. Dual cabinet systems require a low band UHF radio link to transfer information. Description. The Doppler weather surveillance radar consists of three shelters containing a transmitter-receiver and electronic control amplifier.2. The OID and VDUs are located per user requirements to support local mission. 2. a region. area. and light sources. 2.4.4.34. and national levels. (WSR-88D). and disseminates the data to local. Dimensions. or a single view of weather data for one particular location. Doppler (WSR-88D). MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2. 1988. processes. and local weather data for forecasting and warnings through the NWS.34.975 to 136. Obtain further requirements determination information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff.4. The WSR-88D provides range azimuth and elevation data on precipitation areas within 400 km (240 mi) and produces images that can make up a mosaic of real-time weather data for the entire nation. and Video Display Unit (VDU). and the Air Force.4. Under the ACU/DCP cabinet a 2 ft x 4 ft concrete pad is installed for maintenance access area.2. The Air Force. 2. has responsibility for 26 of the 159 radars. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. and light sources. The ASOS primary sensor group physically requires a 75 ft x 59 ft area clear of ground obstructions.S.34.4.33.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
139
Operator Interface Device (OID). Radar Meteorological Set – Next Generation Radar (NEXRAD).33.1. The sensor groups will have a crushed rock walkway three feet deep around the rail system to mitigate plant growth.5.33. Communications Requirements. Design Considerations. Department of Commerce.5. This Tri-Agency managed system provides critical national. is a U.975MHz) and requires telephone lines for weather reporting and access. 30 A service. Scope Determination. FAA.

terrain. A/F24U10. The three shelters are located around the radar tower with two requiring environmental controls for the equipment. 2. a work area containing tools. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2. Dimensions. Reliable/stable 120/208 VAC.1.2. will be self-contained.35. Another shelter.5. Some units/locations have an OPUP with a 2 ft x 4 ft x 6 ft equipment rack along with three to 11 SDC workstations.34. AN/FRR-95 and the Solar Radio Spectrograph (SRS). RSTN consists of manned sites that have the Radio Interference Measuring Set (RIMS). Scope Determination. Design Considerations. The RSTN monitors the solar disk from sunrise to sunset to detect solar radio frequency bursts and monitors the radio spectrum using sweep and discrete frequency radiometers 24/7.4. the Transition Power Maintenance Shelter.2. and space surveillance systems. consisting of a cabinet containing a bank of batteries. 2.34.4.35. One of the shelters on site will contain an 80 kW generator for emergency power. The RIMS 28 ft antenna is
. 60 Hz.4. The WSR-88D radar set user display consists of an open principal user processor (OPUP) approximately the size of a standard desktop computer (SDC). and associated equipment.5. and power lines.4. 2. Communications Requirements. environmentally controlled. Obtain further requirements determination information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. The antenna is sited to provide maximum separation and minimum obstruction by buildings. 2. and a work bench. RSTN’s three RIMS antennas are mounted on two separate support towers or risers.4.1.34. This data generates warnings and advisories that allow the warfighter to discriminate between solar-induced effects and electronic jamming on missile-warning radars. terrain.140
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 console with power supply.4. and power lines.4. Contact AFWA/A8F or NWS Radar Operations Center for specific communications requirements. Requirements Determination. Description.35. satellite operations. RIMS Antenna Requirements. 3-phase.3. 2. 2.35.4. One shelter will contain a backup power generator. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. Power Requirements (includes backup power and UPS).
2. 2. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX4 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8.4.35.3. The antenna is sited to provide maximum separation and minimum obstruction by buildings.4. Radio Solar Telescope Network (RSTN) (New Requirement).34.1. 4-wire electrical power with automatic switching to back-up power. Specific to location but requires connections to the GIG and commercial/Class A phone lines.5.

2.36. 2.3. The maximum length of the cable is 152 m (500 ft) (distance from building to antenna). 2. Buildings and antennas are required to have lightning protection.1.5 ft concrete slab fastened by 36 stainless steel mount bolts. The 2. solar observing system that collects and sends solar data to space weather forecast centers. due to different soil condition.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
141
supported by an approximate 38 ft tall riser mounted on a 20 ft x 18 ft x 2.175 lbs. 2. Total weight of system is 10. Stable/reliable 300 A single phase and 50 A. The total weight of system is 37. two each 21 in x 31 in x 68 in equipment racks.4. The low band antenna requires 34 ft x 21 ft of space.35.35. The maximum length of its cable is 137 m (450 ft) (distance from building to antenna).35.4.2.4. The concrete mount slab will need to be reengineered if the equipment is moved.35. room for three desk top PCs.4. (AN/FMQ-7) (New Requirement).4.1. five each 17 in x 24 in uninterrupted power supplies. 3-phase 208 V power and 115 VAC. Dimensions. RSTN must have backup power and an UPS.3. and maintenance personnel.500 ft2 of space which contains ten each 24 in x 30 in x 72 in electronic equipment racks. Design Consideration. and one each 17 in x 17 in dehydrator. Communications Requirements.5. due to different soil conditions. RSTN Support Building. Solar Observing Optical Network (SOON).4. Description. The RSTN’s support building requires a minimum of 2. The concrete slab will need to be redesigned if equipment is moved to a new location.5.4.2.500 ft2 provides space for operation. 2. RSTN must have a dedicated communication line connected to the GIG and DSN Class A worldwide phone line. The SOON monitors
. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2.4.3.114 lbs. 2. one low band and one high band. The SRS high band antenna is approximately 20 ft high and also requires a 10 ft x 10 ft x 2 ft concrete pad. The building must maintain an inside temperature of 50°F to 90°F and 20 – 75 percent non-condensing humidity. The secured site area is 174 m (570 ft) x 174 m (570 ft). The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. Power Requirements (includes backup power and UPS).5. The SRS has two antennas.35. The SOON is a manned optical telescope.1 ft support riser mounted on a 9 ft x 8 ft x 2 ft concrete slab fastened by 12 galvanized steel mount and leveling bolts.36. 2. is 20 ft high. administration.35. SRS Antenna Requirements.4. RIMS 3 ft and 8 ft antennas are mounted on a single 14. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX5 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. The site area is required to have a security fence around the perimeter. and requires a 10 ft x 10 ft x 2 ft concrete pad plus four anchors for the hoops and two for tie downs.

and location of eruptive events on the solar disk. and national and regional electric power grids. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2.500 watts on a 110 V. Design Consideration.000 watts total electrical power consisting of 4. computers.142
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 solar activity 24/7. communications systems. brightness. Improved Solar Observing Optical Network (ISOON) (New Requirement).4. and power grids. Obtain further requirements determination information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff.4. 2.36.4. 60 Hz single phase circuit and 2.4.4.5.36.6 m (15 ft) x 2.36.3.4.36. These dimensions do not include the parking area.36. with no East or West obstructions.500 watts on a 208 V. Dimensions. monitors.36. manned space flight. 2.4.
2. The facility area has two seismic pads outside and one inside the building. Description. and multiple electronics racks. 60 Hz circuit and a backup power system to include an UPS. The front of the SOON building must face away from the equator. optical telescope. solar observing system that collects and sends solar data to space weather forecast centers. with no East or West obstructions. 2.36. Each SOON requires 7. The inside of the building contains a seismic pad.4.5. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. Communications Requirements.5. The SOON maintenance and storage building is 23 m (75 ft) x 12 m (40 ft).2.3. Scope Determination. UPS. The solar observations provide essential information about the size. energy.2. and location of eruptive events on the solar disk providing warnings and advisories for solar
. The system is critical for forecasting solar events that affect communications. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX6 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. Power Requirements. energy. Secured site area is 67 m (220 ft) x 67 m (220 ft). Requirements Determination.4 m (8 ft). Special Features.1.4. The building must be environmentally controlled to maintain 60°F to 89°F and 30 to 60 percent relative humidity (non-condensing). The operations building consists of a 15 m (50 ft) x 7. The SOON administration building is 23 m (75 ft) x 12 m (40 ft). brightness. 2.1. The front of the SOON building must face away from the equator.37. providing warnings and advisories for solar proton events and geomagnetic activity.37. 2. 2. 2.4. Requires a dedicated communication line connected to the GIG and DSN Class A worldwide landlines. as well as auroral and polar region radar. These proton events affect high altitude and manned space flight. ISOON is a 24/7 remote monitored optical telescope.5.6 m (25 ft) structure with an additive front sloped section 4. The solar observations provide essential information about the size. The SOON provides the world’s only 24/7 ground-based optical solar observing system.

4 m (8 ft). The operations building consists of a 6 m (20 ft ) x 6 m (20 ft ) structure with an additive front sloped section 4. Obtain further requirements determination information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. Requirements Determination. 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
143
proton events and geomagnetic activity.3.2. These proton events affect high altitude and manned space flight. Dimensions. and two electronics racks. Special Features. 2. 2. Next Generation Ionosonde (NEXION).4. Requirements Determination. communications systems. These buildings must be environmentally controlled to maintain 60°F to 89°F and 30 to 60 percent relative humidity (non-condensing).37.500 watts on a 208 V. The operations building contains a seismic pad. Power Requirements. 2.4. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. UPS. NEXION is an unmanned ionosonde facility that supports activities to sense and report ionospheric information for comprehensive and ongoing environmental analysis and mission impact assessment. with no East or West obstructions.38.4. The secured area is 46 m (150 ft) x 46 m (150 ft). Scope Determination.5.4.1. 2.2.500 watts on a 110V.37. Communications Requirements. 2. NEXION is vertical incidence radar used to obtain information about the ionosphere directly overhead and consists of 30 systems worldwide and one test system.4.37. 60 Hz circuit and a backup power system to include an UPS.37. The front of the ISOON building must face away from the equator.5.5. Design Consideration. 2.4. and national and regional electric power grids.4. NEXION provides a 24/7 remote monitoring capability of the ionosphere by analyzing the signals reflected from the ionosphere and providing data to AFWA via the NIPRNet to be ingested into the new generation of Global Assimilation of Ionospheric Measurements (GAIM). 60 Hz single phase circuit and 2.37.4.38.2.37.38.6 m (15 ft) x 2.1. A dedicated communication line connected to the GIG and DSN Class A worldwide capable landlines.5. MAJCOM/A3W OCR: MAJCOM/A6 2. the telescope.000 watts total electrical power consisting of 4.4. The facility area will have two seismic pads outside and one inside the building.4.4.37. as well as auroral and polar region radar. Description. FAC: 1341 CATCODE: 149XX7 OPR: AFWA/A5/A8. 2.3. Each ISOON requires 7. 2. The ISOON maintenance and storage building consists of a 6 m (20 ft ) x 6 m (20 ft ) structure. (DPS 4-D) (New Requirement). This facility supports activities and equipment to sense and report ionospheric information 24/7 to support and maintain battlespace
. a Sun work station.

5.38. requires NIPRNet
2. and one transmit tower with two orthogonal radiating elements. Distance between the transmit tower and receiver antennas is 30 m (98. Obtain further information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. and the #1 antenna centered between antennas #2 and #3 but physically located 34. The transmit antenna will be approximately 100 ft high.3. Ventilating. Site/facility security ensures only authorized personnel with a need-to-know are granted physical access to computing facilities that house the NEXION DPS-4D unit. The system also requires automatic voltage control for the power source feeding the NEXION DPS4D unit with a UPS system.5.38.2 for alignment and placement. A NEXION antenna field requires approximately one acre of land for the system. Special Features.38.4.4. NEXION collects local ionosphere measurements using a transmitter that sweeps through the medium and high frequency radio bands (0. Design Consideration. The transmit antenna must have 15.64 m (114 ft) to the west of antenna #4. A master power switch or emergency cut-off switch for the NEXION unit will be located near the main entrance that will be labeled and protected by a cover to prevent accidental shut-off. NEXION connections to the GIG and DSN Class A phone lines. See Figure 2.2.24 m (50 ft) clearance between the transmit antenna and potential obstructions such as trees. The support building requires environmental controls with a Heating. NEXION sites require non-metallic fencing to preclude electronic interference. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063. Power Requirements.3. and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system and contains a desktop 4-D system with keyboard and monitor and a UPS with associated system equipment.4. Scope Determination.38. etc.5-30 MHz).144
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 awareness.5.1. Dimensions. shrubs. Each NEXION system consists of one desktop 4-D system (with monitor and key board).4. four receiving antennas placed in a triangular 60 degree configuration 60 m (197 ft) apart with #2 and #3 antennas aligned to magnetic north. A fire suppression system is required with a local and remote fire activation and alarm capability.38. The facility requires controlled access during working hours and should be locked during non-work hours. 2.4. A NEXION site consists of a support building consisting of approximately 5 m2 (50 ft2).4. Communications Requirements.
. 2.4.38. 2.5.4 ft) minimum separation. 2. 2. four active crossed loops turnstile receive antennas.

4. Design Considerations.4.5.7 A input power to the indoor equipment. The air traffic control tower is necessary for the safe and efficient conduct of flight operations and consists of the control tower cab. Airfield Operations flight office. Scope Determination.40. 2.40. Obtain further requirement determination information through AFWA/A5/8 or MAJCOM/A3 weather staff. Power Requirements.1.1. 50/60 Hz. Air Traffic Control Tower.4.2. The antenna requires an approximately 1.3. The antenna is serviced by a custom 61 m (200 ft) power/data cable provided with the system. 2.5 m (5 ft) x 1. 2. roof mounting or a tower may be required. 60 Hz. 2. which also provides robust imagery analysis capability.40. The computing facility will be locked and alarmed with features sufficient to meet unattended COMSEC storage requirements. The antenna requires a 360 degree unobstructed view (5 degree elevation angle).2. Commander’s office.40.5.40.148
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 NIPRNet common user communications using MARK IVB FAS.5 m (5 ft) area. Special Features. Requirements Determination.4.4 A. The indoor equipment requires a normal temperature controlled electronic equipment environment. Communications Requirements. Depending on site obstructions. 2.41. 5. a training and crew briefing room.
. A fire suppression system is required for the indoor equipment with a local and remote fire activation and alarm capability.40. Dimensions. The site network server and the user computer hosting FAS software require common user NIPRNet access.3.4. A concrete or asphalt pad is desirable but not required. A custom 61 m (200 ft) power/data cable provided with the system is required from the RSS antenna location to the indoor equipment location. 2.5. The RSS provides real-time METSAT imagery that directly supports all DoD services’ wartime mission execution and resource protection for the contingency theater(s) to which it is deployed.4.4. The requirement for emergency power is determined under AFI 32-1063.4.5. FAC: 1413 CATCODE: 149962 OPR: AFFSA OCR: AF/A3O-AO 2. Site/facility security must ensure only authorized personnel are granted physical access to antenna sites. or 240 VAC.40. 2. mechanical rooms.
2. Description. The RSS requires 120 VAC.41. A power conditioner and UPS are also provided with the system.4. 2. Site/facility security must ensure only authorized personnel with a need-to-know are granted physical access to computing facilities that house the RSS indoor processing equipment which includes COMSEC equipment.4.

41. 2.4. security system. A Surface Weather Observing Facility (CATCODE 141629) or Base Operations (CATCODE 141453) may also be included in this facility.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
149
administration. electro-mechanical devices may require additional design considerations for floor loading.4 32. Each airfield is authorized an air traffic control tower. fire sprinkler delivery volumes and layout. See section 17. consult AFFSA.3. Provisions should be made for panels for remote control of airport lighting. See Table 2. An access road and parking lot for non-organizational and organizational vehicles must be provided.30 and Parts 3 and 4 of the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide.
Function Net Building Area m2 Lobby Elevator1 Elevator Machine Room Mechanical and Electrical Room Simulator Classroom Administration2.15 -4. and an elevator in new facilities.95/person 11. 2. See Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide for further guidance. For the latest information and drawings. Scope Determination. The vertical stacking abilities and computercontrolled. extensive communication support. back-up generator.3 Airfield Operations Flight Office (Type D)2 Training Room3. 2. Air Traffic Control Siting Criteria. Requirements Determination. Table 2. Dimensions. of UFC 3-260-01. Air Traffic Control Tower Space Requirements. siting. Design Considerations.41. Space requirements are generally dictated by the site survey and statement of intent (SOI) that defines some site-specific design parameters.4. and electronic requirements. utility support. electrical power supply.4.52 5. Special protection or siting may be required in high-threat areas. A method of emergency egress may be required. intercom system. plans.4.41.4.30. Space requirements depend primarily on the height requirements of the tower and the standard floor layout. Consult Chapter 1 of the Air Traffic Control Tower and Radar Approach Control Facility Design Guide for additional guidance. contact the installation fire chief for assistance. utility. 2.27 as needed as needed as needed 350 64/person 120 -ft2 46
.2. for additional information. and environmental control.5. catwalk around the outside of the cab.41.

1.6.5. Design: Moorings. it may be
2. 2. Harbor and Coastal Operational Facilities.5.6. and UFC 4-159-03. Design Considerations.5.1. A product recovery system will be provided to collect liquid spilled from hose end pipe sections during connect-disconnect operations. 2. This facility consists of a submerged sea unloading pipeline with tanker mooring facilities. 2. 2.5.5. valving.6. Facilities that are intended for barge receipts will include a product filtration system. AFPET/PTOT OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2.1. Scope Determination.2. 2. 2.1.5.1.1.5.5.5.6. Under some circumstances advantageous to use an offshore unloading facility. Design Considerations. hose connections. and UFC 4-159-03. See UFC 4-151-10. Requirements Determination. Piping systems will be designed to permit tankers to unload in the shortest reasonable time. pipe manifolds. A safe. Piping will be sized in accordance with the requirements outlined in UFC 3-460-01.1. See UFC 3-460-01. UFC 4-152-01.5. 2.4.3.1.3. A capability to contain and recover marine spills at the berth shall be provided. The cable end will be equipped with a screw clamp for securing to the vessel hull. Description. hose derricks and racks.6.6.1.5.5. Design: Piers and Wharves.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
151
2. 2.5.1.6. This will normally not exceed 24 hours.4. Dimensions.1.1.5. Liquid Fuel Off-Shore Unloading Facility.1.4.5. 2. or provided by Air Force or DoD owned equipment physically positioned on station. FAC: 1631 CATCODE: 163311 OPR: AF/A4LE. Category Group 16.
. and fire protection equipment.2.5. 2. A vessel ground cable will be provided. The cable will be permanently connected to shore piping and equipped with an explosion-proof open/close switch. Scope Determination. 2.3. navigable channel access and mooring shall be provided that has sufficient depth at mean low water (MLW) to provide a floating keel and vessel propulsion at all times.1. See UFC 4-151-10 General Criteria for Waterfront Construction.1. 2. UFC 4-15201. The capability may be contracted out. Dimensions.1. The pier will include mooring equipment. See UFC 3-460-01.

7. 2.1. group sizes.6.1.1 and 1.1.1.5.5.3).6. state.7. classrooms designated for particular programs are often available for part-time use by other programs. However. The pipeline will be sized according to the same conditions outlined above for piers and wharves. most of the facilities listed in this chapter include some classroom space.5.3. and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1. To determine the base-wide requirements and deficiencies. 2. The storage structure will be located as close to the fuel loading or unloading facilities as possible. Many training programs include instruction outside of the classroom and. approximately 93 m2 (1. A conventional five-point mooring will normally be provided. to store a small boat and fuel spill containment booms.1. Category Group 17. security requirements.1.6. training schedules. Step One establishes the desired learning environment. The underwater pipeline will be securely anchored to the bottom and will extend from the shore out to the mooring area. telecommunications requirements.3. Wherever waterfront fuel loading or unloading facilities are provided.7.1. 2.6. Use Petroleum Operations Building (CATCODE 121111) for reporting purposes.2. The following guidance applies to all facility requirements described in this chapter that involve lecture or seminar classrooms.1.1. 2.1. The facilities shall also comply with local. This involves determining the ideal combination of rooms and students
. and federal requirements in respect to fuel vapor emissions. The latter may include segments of major training programs or any of the variety of smaller training programs that require intermittent use of space.7. and desired student proximity.5.7. 2. The use of single point mooring buoys will not be permitted without prior approval from AFCESA/CEO. therefore. Tanker mooring buoy(s) will be provided at the end of the pipeline in water deep enough for the safe maneuvering and berthing of the size tankers expected to use the facility.1. General Guidance. The term "classroom" is included in the official nomenclature of only two facilities: Technical Training Classroom (CATCODE 171621) and Flying Training Classroom (CATCODE 171211).2.2. as required by AFI 32-7040.1.2. student loads. Classrooms are also included in some "non-training" facilities (see list in paragraph 2. This involves a detailed analysis of curricula.4. Necessary quick boat launching capability is also required.1. facilities for control of fuel spills are required.6.
2.000 ft2). To achieve maximum utilization of existing classroom space and to ensure that any space acquisitions are thoroughly justified.2. 2. a three-step approach should be used: 2. This includes a storage building. Step Two translates this desired learning environment into specific facility requirements.7. Training Facilities.8. and all classroom requirements identified under operational facilities described elsewhere in this manual. training program managers should coordinate their plans and schedules so as to define a base-wide facility requirement for lecture and seminar classrooms.7. 2.152
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.

Squadron Operations (CATCODE 141753). and additional space as required to achieve proper acoustical feedback. For types of instruction that require more area per seat than Table 6.1.2. space per seat should be the minimum compatible with the desired learning environment. 2. The band center shall include the following. Security Forces Operations (CATCODE 730835). Conference room space in various headquarters facilities (CATCODE 6102XX) should also be considered. Requirements Determination.2. The criteria apply to rooms furnished with fixed tablet arm chairs or chairs and narrow tables occupying comparable space.7. do not overlook lecture classroom space that may be available for part time use in certain "non-training" facilities such as Aerial Delivery Facility (CATCODE 141232).3. 2. space criteria are established on the basis of individual training programs.2. Base Supply Administration (CATCODE 610122).2. The size of each rehearsal studio is to be determined by the number of participants. 2.
. Depot Operations Logistical Facility (CATCODE 610675). Acoustically Treated Rehearsal Studios and Individual Practice Rooms. 2.7. In identifying facility assets under step three above.7. This facility provides space for the operation and administration of a band and its musical units. 2. Studios shall not be designed as a performance space to accommodate spectators. Step Three establishes facility deficiencies. In the interest of economy. This is a secure storage area for musical instruments and supplies. Base Personnel Office (CATCODE 610128).7. and an acoustically treated room for an arranger. Music Library. and restrooms for men and women.7.2. The instructor station contains only enough space for small portable training aids.4 in Chapter 6. 2.2.2. separate lockers. This involves identifying all facility assets and defining their capabilities for satisfying the requirements established under the preceding steps.2.7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
153
per room which will provide the highest rate of occupancy compatible with the training to be accomplished. and Education Center (CATCODE 730441).1.4.2. Each Air Force Band is divided into several musical units that rehearse and perform simultaneously. Band Center. Space allowances for lecture classrooms are given in Table 6.1.7.7. dressing rooms. Description. 2. type of music to be rehearsed.2.1. FAC: 1713 CATCODE: 171158 OPR: SAF/PA OCR: N/A 2.1.4 allows.3. All required band elements should be able to practice at the same time in different rooms.

7. Combat Arms personnel will specify the number of firing positions and the width of each position based upon training requirements.2.7.8. AFCESA/CEOA 2. See ETL 11-18 for guidance on range control booths. Occupational and Environmental Health Exposure Controls.5. and AFMAN 48-155. 2. The firing line must be located on a stable horizontal surface that is at least 4.3. 2.7. (CATCODE 179475) with up to 21 firing points.1025. 2.5.7.7. The control booth is a control center where the chief range officer can observe and control the entire range.3.7. For special weapons. The goal of the new Air Force small arms training philosophy is to increase the current 25 meter standard target distance and expand the diversity of training that can be accomplished on the range. and miscellaneous storage.7. 2.5. 2. and from the ventilation exhaust to ensure compliance with local.4. 2.8.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
159
center.800 ft2).1.. 300 m. latrine facilities. (See ETL 11-1. Dimensions. Indoor Firing Ranges Industrial Hygiene Technical Guide.3 m (14 ft) wide. 2. Design Considerations. bullet trap. Review NMCPHCTM 6290.8. Lead. ejection port of the weapon. 1.7. or as close as possible. AFCEE/TDR. ETL 11-18 for additional guidance. 100 m. Range Control Booth.2.8. 2.) Facility components and net space criteria are:
.9. Ranges should be designed to allow the greatest target distance possible within the available land at the site (e.2.7. Scope Determination. to the sight zero distance for the weapon.g.7.4. This contains space for classroom instruction. Combat Arms (CA) Building. The desired target distance is at. and federal regulations. The basic facility supports a Small Arms Range System. clear distance. alarmed weapons and ammunition storage.10. Description. weapons cleaning and degreasing. 50 m.1. for the length of the firing line.8. program administration and weapons maintenance. 2.9.8. It is used in conjunction with a ground weapons range system. state.3.7.000 m).9. The minimum net space requirement is 167 m2 (1.9. FAC: 1718 CATCODE: 171476 OPR: AFSFC/SFXW OCR: 575 CBSS/ WR-ALC.5. Requirements Determination. Design the range to control heavy metals and/or dust produced at both the 21 muzzle. This building supports the activities of a CA section. See ETL 11-18 for additional guidance.8. See ETL 11-18. The ventilation system must control exposure to lead and heavy metals in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.5. 2. See 11-18 for additional design criteria.

4. It provides space for program administrators and combat arms personnel.2. A range that supports fewer than 5.000 weapons requires 37 m2 (400 ft2). Weapons Maintenance Shop.7.7 m x 5. This Manual supersedes other references for developing administrative space requirements for Air Force facilities.9 in) concrete reinforced with two layers of number 4 rebar on 225 mm (9 in) centers.7. showers. vapor-proof electrical fixtures.7 m (35 ft by 35 ft).9. 2. Provide additional cold water hand-washing stations at the entrance to the CA building and at the firing range. A five-lane system requires a room approximately 10. Weapons Simulator Room. rifle. 2.9.3.7. This room is specifically designed for commercially purchased projection-based weapons simulators. 2. Security Engineering: Project Development (FOUO). degreasing tanks. 2.9.000 weapons requires a 28 m2 (300 ft2) shop. and Explosives.3 m (35 ft x 17. and roofs of 200 mm (7. The size of sanitary facilities depends upon the class size at that particular installation. changing areas. A gross floor area of 14 m2 (151 ft2) is usually adequate.3.7 m x 10.3. 2. Alarmed Weapons and Ammunition Storage Room. the women's latrine need only accommodate about one-fourth the number of people as the men's latrine. and spare parts storage. compressed air service.3. The minimum space requirement is typically about 12 m2 (130 ft2). vault construction must provide a minimum ten minutes of forced entry delay.7. 2. The weapons maintenance shop must have space for workbenches. It must contain sufficient space to provide each student attending handgun. AFI 31-101. Administrative Space.3. or submachine gun training with a chair and a table work surface of at least 610 mm x 915 mm (24 in x 36 in). Provide facilities for both men and women. Ammunition.9. for construction materials and specifications. Room construction must satisfy the requirements of DoD 5100.3.9.3. hand tools. power tools. A lavatory with potable water should be in the immediate area.6.7.5 ft). shotgun. and spray hoods. hand-washing stations. This room accommodates workbenches. Typically.
.7. This is a demonstration/performance classroom.9. The vault provides secure storage for all weapons for which the CA section is responsible and a lessthan-30-day supply of each type of ammunition is used on the range. A ten-lane system requires approximately 10.7. Provide a lavatory with potable water in the immediate area.9.160
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.76-M. The minimum size classroom is 84 m2 (900 ft2). Typical vault construction features walls. Special design requirements include exhaust and ventilation air. Latrines (Sanitary Facilities). The room should have at least a 2. fitted with a class V door. Provide space for each student attending machine gun or mortar training with a work surface of at least 865 mm x 1145 mm (34 in by 45 in). and solvent-resistant wall and ceiling finishes. Classroom. In general.1. equipment. An installation that supports over 5.7. floors. Weapons Cleaning/Degreasing Room. See Chapter 6 for further guidance on administrative space standards.3.5. and UFC 4-020-01. Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms. Because instructors have daily contact with lead/heavy metals and may transfer these contaminants by casual contact.7 m (9 ft) ceiling height and no windows.

2. 2.10. An FTD may be located at a base on a temporary or permanent basis. Description. should: 2. It may be an outside covered area or a room large enough to accommodate cleaning tables/benches and cleaning materials for normally expected student loads. FAC: 1711 CATCODE: 171618 OPR: AETC/A5T OCR: N/A 2.7. Field Training Facility. it must be well-ventilated.10.7. training aids.3. See Chapter 6 for administrative space standards and ETL 11-18 for operational and special purpose space requirements.
.7.5. Provides an electrical power source for operating power tools. A facility supporting a small arms range system of more than 21 firing points requires a proportionately larger classroom and latrine than provided above. 2. and operational equipment designed for use in the field primarily for support of maintenance training.7.10. Mobile Training Set (MTS). Miscellaneous Storage.3. 2. Range Target Storage and Repair Building.10. tools. A portable set of system training equipment consisting of trainers.10.2. An AETC detachment established to provide maintenance-oriented technical training on specific systems and their aerospace ground equipment at an operational location.9.4.7.9. Likewise.7.9. 2.7. Use existing facilities to house an FTD.9. Requirements Determination. a facility supporting more than one range system or type of range requires a larger weapons and ammunition storage room. If a room is provided.3.3.7. This provides space for storage of administrative supplies. training aids. The requirements of the training mission will determine whether an FTD is equipped with a full or partial MTS. classroom equipment.8. FTD facilities are normally provided by the host command and.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
161
laundry facilities. 2.10.7. and lockers should be provided for instructors to remove lead contamination.3. Student Weapons Cleaning Area/Room.1. 2. This provides space for students to clean their weapons after completion of firing. 2. Explanation of Terms: 2. The size of this area is directly related to the type and quantity of training the CA section conducts.7. and other miscellaneous items.9.7. Dimensions. Field Training Detachment (FTD). Design Considerations.9.1. where possible.10. See ETL 11-18 for additional information and guidance.1. This facility provides space for the secure storage and repair of targets.1.

11.randolph.4. The technical training classrooms are used to conduct lectures and demonstrations with the aid of computers. or environmental control requirements.2.7. New systems require close coordination and cooperation between the contractor. electrical.3.10. Classroom requirements for FTDs with assigned MTSs vary considerably according to the weapons system and the number of trainers assigned.7. pneumatic/hydraulic.randolph. Each FTD. A facility surveillance visit will be conducted by the responsible training center to coordinate detailed requirements before moving an FTD to a new location.10. 2.7.7.4.7.3.1.5.4 for classroom space requirements.2.10. Table 6. and portable training equipment suitable for table-top demonstrations.10. and toilet facilities.7. Dimensions.2. 2.7.mil/. student lounge. a technical order and instructor room.10. Satisfy peculiar training requirements resulting from trainer configuration.7.3. Have all classrooms on the ground floor when the FTD is required to have an MTS. 2. 2. Technical Training Classroom. 2.4. Specific requirements vary with the size of the detachment and nature and amount of the assigned equipment. storage space.10. Scope Determination. 2.4. the System Program Office (SPO).mil and conducted at AETC Training Wings.7.7. and AETC to assure satisfactory and timely requirements. 2. Description.4.
.10. the using command(s). in addition to classroom space.7. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations. Be adjacent to the maintenance complex but away from noise centers such as engine test or taxiway areas.10. 2.4.162
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.10.af.6. FAC: 1711 CATCODE: 171621 OPR: AETC/A5T OCR: 2AF 2.7. radiation or electromagnetic hazards.af. See Chapter 6.7.4. also requires office space. audiovisual.3.1.3. 2.10. Requirements for planning purposes can be determined from the ETCA database located at https://etca. Outlined FTD facility requirements are valid for planning purposes only.
2. and 2. Classroom space requirements for FTDs without an MTS are determined by considering the quantitative and qualitative Trained Personnel Requirements (TPR).11.11. This facility provides space for technical training courses prescribed in the ETCA database located at https://etca. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.

Some specific examples are missile maintenance. Description.12. and engine and metals fabrication trainers. Design Considerations. 19AF 2. 2.7.5. This facility provides space for technical training courses prescribed in the ETCA database and conducted at AETC Training Wings. Table 6. FAC: 1712 CATCODE: 171625 OPR: AETC/A5T OCR: 2AF. electronics. See paragraph 2.4.11. Description.3.12. Scope Determination. Classroom furniture consists of sets of chairs and tables.13. 2.12. Examples of equipment used are aircraft egress trainers.13. 2. Dimensions. weather.12.7. Requirements Determination.12. Scope Determination. Technical Training Laboratory/Shop. 2.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. missiles.12.1. FAC: 1712 CATCODE: 171623 OPR: AETC/A5T OCR: 2AF 2.7. Reverse projection rooms between classrooms will be identified and included in this category as part of the area. See Chapter 6. missiles. systems operations and maintenance training. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Some technical training courses use equipment and instructional aides of such large size that standard training room facilities are neither adequate nor feasible.3. missile silos. The laboratory houses training which uses various types of large. and special mock-ups are just a few of the many items used in training
.7.1. 2.12.3 above. The space requirements and room dimensions will be based on the size and required operational areas of the training equipment as well as providing adequate space to conduct the actual training and equipment maintenance.7. 2.5. stationary training equipment to support demonstration and handson. High-Bay Technical Training. aircraft systems. Design Considerations. Requirements Determination.7. simulators. 2.4 for classroom space requirements.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
163
2.2. heavy equipment.11. where required. This category code identifies existing space or programmed requirements in support of technical training courses prescribed in the ETCA database and conducted at AETC Training Wings.2. fire trucks. and aerospace ground equipment.7. 2. Aircraft.11.7. landing gear.7.13.7. 2.7.7. flight control systems.7.

7. 2.3. This category code will be used to identify space in support of technical training courses that exceed criteria of the other technical training category codes.14.14. 2.164
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 that require high-bays.3.4 in Chapter 6.7.3. 2.14.13.14. 2. 2.3 and 6.6. 2.15.7.4 in Chapter 6.2.7.2. A student study or Learning Resource Center. Design Considerations.4. In addition to the above. hangars. The administrative area will be calculated per instructor for a one shift operation. Facility space required to directly support technical training at the AETC Training Wings will be documented under this category code. 2. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 2. 2. FAC: 1711 CATCODE: 171627 OPR: AETC/A5T OCR: 2AF.2.2. See Tables 6.14. Adequate maintenance area to support training equipment. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.200 ft2) and/or ceilings exceeding 3.7.14. Design Considerations.7. Dimensions.7. A break area or student lounge (one per floor).14.14. 2.1.7. See CATCODE 171621.7. or rooms larger than 110 m2 (1. Space requirements and room dimensions will be based on CATCODE 171621 criteria plus space for large equipment and training aids.4.7 m (12 ft).
2.5.2.7.5. Dimensions.7. 19AF 2. See Chapter 6 for further guidance on administrative space standards. Special purpose space not identified by other category codes. 2.7. Target Intelligence Training.7.2. Requirements Determination. Instructors on multiple shifts will utilize the same area.7.3 and 6.13.7.13.14.4.14.2. A training supply and storage area.1.14. 2. An instructor study or lounge. and 2. FAC: 1711 CATCODE: 171712 OPR AETC/A2OI OCR: N/A
.2.7. Technical Training Support.5. See Tables 6. Scope Determination. Description.14. the following area will be provided: 2.

7.15. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 2.1. Scope Determination. This facility is required to support safety education programs operated under AFIs 91-202. These programs provide students with essential knowledge to improve attitudes toward safe practices. Additionally. Student chairs should be tiered and adequate
. and general classified storage. The number of seats will correspond to the ideal class size which will vary by individual base. It provides commanders with an effective way to reduce private and government vehicle accidents.15. 2. 91-207.7. The ideal class size is one that best satisfies training objectives. See Tables 6.16.3.16. and 91-301.4 in Chapter 6. Requirements Determination.7.15.1. Space requirements will vary according to the type and size of the unit.3 and 6.2. Scope Determination. FAC: 1711 CATCODE: 171813 OPR: AF/AFSC/SEM OCR: N/A 2. 2. personnel. and connecting student responders and slide projectors (16 mm and 35 mm).1. Description.7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
165
2. and Model 1400 . Storage area is required for at least two mobility boxes and other equipment. and aircrew training. The space per seat will not exceed that established by Table 6. provide information that will be a basis for more responsible behavior.7.7. The US Air Force Traffic Safety Program. The US Air Force Mishap prevention Program.4.7. briefings/debriefings.40 students. they decrease operating costs by increasing local and overseas vehicle operating education and orientation to improve drivers' attitudes and techniques.7. Dimensions. The capabilities of the multimedia consoles should be recognized: Model 640 . The facility also houses various electronic intelligence/communications systems.4 in Chapter 6. Design Considerations.7. and property damages. 2. and improve driving practices. Air Force Occupational and Environmental Safety. tape deck. the type and number of electronic intelligence systems employed. Safety Education Facility.3. deaths. 2. Classroom. 2. A secure area used by operational intelligence personnel for mission planning. and the level of security required. and equipment resources. and Health (AFOSH) Program. injuries.60 students. Standard equipment includes an electronic console with electrical control box. Model 660 . while making optimum use of building. intelligence reference library.16.16. Fire Protection.2. The space is categorized as a lecture classroom and is furnished with either fixed tablet armchairs or sets of chairs and narrow tables.15.40 students. Description.15. 2.16. Requirements Determination. 2.7.3.5.

Requirements Determination.17.3 in Chapter 6. Dimensions. Projection Booth (Soundproof).16. See Table 6. Scope Determination. 2. Description.16.1.7.
2. See above guidance and Chapter 6 for administrative criteria.4. 2. 2.3.33 2. Design Considerations.7.3. Space is provided for the program administrator and instructors (normally two persons).3. and the curricula. 2. Instructors and students use these rooms as the primary area for academic discussions and case study analysis.16.17. 2. This facility supports Enlisted Professional Military Education (EPME) courses operated under AFI 36-2301.3.166
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 aisle space maintained.17.7. Administrative space criteria in Chapter 6 apply. the basic determinants of net space requirements are the size of the student body (which dictates the number of classrooms).2. additional office space may be provided. 120 watt power source for operating the multimedia education trainer.17. Approximately 23 m2 (250 ft2) will suffice.7.7. In all components. Education Areas: 2.7. Student Break Lounge. EPME facilities must project an atmosphere of professionalism and excellence in which students can achieve educational objectives. The classroom must be properly ventilated and equipped with a dimmer switch to control overhead lighting.16.3.7. the development and operation of EPME centers have been largely controlled by the individual commands.7. A summary of all EPME space requirements is shown in Table 2. FAC: 1711 CATCODE: 171815 OPR: AU/A5/A8 OCR: N/A 2.3. Historically. Facility components and associated space criteria follow. This includes space for the aforementioned standard equipment and space for software storage and equipment maintenance.4.17. 2. Adequate space to
.17. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. size of the staff. If the Base Vehicle Operations Office wishes to locate its Drivers Training and Licensing Section in this facility (rather than in Vehicle Operations Administration [CATCODE 610121]).7. NCO Professional Military Education (PME) Center.1.16.2. In the process. These facilities must also create an environment where instructors can provide first-rate education in a quality Air Force setting.7. Seminar Rooms. Administrative Space.1. 2.3.5.1. but to indicate Air Force approval of the described requirements and provide desirable minimum space requirements. Professional Military Education.7. Air Force supports the command’s role in this area and issues this guidance not to dictate development. commands have established individual preferences concerning the nature of the facilities they want to provide. Provisions should be made for a 60 cycle.

17. a six-seminar school would earn 55. Some locations.2. the average net area is 14 m2 (150 ft2). Learning Resource Center. For planning purposes. Ensure this area presents a professional appearance. projection screen. The auditorium should be designed to accommodate the maximum class load plus an additional seating capacity of 20 percent for staff. CCTV capability. computers. calculate the net area on the basis of 37 m2 (400 ft2) plus 9. the average net area is 23 m2 (250 ft2). and flip charts. EPME facilities use hightechnology projection equipment to enhance student learning.7.7. Guest Speaker/ Distinguished Visitor (DV) Waiting Room. 2. In addition to being wired to support LAN connectivity and closed-circuit TV (CCTV) capability. may require additional space for dedicated computer laboratories. Seating should include retractable desktops for note taking. Provide a comfortable. a quality sound system.3.
. Also. dignitaries. making presentations.17.3. Although planned workstation requirements will vary. videotape recorder and cameras. Average seminars are comprised of 12-14 students plus the instructor.g. and teleconferencing equipment. 2. It is also wired for LAN connectivity.1. Auditorium. etc. computers. For planning purposes. and adequate shelving for audiovisual tapes. This area usually includes the school library. wireless microphones. and lighted podium are also considered standard. See Table 6. projection screens..7.5. etc. In addition to a projection booth.4 in Chapter 6 for auditorium space standards. large graphics monitors. This is the central meeting place for the student body to participate in large group discussions. overhead projectors. coats.4. Projection/Audiovisual Booth. This is typically designed to accommodate rear-screen projection (optional). Additional equipment usually includes video projectors.1. Space must be included in the seminar for student study materials. The audience should have an unobstructed view of the raised speaker platform and projection screen.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
167
allow free circulation while working on case projects. 2. The classroom is also typically equipped with an array of equipment to include a lectern/podium.3. See Table 6.1. and research space. cameras.4 in Chapter 6 for classroom space standards. and various special EPME-related ceremonies. distinguished visitors. such as the Senior Noncommissioned Officer Academy (SNCOA). supplies.7.6 m2 [600 ft2]). 2. In addition.17. These areas should normally include CCTV and phone service. and other invited groups. Schools with two or more seminars should have an auditorium. lesson aids. private area for guest speakers to perform last minute preparations and relax prior to their presentations. videotape review stations. The auditorium should include appropriate lighting controls to include adjustable lighting in the audience seating area as well as the speaker platform.3. speakers. the auditorium supports presentations by guest lecturers.1. classroom should also be acoustically rated to minimize sound transmission between seminars. it is not essential that this space be all in one room.3 m2 (100 ft2) for each seminar greater than four (e. securable storage for high-value equipment.17. marker boards. and doing small group cluster work is essential.3. computer work stations.

3 m2 (100 ft2 ) plus 2. Larger PME operations include a Director of Operations and a Director of Resources. Furnishings typically include a conference table for small group consultations as well as hosting of dignitaries.2.7.4.17. this area must accommodate high traffic and be designed with enough open space to allow easy access to support equipment. Director Offices. For planning purposes.1.3.3. The area should occupy a significant. This lounge should provide a comfortable. Administrative Areas. It must be sized to accommodate typical support equipment such as file cabinets. etc. highly visible space. 2. 2.3. the average net area is 13.1.3. guests. These essential attributes support the mission requirement to inspire commitment to the profession of arms.3. the average net area is 23 m2 (250 ft2). 2. 2.2. These areas are important for student social interaction and the display of unique accomplishments of distinguished airmen.7. Minimum net area is 11.17.3. an eight-seminar school would earn 19 m2 [200 ft2]). In addition to serving as a student break area.2.3.17. as well as a receiving area for new students and visitors. Provides important pictorial and static displays of unique enlisted contributions to airpower as well as locally-significant historical information.2. and designed to provide necessary space for student processing and customer service.7. 2. This area should establish the professional tone for the entire facility.7. Interaction Areas. 2.3.7.2.6 m2 (125 ft2) per seminar (this roughly equates to one-fourth the area of the classrooms).g.17. Commandant/Program Manager’s Office.3. Ideally. and DVs. This high-visibility area is the first part of the EPME center visited by most students.17. 2.3. FAX machines. it is located near the facility entrance. See Chapter 6 for administrative space standards. These areas provide for personnel administration activities and student educational support services. Heritage Room.. 2. Reception Area. The lounge should include a sink and space for a refrigerator and microwave. This office is a C size office (13.17.3. Administrative Area. but if this is not practical or possible. this area will be located in conjunction with the Administrative Area.17. the average net area is 9. The nature of these functions dictates a
.3.9 m2 (150 ft2).7. For planning purposes. It should also be wired for CCTV. this area is commonly used for events such as course icebreakers and pregraduation socials.3 m2 (25 ft2) for each seminar greater than four (e. This room ties directly to the effective educational goal regarding commitment to the profession of arms.17. Space must be included to allow display case access. copiers.5.17. it should be located near the command section.3. attractive setting for student interaction. For planning purposes. This office must present a professional appearance and reflect the importance of this enlisted position.3.168
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.94 m2 /150 ft2). Student Service Area. Student Lounge.3.7. etc.7.3.7. In addition to supporting the administrative staff. Ideally.

6. these offices should be as close to classrooms as possible. Dimensions. the average net area is 17 m2 (180 ft2).17. storage of research/lesson support materials. Conference Room. which usually involves various activities such as volleyball and aerobic activity. Provide 15 percent overflow seating for visitors. 2. If possible.3. For planning purposes.3.7.7. and is especially important where fitness center facilities are not in close proximity to the school.7.3.3. 2. Minimum size should be based on size and demographics of staff. See Table 6.15 m2 /120 ft2). The areas are identified by Training Area (CATCODE 939449). 2. as well as conduct continued in-service faculty training.7. These should be of sufficient size and privacy to provide for student counseling sessions. attractive setting for staff interaction and include a sink and space for a refrigerator and microwave oven.3. Instructor-led and supervised physical fitness programs require regular use of changing/shower facilities for the faculty.7.7. An EPME center requires one or more adjoining outdoor areas for the following described activities. one-on-one instructor training.43 m2 /80 ft2). Design Considerations. a typical area for 30 students contains about 470 m2 (560 yd2).1.3 in Chapter 6 for break room/lounge space standards.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
169
private office of sufficient size for small group work. Instructor Lounge. This area supports those requirements.7.17.17. 2. variable lighting.17.8. peer discussions. school management activities. 2. podium. shower capability should be included. 2. projection equipment. Indoor physical conditioning is
.10. This is a highly desirable option where possible.3 and Chapter 6 of this Manual.17.17. Locker Rooms.5. This securable area provides room for storage of sensitive test items and computerized workstations including scanner equipment and printers. Ideally. These areas are used to host internal and outside conferences.1. These rooms are typically equipped with a large CCTV monitor.17. It should also be wired for CCTV. 2.7.5.3.3.4 in Chapter 6 for conference room space standards. The lounge should provide a comfortable. adequate space for uniform storage/changing should be included in the office space.3.7. and seating for two (counseling/consultation).5. Instructor Offices. 2. One outdoor area supports the physical fitness program prescribed by the particular PME level. and some type of separate sound system. 2.3. See paragraph 2. Where separate locker rooms cannot be provided.17. Computer/Test Analysis Room. See Table 6. This office is a D size office (11.3.1. This area supports the staff and instructors as a private break/discussion area.7.17. computer station. Schools of four seminars or larger require a conference room. The required size of the area will vary according to the size of the student body and program schedules.4. computer stations. This office is an E size office (7.7.17.9. and subordinate as well as student counseling.

e.5. and renovation of dormitories shall be based on existing criteria. Table 2. This requirement must be considered in the facility design and location and in the control of the surrounding activities. An outdoor formation area with access to a stationary flag pole and room for open ranks inspections of students is required to support program requirements.17..3 m2 (100 ft2) per each additional seminar over four See Table 6.7. 2. The design.7.1.7.95/Person 23 m2 (250 ft2) 11. Dormitory Requirements.17. Noncommissioned Officer Academy [NCOA] and SNCOA) is supported exclusively as dedicated transient VA Lodging operated by the host base Services Squadron. Functional Space Requirements for PME Facilities. Size should be based on the size of the student body.4 See Table 6. students should be housed as close to the PME academic facility as possible.
Area Education Areas Seminar Rooms Auditorium1 Projection/Audiovisual Booth Guest Speaker/DV Waiting Lounge Learning Resource Center 23 m2 (250 ft2) 14 m2 (150 ft2) 37 m2 (400 ft2) +9.2. Classrooms and study areas require protection from outside noise so that a proper learning environment is maintained. construction.2.1.170 conducted in the base gymnasium.5.5.6 m2 (125 ft2)
.17.33.3.
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. Whenever practical. Most EPME housing (i.4 Net Building Area m2 (ft2) Additive Net Area Comments
Interaction Areas Heritage Room Student Lounge Administrative Areas Reception Area Administrative Area1 14 m2 (150 ft2) 5. 2.

18. Adequate office and classroom space with appropriate heating and cooling are required in the academic and practical training area.18.3.5.1. As per paragraph 2.3 and 6. This facility should be located in close proximity to the operational parking apron to facilitate towing of designated aircraft utilized for load crew training. however. Dimensions. If operation of an aircraft's Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) is required during load crew training. inside facilities should be provided to the maximum extent possible during periods of extreme inclement weather. facility design considerations must be made to properly purge the
.1. Facility assets and deficiencies are determined under procedures given in paragraph 2. 2. The space requirement for facility acquisitions under CATCODE 171875 is established by the dimensions of the selected training aircraft plus minimum clearances necessitated by safety. Scope Determination.4.7.18. Responsibility for the munitions loading crew training rests with the Squadron Commander and munitions supervision.7.7. Additional storage space for weapons training aids.3 and 6. where not practical. Requirements Determination. The training is conducted in a lecture classroom and on an aircraft parked either in a facility dedicated to load crew training or in available covered aircraft maintenance space (dock or hangar) designated for training use.4. 2.3. 2. See paragraph 2.3.18.2. Description. Design requirements for space occupied either full.7. It is recommended that bomber aircraft have dedicated load-training facilities.2.7. When the classroom adjoins the dock or hangar containing the training aircraft.4 in Chapter 6 of this Manual.4.7. and tool kits may be required.7. The purpose of the training is to ensure that loading crews acquire and maintain the knowledge and physical proficiency necessary to perform their functions in a safe and efficient manner.18. support equipment.18. and storage needs. 2.1.7. 2. 2.1. the training aids can usually be stored in the larger space. space requirements can be increased to provide needed storage and handling space for training aids (munitions items). Design Considerations.3 and Tables 6.172 OPR: AF/A4LW OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
2. training. Responsibility for the weapons loading crew training rests with the Operations Group or Maintenance Group Commanders.7.1. Space requirements are determined under Tables 6.18.or part-time for training include provision of interior environmental conditions that support and enhance execution of the training mission. The need to provide covered space for the training aircraft under CATCODE 171875 is determined on the basis of a study that encompasses (a) the feasibility of conducting the training outdoors and (b) the possibility that training requirements can be satisfied through part-time occupancy of space in existing covered aircraft maintenance space or in space to be acquired to meet a deficiency in covered maintenance space.18.7.7.4 in Chapter 6 of this Manual and the guidance in paragraph 2.

Types of ranges include air-toair. A four-position range is normally adequate.21.7. Obtain design guidance from AFSFC/SFXW. Ranges are required to provide training in bombing. Information concerning the quantities of land required and facilities to be provided for an individual or consolidated range is contained in AFI 13-212.5. Improvements to areas normally required prior to use as a range are control facilities for scoring targets. and operation of all range facilities.1. Range.1. and operation of all range facilities. Design Considerations. surrounding clear zones. Dimensions.
2.7.21. 2. and the use of automatic weapons.7. and appropriate targets.7.22.2. It permits firing of 40 mm low velocity grenades fired from grenade launchers such as the M79. 2. and communications facilities. Requirements Determination. FAC: 1793 CATCODE: 179481 OPR: AF/A3O-AR OCR: AFCEE/TDR 2.21.7. FAC: 1761 CATCODE: 179477 OPR: AFSFC/SFXW OCR: 575 CBSS/ WR-ALC.21. construction. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.7. Description. M320. Range Planning and Operations. range configuration. and MK19/47. Description. firing rockets and missiles. M203.5.174
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 2.21.20. air-to-ground.7. Environmental assessments under AFI 32-7061 are required in the selection.7.22. 2.22. Environmental Assessments are required in the selection.22. Dimensions. Design Considerations. site selection. 2. minimum access facilities.3.7.7. Scope Determination.3. AFCESA/CEOA 2.4. See ETL 11-18. and ground-to-air. Aircraft.7. 2. construction. 2. Scope Determination. and range geometric design.
. 2. Requirements Determination. See AFI 327061.22.21. The range must be a vacant area that can be used without hazard to life or property. 2.2. The range consists of a cleared open area containing an impact and roll-out area. See ETL 11-18. See ETL 11-18 for further information on range types. Grenade Launcher Range. combination ranges.4.7. AFCEE/TDR.

A drafting pit and fire hydrant should be included as well as a fuel dispensing system connected to a storage tank and servicing connection.23. and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1.7. 2.23. See ETL 11-18. A non-combustible facility is needed for structural fire training. Use AFI 32-7041 as a reference for planning. construction.22. 2. Site Selection Criteria for Fire Protection Training Areas.2.2.2. 2. A Standardized Design. Description.
. Dimensions. 2. 2.23. programming.2.7. and operation of all range facilities. double lined fire training facility and closed loop. or expanded facilities must be sited according to ETL 91-4. 2. and operation/maintenance.7.2. three to four stories preferred. New.7.23. but not limited to.2.7. 2. renovated. Fire Fighter Training Facility. including drive-around capability by the largest assigned vehicle.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
175
2.4. Adequate pollution control devices required to meet local.3. 2. with multiple height roofs. FAC: 1795 CATCODE: 179511 OPR: AFCESA/CEXF OCR: AFCESA/CEO 2. Locate facilities to comply with explosives safety standards.7. and selected weapons systems.7. See AFI 327061 for further information. 2.23. Mockup and spill area for three dimensional fires is required.1 and 1. Liquid propane is the primary fuel.8.6 should be in place including. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Crash Fire Rescue Training Facility-3J (jet fueled) or 3P (propane fueled) is available from AFCESA/CEO.23. Design Considerations. This facility supports the recurrent proficiency training of fire suppression personnel permitting realistic live training fires in structures.2.5. Requirements Determination.7.23.7.3.7. design. 2. construction.23. state. no discharge facility.5. A stabilized area around the spill area is required to permit all weather multidirectional access.7. aircraft.7. Environmental Assessments are required in the selection.3.4. Scope Determination.1.23.1.5.23. Facility requires a mockup of a typical mission assigned aircraft located in a bermed enclosure commensurate with the typical aircraft fuel load. Design Considerations. This facility should be multiple stories.23.

were unknown or under development at the time of this document’s publication and. Maintenance hangars provide space for aircraft maintenance. and technical order (TO) compliance and modifications. 3.1. 3.1.1. Hangar. or future weapon systems. One maintenance space may be provided in a hangar sized for the largest aircraft assigned to the base.4.176 Chapter 3
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
FACILITY CLASS 2. Fire Protection Engineering Criteria-New Aircraft Facilities.1. major maintenance on fuel systems. FAC: 2111 CATCODE: 211111 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: N/A 3. See Chapter 1 of this Manual for additional facility compliance requirements. Review fire detection and suppression requirements before mission or aircraft change or facility renovation. E-3A.1. and orientation of facilities.2. landing gear retraction tests. tool rooms. Description. 3. 3. See UFC 3-260-01 for additional information on aircraft maintenance areas.1. and inspection activities that are most efficiently done under complete cover. some facility requirements. ETL 02-15. and aircrew flight equipment shops. Reference UFC 3-600-01.3. aircraft gun systems. unique. Fire Protection Engineering Criteria-Existing Aircraft Facilities. Hangars must support aircraft maintenance. state.1.
. and KC-10 aircraft.1. as required by AFI 32-7040. support areas. and federal requirements in respect to air emissions. repair. Hangars and docks provide space for scheduled inspections.1. such as those for newer. Category Group 21. aircraft weighing. are not included. and ETL 98-8.1. therefore. This chapter covers facility requirements for common Air Force maintenance facilities. Separate studies are used to determine hangar requirements to accommodate C5. Requirements Determination. 3.1.1.2. aircraft weighing and other maintenance and inspection activities. MAINTENANCE FACILITIES 3. 3. However. E-4. airframe repairs.1. General Criteria. Maintenance Facilities.1. Aircraft maintenance facilities will comply with local. Maintenance. Contact the lead MAJCOM or OPR for standard facility requirements not contained in this Manual.2.1.2.1. Special consideration may be needed for storage of explosives components such as egress seats. Locate facilities to comply with explosives safety standards. 3.2.

1. 3. and Paint Removal. One additional covered work space is authorized if the corrosion control workload exceeds the covered work space allocated under Table 3.2.3. issuing.3. The additional space must be provided as a single aircraft space because of isolation requirements stipulated in TO 42A-1-1.3. (Computation for Special Missions). To compute the gross area of the hangar.3. Fire Precaution. and office functions. Small Aircraft Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211177). Safety.6. multiply the interior dimensions by a factor of 1. Contact OPR for latest version of TO 42A-1-1.2. To calculate the number of authorized covered spaces for Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC) and for installations in arctic climates.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
177
3. Arrange the templates in various combinations to find the arrangement that most efficiently conserves space and permits maintenance operations.1 applies only to units with repetitive flying hour programs or relatively constant monthly operations in non-arctic conditions.1 and/or for special missions.2. parking material.2. Determine the square footage requirements for maintenance hangars by the method described below for computing covered maintenance spaces.1. Medium Aircraft Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211175). environmental and climatic factors.1. and Fuel System Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211179) may be used to meet the space requirements. Computation for Special Missions. Dock space described under Large Aircraft Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211173).1. 3. Do not overlook tail heights.1. 3.3. Scope Determination. structural protuberances in facilities. and Health Promotion Aspects of Painting.5.3. 3.2.2.2. Calculate the number of authorized covered maintenance spaces by using the procedures in Table 3. Doping. and the turn radius of tow vehicles connected to aircraft.3. inspection. An excessive corrosion control workload occurs with some combinations of numbers and types of aircraft.3. Space requirements will be determined by the existing contract.4.2. storing. or both. and the availability of scheduled depot maintenance.2. To determine the interior dimensions of dock and hangar bays. the height and width of door openings.1.15.1. use templates representing the aircraft (see CATCODE 113321 for aircraft dimensions) and floor plans of existing and proposed docks and hangars made to the same scale.1. support equipment maintenance.1 or paragraph 3. 3. The facility will be located in close proximity to the flight line and contain areas for receiving.1.3. use the dimensions of the largest aircraft that occupies the bay plus the minimum clearances shown in Table 3. To determine the most efficient combination of facility use and aircraft positioning. Space will be provided for Contractor Operated Maintenance Base Supply (COMBS). The formula in Table 3.2.6. use the following formula:
. 3.

1. Contact AMC/A7 for additional guidance and approval source documentation.178
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
S = H x A / 176 Where: S = Spaces authorized H = Average number of hours in dock per aircraft. Classified secure areas will be alarmed in accordance with applicable local security directives.8. 3. Space may be required within the covered aircraft maintenance area for portable maintenance aid docking stations and/or maintenance support workstations and equipment. Floors of maintenance hangars should allow aircraft loadings as specified in Chapter 2 of this Manual. KC-10.7. within the hangar. design maintenance facilities for generic aircraft use. Secured space will be required for the storage of classified components temporarily removed from aircraft.5.1. a KC-10’s length. 3. See paragraphs 3.2. Siting of new hangars must comply with UFC 3-260-01. 3.1 and 3. 3.5. This will be determined during the site-specific facility planning. 3. Any area where the APU will be operated should be checked to prevent damage to overhead infrastructure. The amount of hardware at any particular covered aircraft maintenance area depends on the planned maintenance activities. if one or two bays are used for completing scheduled aircraft inspections.2. Dimensions.g.5. and a KC-10’s height.2.1.1.1. Some aircraft utilize an Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) for engine start.1.
.3. Design Considerations.2.2 below. C-17.2. See Tables 3. 3.1. A generic aircraft facility is defined as being suitable for an aircraft with a C-17’s wing span. Security Requirement.1.. and like-size aircraft. 3. excluding C-5).3. For example.2.1.5. Wherever feasible. maintenance facilities should be designed to maximize current and future utility.2. If an APU is to be used inside of a facility.2.1. considerations should be made for ventilation of the exhaust gases.4. For large Air Mobility Aircraft (e. Special purpose space may be authorized when justified.1.5.1.3 above.3.1. then appropriate communication is required for supporting the docking stations and/or workstations. 3. based on maintenance experience or development and test experience data for new aircraft A = Average number of aircraft programmed for maintenance each month 176 = Hours per month (22 x 8) 3. Generic Hangar Facilities for AMC Tanker Aircraft. Door openings must be wide and tall enough for aircraft to be pulled into and out of the facility.1.5.2.2 through 3.2.4.5.

FAC: 2112 CATCODE: 211152 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: N/A 3. The shelter needs an open area for an optical target area. Dimensions.4. tool crib. Requirements Determination.3.3. The shelter is open in warm climates and closed in cold climates. and equipment awaiting repairs (see CATCODE 452252).4. and Civil Engineering.2. Sufficient space is required to support technical order storage and management. Aircraft General Purpose. Administration. life raft bottle servicing area. A shelter is authorized for every 18 aircraft (F-22. Requirements Determination. The shop also has space for work. and servicing functions. storage. Most maintenance hangars and docks are inappropriate because the structure interferes with the radar or lacks a clear target area nearby. repair. Description. Egress Shop. and/or A-10).1. Design Considerations.1.3. See AFI 21-112.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
181
3. telecommunications. F-16. aircraft parts. Shop.1. cryogenics maintenance area.4. administration. It normally includes work benches.3. Contact OPR for additional guidance. bench stock. battery servicing area (two separate areas. The Egress facility should be enclosed and separated from other inhabited buildings or areas whenever possible. Reclamation and fabrication activities may require an open storage yard for aircraft. inspection. and personnel locker space.2. This facility is necessary to calibrate fire control systems. for off-equipment egress maintenance.1.1. It may also be a holding area for aircraft cryogenic servicing carts. This facility must be large enough to accommodate the average number of egress components requiring maintenance and storage at any one time.1. if Ni-Cad and lead acid batteries both require servicing). tool cribs.1. Core Automated Management System (CAMS)
.4. 3. 3. This facility provides for specialized and general aircraft maintenance functions. The shop provides space for specialized maintenance activities such as metals technology. 3. The egress shop contains: 3.1. Security Forces. Explosives storage. generator and constant speed drive (CSD) test stand area (if required).4.1. 3.5. and grounding capabilities must be consider when maintaining Advanced Concept Ejection System (ACES) II units.2. egress shop and reclamation operations on crash damaged aircraft and equipment. The location of the facility must be approved by the fire department. for additional information on egress facilities. and security of supplies and reparable parts.1.1. lockers. 3. bench stocks. 3. maintenance. administrative space. aerospace systems shops.1.4.1. The electrical and environmental systems (E&E) element encompasses aircraft and related E&E maintenance. F-15. Aircrew Egress Systems. Scope Determination.2.3.

ACES II seat maintenance requires room for repacking drogue chutes as well as simultaneous canopy maintenance for F-16 aircraft. 3.4.182
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 input (or equivalent).5.030 kPa (150 psi) of air. a compressed air source in each shop providing 1. Table 3. life-raft servicing. A waste oil disposal system to reclaim petroleum based oils and synthetic oils.1. Scope Determination.1.1. when possible and within funding constraints.1. Consolidated tool kits (CTK) and support equipment storage should also be placed in this area. ventilation systems (to accommodate fiberglass. Provide a fire suppression system.1.1.4.4. a monorail crane hoist system. time change management. and air conditioning to protect Computer Numerically Controlled industrial plant equipment as required. 3.4. See Chapter 6 of this Manual for additional administrative space standards. 3.4.1.2.5. 3.4 (below).4.3. 3.4.1.3 for general maintenance facility criteria. a multi-phase (110.2. See Table 3.1. See paragraphs 3.g. See Tables 3.5. Table 3. Consider providing a storage area for shop support equipment (e. but not limited to. and plating shop operations).4 for specific egress shop requirements). the E&E functions should be collocated as closely as possible within the same building. cryogenic cart maintenance. Size will vary depending upon weapon system.1.4. is required. Special ventilation and floor drainage is required.5. 3.2 through 3. Floor space and door openings must allow movement and repair of the largest item to be repaired in each shop. Storage.2 (above)..3 and 3. 3. and generator and CSD test stand areas. plastic. These shops may be in one building or several buildings. refrigerant and ODC recovery systems. Maintenance. Locate facilities to comply with UFC 3-260-01. welding. An emergency eye wash station and shower are mandatory near the battery servicing area. However.3.1.3 lists total gross space requirements for general purpose maintenance shops based on the mission. 240 and 480 voltage) electrical system as required. the following E&E maintenance areas: Battery servicing. No maintenance can be performed in this area in accordance with AFMAN 91-201.1. and cryogenic vacuum and purge carts).1. and general administrative processes.1. Design Considerations.3. Dimensions. jacks. 3. portable hoists.2. This area must be solely utilized for explosives.2.4.
.1. Actual space requirements will depend on the mission and size of related E&E support equipment and the working area required to perform assigned functions. Dispersing the shops allows use of space in suitable existing buildings such as hangars.

1. Shop. task training. Scheduling. Requirements Determination.1. Organizational. 3.3 (above). for additional and detailed NDI facility requirements.298 ft2).5. 3.5. The shop may be in any existing building that can be modified to provide air conditioning. inspecting.1. Contact OPR for the most current version of TO 33B-1-1.1. Description.000 ft2) for a laboratory. Space requirements depend on the size of required equipment and the working area required to perform the functions. maintaining/storing required aircraft maintenance equipment/tools.
.1. Aircraft.6. and launching/recovering assigned aircraft. Scope Determination. A/HMUs are responsible for servicing. Undergraduate pilot training (UPT) bases and bases with F-15s assigned are authorized space for an X-ray exposure room that can accommodate an entire aircraft. Each A/HMU needs an operational building for administration. and aircraft equipment/tool storage. There is normally one A/HMU for each assigned Operations Squadron (OS). Additional space could be required for aircraft field service representatives. The facility must have air conditioning for storage of X-ray film and operation of the oil analysis spectrometer.3. 3. and a room of 56 m2 (600 ft2) or more for the X-ray exposure room. and laboratory space. Nondestructive Inspection Methods. and ensuring all mobility requirements are met.1. Debrief and Support.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
185
testing facilities. and provide shielding in X-ray exposure rooms.5.2.2 and 3. 3. in addition to the space authorized in Table 3. The design must include sufficient space for the aircraft.6. 490 m2 (5. 3.200 ft2) and for F-15 bases.1. adequate ceiling heights.6. Design Considerations. Facilities at UPT bases require approximately 300 m2 (3. 3. maintaining. Consult TO 33B-1-1.5. Weapons. A/HMUs may include the following sections: Production. (Aircraft/Helicopter Maintenance Unit [A/HMU]) FAC: 2112 CATCODE: 211154 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AF/A4O-A 3.1. A lead shielded opening should be provided in the wall between the X-ray exposure room and the control room to allow for passage of X-ray equipment control cables. training. briefing. provide specified clearances. supply storage. This building is a main control point for all A/HMU maintenance activities.5.3 above.5. and tool storage. equipment storage. analysis and report offices.1. Basic Theory.4.2. Dimensions. administration. nondestructive testing facility are authorized 370 m2 (4. All bases required to have a full.1. Equipment/tool storage may be in a separate building.5. See paragraph 3. equipment storage. Requirements Determination. scheduling. Aircraft Maintenance. Specialist.

See paragraph 3. Description. repair.7.930 m2 (20.2.1. training room. bearing room. Design Considerations.1. gas turbine compressors.1. Use the following formula to determine space requirements: Figure 3.1. Example: for the J85 engine.1. one-half the number of installed engines in authorized aircraft (USAF PD.7.7. cleaning room. divide the product of A(2). and engine accessories. average flow days per engine (see Table 3.1. This shop maintains and stores aircraft engines. replacement. Locate facilities to comply with explosives safety standards.7. compressor balancing. inspection.) B = Work flow.7. accessories such as after burners. parts supply. Scope Determination. A typical shop has a high-bay. C(102). This maintenance for aircraft jet engines.5. and D(13) by E(22) for an X value of 1.) C = Workload.3. and modules. The engine maintenance areas require a ceiling height that will accommodate the installation of a bridge crane system and monorail system with a minimum overhead
.
3. include Queen Bee workloads) D = Engine work space area (double the engine length times quadruple the engine width. and administrative support. spare engines. and add the results to determine the shop's total space requirements. Major functions performed in the shop are disassembly. 3.7. computer room. B(16). and assembly of engine components.6. 3. technical order compliance. facility is necessary to provide
3.2. thrust reversers. Calculating Space Requirements for Jet Inspection and Maintenance Shop.770 ft2). Dimensions.1.6. a direct and indirect support area for non-powered support equipment. direct engine maintenance work area with overhead crane.3 above. tool room.188 OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
3.) E = Average number of workdays per month (22 days)
Use the formula for each type of engine to be maintained. see Table 3.
X=AxBxCxD/E Where: X = Total space requirements A = Support space (see Table 3.4.6. Requirements Determination.

which includes preparation and drying areas.1. Complete aircraft corrosion control and strip and repaint facilities are authorized only at AFMC depots. 3. 3. AETC bases.2. weapons and munitions.1. painting removable aircraft parts. This facility also provides space for the corrosion control shop. base facilities are primarily designed for cleaning and maintaining protective coating/corrosion control systems. and MAJCOM regional corrosion prevention and control facilities. and a corrosion-approved facility to perform aircraft maintenance painting. aerospace ground equipment. Requirements Determination.2
. 3. vehicles.4. Description.3. paint booths for mixing and/or applying paint. abrasive blasting rooms.3. paint stripping. AETC pilot training bases. the centralized or regional facility must not be linked to the maximum number of covered facilities as described in CATCODE 211111. and avionics shops.1. the MAJCOMs may use this facility to supplement depot painting requirements. stripping.8. 3. may need a strip/repaint hangar in addition to an aircraft corrosion control hangar. 3. and painting of aircraft components and other associated support equipment.2. tool storage. the facility can accommodate surface preparation and repainting of the aircraft.8. inspections. but the minimum required facilities include a wash rack. A hangar provides enclosed space for aircraft washing and for inspecting the aircraft for corrosion damage. Dimensions. ground support equipment. shop space for complete corrosion treatment.1. corrosion repairing.8. Additionally.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: N/A
191
3. and administrative areas. The corrosion control shops are necessary to provide an enclosed area for corrosion treatment. This facility provides hangar space for corrosion treating. At centralized and/or regional support bases.3.8. Scope Determination. 3. such as depot-type operations. and at regional support bases as determined by MAJCOM needs.8. Specific workloads vary from base to base. Corrosion control shops are also required to support small aircraft components.3.8. The required size for this centralized or regional complete strip-and-repaint facility is the minimum size required to accommodate the largest aircraft supported. The number and size of corrosion control facilities is the minimum size required to accommodate the largest aircraft serviced and workload required to support the total Air Force corrosion control concept.1. Some installations.1. oil.1.1. Corrosion control is both a base and a depot responsibility. Base facility requirements emphasize prevention and detection. Since freedom from dirt. Mid-life scuff and complete repaint is required to support each base. Due to the unique purpose of these facilities. Determine the required interior dimension of an aircraft bay by the largest aircraft dimensions and the required structural clearances listed in Table 3. and repainting of an entire aircraft and an environmentally controlled area to wash aircraft.3. lockers.1. and other contaminants is important in this regard.8.

1.5. Description.1. 3.1 and 1. 3.9. corrosion control shop.9.1. 3. Bases with a large number of aircraft (above 40 large or medium aircraft assigned) or in a severely corrosive area are authorized. state.5.1.6 in this Manual. and local requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1.330 ft2). Base corrosion control operations require collection. The abrasive blasting rooms shall be located away from the paint booths to eliminate contamination.5.. The corrosion control shops may require up to 530 m2 (5.8. Minimum requirements for an F-15 facility is 492 m2 (5.9.3.5.2 through 3. paint stripping agents. Design Considerations. 3. Minimum aircraft separation is 3 m (10 ft) on each side to facilitate maintenance stands.1.1. and other substances generated by aircraft cleaning. See paragraphs 3. Aircraft Weapons System Cleaning & Corrosion Control. 3. paint residue.1.3. Corrosion Control Utility Storage. FAC: 2111 CATCODE: 211173
. and/or strip/paint hangars.2. and disposal facilities for oils. Large Aircraft Maintenance Dock.1. treatment.5.1.9.292 ft2) and an F-22 facility is 495 m2 (5. electric power. tools. A separate storage building is required for safety and fire prevention.8.8.700 ft2) for medium size aircraft.
3. Corrosion control facilities need hot and cold water. cleaning tools. alkalis.1. a corrosion control hangar and a wash hangar. The storage buildings must maintain temperatures between 10°C (50°F) and 27°C (80°F) and are to meet all federal.192
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 (above).1.9.3.1. FAC: 4423 CATCODE: 211161 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: N/A 3. hydroxides. and TO 1-1-8. salts. etc.8.1.9. 3.3 above. and is normally adjacent to the wash. with proper justification. This facility is a separate storage building for storing cleaning supplies.1. For detailed information on corrosion control operations see TO 1-1-691. Application of Organic Coatings. Siting of new hangars must comply with UFC 3-260-01. 3.2.1. corrosion and stripping supplies.9. Scope Determination. Dimensions.3 for general maintenance facility criteria. paint. The required size for the storage building is the minimum size required to accommodate the corrosion work area.1.10. 3. Requirements Determination. 3.8. See paragraph 3. Design Considerations.4.1. and compressed air.1.

2. latrines. Maintenance docks provide protected space for aircraft maintenance. Scope Determination. Before planning an additional fuel systems maintenance dock. depending on workload requirements.10. This facility has space for an aircraft parking bay and support space for heating. Requirements Determination. some base missions have a demonstrable requirement based on workload records. FAC: 2114 CATCODE: 211183 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: WR-ALC/579 CBSS 3.
. ventilation.1. fire extinguishing systems. 3. They contain heating. consider the possibility of converting an existing aircraft maintenance dock if remaining aircraft maintenance dock space could support other aircraft maintenance requirements. 3. 3.1 provide the required number of dock spaces for aircraft maintenance.2 through 3.11.4. For assistance in determining the proper unit. This is a reinforced concrete structure that houses a thrust bed and test equipment designed for the specific facility or the standard test stand.1.1.2. plumbing.11. Description. Docks used for fuel systems maintenance also include mechanical ventilation.1.1. PAA. weather conditions.10. contact the appropriate Air Logistics Center. See paragraphs 3. and compressed air systems and are usually insulated. including fuel systems maintenance. plumbing. 3.1.1.10.11. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations. and fire detection and suppression.1. The fuel system maintenance dock may need additional fire detection and suppression. These may come out of the base total dock allowance (Table 3.1. However.1. compressed air. electricity. fume sensing and alarm. and wash down drainage trenches.2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: N/A
193
(NOTE: Criteria below is also used for Medium Aircraft Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211175). See Tables 3.10.1.1) or be added to it. and projections for additional docks.5. and Fuel System Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211179). Test Cell.3 for general maintenance facility criteria. Only depot test cells need ready rooms.1. Description. 3.1. Siting of new hangars must comply with UFC 3-26001.1 and 3. 3.10. CATCODE 211111 and Table 3. Small Aircraft Maintenance Dock (CATCODE 211177).1. Dimensions. 3.3. The normal requirement for Fuel Systems Maintenance Docks (CATCODE 211179) is one per base.

3.000 ft) from the shop and tests more than 25 engines each month. Design Considerations.12. 3.1. See the Hush House Site Planning Bulletin for further guidance.1. 3. Requirements Determination. In the ready room.1. Scope Determination. thus allowing more engines to be tested on the stand in a short time. 3. are government furnished equipment. Design Considerations.
3. FAC: 2118 CATCODE: 211193 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: WR-ALC/579 CBSS 3. Test Stand (/Hush House) Facility. This facility generally does not accommodate an aircraft. The Jet Engine Intermediate Maintenance Shop. The parameters of Table 3. (Missile Assembly Shop/Integrated Maintenance Facility [IMF]) FAC: 2121
. utility support. may require a test cell for support.3.12. 3. engines are prepared for the test stand. The size of the test cell depends on the type of engine to be tested. it is not real property.1. WR-ALC/579 CBSS is designated inventory manager and is responsible for equipment programming and procurement and for establishing criteria used in programming and constructing support items in the military construction program. (NOTE: Hush House sound suppressers are equipment items associated with CATCODE 116665.12.1. Test stands and/or hush house require utility support and foundations.1.12. Scope Determination. Siting must consider the impact of high noise levels and resonant harmonics on adjacent facilities. 3.11. Hush houses and test stands. Space requirements depend on the type of aircraft or engine to be tested. Description.) 3. Foundation design should consider the vibrations encountered in this type of facility.1.4.5. (CATCODE 211157). a ready room of 74 m2 (800 ft2) may be programmed. Obtain additional information through WR-ALC/579 CBSS. If the test stand is farther than 910 m (3. Obtain additional information through WR-ALC/579 CBSS. Dimensions.11.1. The thrust capacity of the cell depends on the engines to be tested.12.1.13.2.4.12.5. Test and/or hush house stands are authorized by an applicable Table of Allowance (TA). Construction includes modifying an existing aircraft parking apron. A test stand and/or hush house consists of technical equipment procured with aircraft appropriations and real property constructed with military construction appropriations. Installed equipment remains equipment. Shop.194
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 3. where approved.1. Missile Assembly. 3.1. Dimensions. installing technical equipment. and a test stand and/or hush house.1 apply.11.

3.6.5. 3.13.1. Requirements are unique to each type of weapons system and space requirements can be obtained through acquisition contracts.2.5. as required by AFI 32-7040. 3. Requirements Determination.1.13.5.1.1.13. 400Hz. The facility requires space for a hydraulic unit and emergency electric power generator.13.4. 3.5.2.3. Dimensions.13.1.6 in respect to fuel vapor emissions. state. Design Considerations. Interior Electrical Systems.1.9-Std and AFMAN 91-201. The facility may also require 120VAC.1. office space. Provide low pressure air (0-150 pound-force per square inch gauge [psig]) and high pressure air (0-3500 psig). 3.5.13. 3. a ready room.13. Refer to AFMAN 91-201 for additional guidance on personnel and propagation protection between operating bays.13. 3. and AFMAN 91-201. Missile shops will comply with local.
. Separate facilities will be provided if SDW criteria in AFMAN 91201 cannot be met. a tool room.5. Facilities will also be equipped with surge protection. This facility is necessary to perform organizational maintenance on missile weapon systems. Substantial Dividing Walls (SDW) between operating bays to support concurrent operations as per the criteria in AFMAN 91-201. It also supports electrical testing and the evaluation of individual missiles and empty/loaded launcher systems.13. and performing organizational or bench level maintenance support for certain components.4. 3. The maintenance facility consists of drive-through work bays.8.5. Consult AFMAN 91-201for Q-D safety criteria controls design and siting of the shop.1.1.7.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 212212 OPR: AF/A4LW OCR: ACC/A4W
195
3. 3. Obtain additional information from ACC/A4W. The shop requires a transverse mounted hoist for support equipment handling.1. performing organizational level maintenance involving component and subsystem replacement. Facility will be equipped with lightning protection and electrical grounding system according to DoD 6055. Facility should accommodate simultaneous loading of launchers and pylons.5.5. Description.1 and 1. Scope Determination. and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1. 3. This shop provides space for transferring and preparing missiles for operational use. 3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.13.3.1.1. 3phase power dependent on assigned missile systems as described in UFC 3-520-01.1. and latrines. The drive-through work bays should have a smooth approach and apron area.1.13.13.

1. 3.5.5.1.1.1. 3.3 above. See paragraph 3.2. the Air Force Standard for NonExpendable Air Munitions Training Authorizations. 3.14.14.1m x 15. Dimensions. 3. Facility will be equipped with lightning protection and electrical grounding system according to DoD 6055. and a latrine.000 lb) transverse-mounted hoist is required in each bay.5.9-Std and AFMAN 91-201. An adjoining administrative area consists of approximately 232 m2 (2. This facility accommodates missile and glide munitions assembly and disassembly inspection.14. and one for glide weapons systems. High security hasps or Internal Locking Devices (ILD) on all bay doors with the intrusion system are required by AFI 31-101. Munitions Requirements for Aircrew Training.14. This facility is necessary to perform organizational maintenance on missile weapon systems. FAC: 2121 CATCODE: 212213 OPR: AF/A4LW OCR: ACC/A4W 3.14.1. Design Considerations. Tactical Missile.5. Compatibility between the various missile and glide weapon systems has to be considered when determining the total number of required work bays. A 1. 3. and beddown plans. AFI 11-212. Requirements Determination.196
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
3. 3. testing. one for air-to-ground missiles.4.5.
. Scope Determination.14.1.2 m (30 ft x 50 ft).3.1.4. and an administrative area for office space. This facility consists of individual drivethrough work bays. a test cell room for electrical and resistance checks of rocket motors. Consult AFMAN 91-201for Q-D safety criteria controls design and siting of the shop.1. 9.1.1.3. Shops requiring a drive-through paint spray booth must comply with environmental standards. Shop.14.1. 3.810 kg (4. Glide Weapon Maintenance. All bay doors are 3 m (10 ft) high and 5 m (17 ft) wide. depending on mission requirements.14.2. For example. one bay for airto-air missile systems. The proposed Unit Manning Document (UMD) and guidance in this Manual should be used to determine specific personnel administrative space. test plans.14.1. a tool and test equipment support room. The following documents should be utilized to determine the scope of the facility: Unit Committed Munitions List (UCML)—A list that identifies munitions required by a unit to support war plans (primary munitions) and contingency operations (support munitions). ready and training rooms. Description.14.500 ft2 ). and repair. supply and equipment storage. 3. See Chapter 6 for additional guidance on administrative space standards.14. The shop has a minimum of three work bays.1.

Vehicle maintenance shops maintain all government owned vehicles and vehicular equipment assigned to a base.1.15. general repair.15. Scope Determination.1. Low pressure (0 to 150 psig) and high pressure (0 to 3. HVAC for office. Requirements Determination. and offices.7 through 3. painting. Vehicle Management. tool rooms. inspection.1. locker rooms.2. COPARS are not typical for parts support.1. The parts store usually occupies space in the shop or in a nearby building. and minor parts fabrication. Tables 3. upholstery. Fire protection requirements may require review of fire detection and
.15. Any changes or modifications to contractor operated facilities should be coordinated with the local contracting office. Refer to AFMAN 91-201 for additional guidance on personnel and propagation protection between operating bays.14. Provide SDWs between operating bays to support concurrent operations as per the criteria in AFMAN 91-201. including vehicles of tenant organizations.7. testing. Shop operations are usually supported by a government operated parts store or contractor operated parts store (COPARS) established under AFI 23-302. and replacement of major assemblies. 60 Hz. and bays is required.7 through 3. Description.500 psig) air is required. FAC: 2141 CATCODE: 214425 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A 3. single-phase and 115 VAC 400 Hz. The shop provides space and facilities for lubrication. Obtain additional information through your applicable MAJCOM/A4RE and AF/A4LE.5 and Tables 4-12 and 4-13 of UFC 4-730-10.7. 3. 115 VAC.1.5. See Tables 4-12 and 4-13 of UFC 4-730-10 for fire department vehicle maintenance bay and equipment storage requirements. 3. training. 3. See Tables 3.5. 3. 3. Dimensions.14.5. Vehicle Maintenance Shop.1. hazardous material/waste rooms.5.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
197
3. 3. cleaning. Vehicle management’s parking area requirement is 10% of the assigned vehicle fleet for each facility.1.4. 3-phase power is required. parts rooms.1. welding. Design Considerations.15.5 show space requirements for six types of vehicle maintenance shops.15. Separate facilities will be provided if SDW criteria in AFMAN 91-201 cannot be met.6.1. Environmental controls for humidity and temperature are required to assure proper protection for weapon systems and test equipment.1. but still exist in some units. 3.5. Vehicle maintenance is required to procure tires from Supply and will require special levels in the shop due to lack of storage within Supply.3. It also houses support functions such as vehicle management and analysis. Above-ground vehicle hoists are preferable to inground hoists.7.15.14.

1.1.16.16.1.3 above. 3. Dimensions. multiply each vehicle equivalent by 14 m 2 (150 ft2). vehicle maneuvering lanes. This is the same as multiplying each vehicle's length by its width and multiplying by two. FAC: 4415 CATCODE: 214426 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFCESA/CEO 3. Heated parking buildings are needed for motorized aircraft and fuel servicing vehicles at installations where winters are severe.1. Ambulance Shelter (CATCODE 510264).16.16. Design Considerations.1. mechanical room. 3.1.3. If the parking plan has a center aisle. Requirements Determination. The number of vehicles that must be parked in heated buildings varies with the flying mission and type of operation. Vehicle Operations Heated Parking.1. 3.1. and Fire Station (CATCODE 730142) recognize the requirement to provide covered parking space for special purpose vehicles under the respective category code.6 m2 (200 ft2). 3.16.1.3. Severe winters are those with 30 or more days per year of -12°C (10°F) or lower or with an average January temperature of -7°C (20°F) or lower as determined from two 10-year (or longer) weather databases.16. The space requirement is the minimum space required to efficiently accommodate the selected vehicles.3. and other necessary management support functions. determine the total vehicle equivalents for the vehicles selected and multiply by 18. 3. develop a parking plan that reflects typical vehicle dimensions and turning radii.1.4 m (8 ft) separation between parked vehicles and 30 m (100 ft) separation between this building and nearby structures. For planning purposes.2.4.3.16. The wall should have few penetrations. Not more than four large refueling units (such as the R-9 or R-11 type) should be parked in a single structure. Description.5. These
. For a shed-type structure with no interior access lanes. Maintain 2.16. This facility provides a covered and heated environment for certain assigned vehicles.0 vehicle equivalent.16.2. To determine the required space. The space includes vehicle parking stalls. An installation that warrants more than four units may define a single structure as a two hour rated fire wall separating every four bays. 3.3 m2 (100 ft2) for 1. Scope Determination.16.1. The maximum allowance is 40 percent of the fuel servicing vehicles for motorized aircraft assigned to the installation. See paragraph 3. 3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
201
3. use 9. Other facility category codes such as Base Engineer Pavement and Grounds Facility (CATCODE 219943). and these should have two hour fire ratings.3.1.

the Air Force Standard for Non-Expendable Air Munitions Training Authorizations.19.5.
205
3.1. The shop has a minimum of two work bays. approximately 9. 3.20. Facilities storing aircraft guns require a secure room/vault with high security locks. Provide sufficient compressed air outlets throughout the maintenance area.19.1.1. Large (garage-type) roll-up or sliding doors may be required to facilitate entry of equipment into the maintenance and storage areas.11.5.20. 3.19.5. Description.1. test plans.2. 3. surge protection. This facility should be located in close proximity to the operational parking apron and be accessible to vehicles transporting weapons release and gun system components to and from the flight line. 3.20.10. and minor maintenance of various conventional munitions and their respective components. FAC: 2153 CATCODE: 215582 OPR: AF/A4LW OCR: ACC/A4W 3.3.6. Adequate ventilation is necessary in the weapons cleaning room. The maintenance facility consists of drive-through work bays. test bench. 3. and latrines.1.1. Provide explosion-proof fixtures as required.5. 3. office space. inspection.5. depending on mission requirements.1. The following documents should be utilized to determine the scope of the facility: The UCML.5.5. Surveillance and Inspection Shop.20.4.1.19.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 3. AFI 11-212.8.2. a tool room. and lightning protection system.1. This facility accommodates the initial assembly.5.9.1. An adjoining administrative area consists of
. beddown plans.1.1.19.19.1. a ready room. Scope Determination. Requirements Determination. size is dependent on number of assets stored and caliber of weapons. 3. A minimum clear ceiling height may be required in the maintenance and storage areas to allow for fire protection systems and/or installation of an overhead monorail hoist. 3.7.2 m (30 ft x 50 ft). 3.19.1. Volume 1.1 m x 15.3.5. Test equipment may have special electrical requirements.1. Provide grounding. Compatibility between the various munitions has to be considered when determining the total number of required work bays. and AFCAT 21-209. The floor drain in the cleaning room should be connected to an oil-water separator.19.19. 3. An intrusion detection and alarm system may be required in accordance with AFI 31-101.5. Ground Munitions.19. Provide floor drains in maintenance areas as required. 3.5.

Usually a minimum of three 9. Separate facilities will be provided to support concurrent operations if substantial dividing wall criteria in AFMAN 91-201 cannot be met.21.22. Provide lightning protection and electrical grounding system according to DoD 6055.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
207
following documents should be utilized to determine the scope of the facility: The UCML.1.21.8.2.5. the Air Force Standard for Non-Expendable Air Munitions Training Authorizations.9-Std and AFMAN 91-201.4.5. Design Considerations.1. 3. AFI 11-212.21. 3. 3. and bay areas. See paragraph 3. test plans.6. one bay for 20 mm operations. Scope Determination. An adjoining administrative area consists of approximately 232 m 2 (2.4. A 1. Environmental controls for humidity and temperature are required to assure proper protection for weapon systems and test equipment.3 above.21.1.810 kg (4.1.1. Avionics Shop.1. See AFMAN 91-201 for additional guidance on personnel and propagation protection between operating bays. 3. The number of bays and bay dimensions are dependent on mission requirements. 3. Provide HVAC for office.1. single-phase and 115 VAC 400 Hz.1. Provide high security hasps or ILDs on all bay doors with the intrusion system if required by AFI 31-101.7. 3.21. Separate bays should be provided to support munitions involving different explosives hazards.21.21. training.500 psig) air is required.000 lb) transverse-mounted hoist may be required in each bay.1. 115 VAC.21.1.500 ft2).1.2 m (30 ft x 50 ft) work bays are required.1.5. and one bay for general maintenance.21. For example. 3.5. 3. and beddown plans.1.5.5. 3-phase power is required. one bay for BDU-33/MK-106 operations.1 m x 15. Q-D safety criteria in AFMAN 91-201 control siting of this facility. Emergency electric power generator is required per AFI 32-1063. 60 Hz. Dimensions.21.5.3.5. FAC: 2171 CATCODE: 217712 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: WR-ALC/752 CBSG
.21.5. The proposed UMD and guidance in Chapter 6 of this Manual should be used to determine specific personnel administrative space. Low pressure (0 to 150 psig) and high pressure (0 to 3.5. Provide SDWs between operating bays to support concurrent operations as per the criteria in AFMAN 91-201.21. 3. 3. Compatibility between the various munitions has to be considered when determining the total number of required work bays. 3. 3.1.3.

24. material control.24. Description. Requirements Determination.1.600 km (1.25. and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1.1.5.1. tools. as required by AFI 32-7040.000 units per month.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
211
3. The building provides shop space for the centralized field repair of communications and electronics (C-E) equipment. and mockup bench sets for unique mission equipment or systems.1. The facility supports communications units in a 1. film.2. Dimensions.080 ft2) is authorized for facilities that process 2. and a mechanical equipment room.3.1. state. training. FAC: 2171 CATCODE: 217742 OPR: AFNIC OCR: N/A 3. such as Defense Meteorological Satellite Program.1.8. technical orders.25. cleaning room. tool and AGE storage. 3.3.000 mi) radius of the shop.24. 3.000 units per month.3 above.1.24. Air Force Communications Service Maintenance Facility. More space may be authorized for facilities that process more than 4.24.6 in respect to air emissions.
. Description. and AN/FRR-95 Radio Solar Telescope. so the assigned components. administration.24. FAC: 2171 CATCODE: 217752 OPR: AFWA OCR: AF/A3O-W 3.000 to 2. 3.1. Meteorological Equipment Shop.4.24. The radius may be increased to include more units if repair time is not a factor. and 379 m2 (4.500 units per month. Space requirements are based on the number of reparable units processed per month: 285 m2 (3. Obtain additional information through AFNIC and MAJCOMs. administrative and training functions. screen room.1 and 1. 3.064 ft2) is authorized for facilities that process 2.1. latrines. This facility provides space for production and repair. 3. Each assigned area normally services the same type of C-E equipment. See paragraph 3.1. C-E maintenance facilities will comply with local. Design Considerations.1. and test equipment vary only slightly from area to area. This facility provides space for the basic shop. AN/FMQ-7 Solar Optical Telescope.501 to 4. Scope Determination.

1. Open storage is identified as Aircraft Support Equipment Storage Yard (CATCODE 852273) and is measured in square yards.26. The building provides shop space for maintaining meteorological equipment. if assigned. maintains. if assigned. repairs. 3. or a combination of these.000 ft2) to 790 m2 (8.10. Table 3. 3. These space requirements include total covered and open storage. See Table 3. Depending on climate. Design Considerations.1. Dimensions. Requirements Determination.26. Obtain additional information from AF/A3O-W and MAJCOMs.26. Separate sub-pool
. For powered munitions trailer maintenance and storage facilities.26. and storage areas. Additional space may be provided where bench sets are authorized for specific systems. Requirements for munitions AGE are to be obtained from MAJCOM/A4 and A7. secure compounds. repair and servicing functions. 3. and powered munitions AGE. 3.25.500 ft2).10 lists space requirements for maintenance shops and standby storage facilities.26.2. Justify the additional space in the project submittal with a detailed analysis of space occupied by equipment and personnel. Standby storage facilities are required for AGE awaiting dispatch after repair. Consideration must be given for special security measures or other pertinent features on a case-by-case basis. Meteorological shops vary from 372 m2 (4. 3. 3. the facility may be a heated or unheated building.25. See paragraph 3. and personnel locker space. Additive to the space requirements in Table 3. 3. allow 192 m2 (230 yd2) per authorized trailer for each facility.1. sealed lead acid battery servicing area.26.25.1. Aircraft Support Equipment Shop/Storage Facility.4.3.
3.1. FAC: 2181 CATCODE: 218712 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: WR-ALC/642 CBSG 3.3 above.1.1.3.1.25. engine exhaust education system. such as cipher locks. This facility encompasses powered and non-powered AGE maintenance.5.1. 3.1. inspection.1. bench stock.25. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations.212
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 3. administrative space.10 are requirements for maintenance and storage of munitions trailers and equipment that are maintained in or near the weapon storage areas. Dimensions. and services powered and non-powered AGE directly supporting aircraft and powered munitions AGE.1.5. It also maintains and holds powered AGE in readiness. Scope Determination. The AGE shop inspects.5.4. an indoor wash rack. It normally includes maintenance stalls with work benches.1.2. Scope Determination. raised floors. tool crib. Description. AGE Storage Yard (CATCODE 852273).1.26.

1. tool crib.1 and 1.720 kg (6.1. eye wash. Special ventilation and floor drainage with oil/water separation is required in the maintenance area.000 pounds). Office areas require sound insulation.5.2. and an emergency shower are required near the battery shop. When powered munitions trailers are assigned.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
213
standby storage facilities are authorized where AGE operating locations are widely dispersed. portable hoists.1. 3.26. electrical power (120 VAC.5.26.4.7. When powered munitions trailers are assigned. and personnel locker space. 3. 3.070 kg (10 ton) overhead hoist for trailer support equipment should be considered. The floor must be concrete.26.10. A storage area for shop support equipment (e. and hydraulic fluid are required. A separate oil free area is required for LOX handling equipment. It includes maintenance stalls with work benches.5.5. and portions of this facility may need special ventilation and/or exhaust evacuation. AGE facilities will comply with local. there will be a separate maintenance shop normally at or near the munitions storage area. 3. A separate area for LOX handling equipment is required. refrigerant recovery system. antifreeze recycle) must be considered. as required by AFI 32-7040. Environmental protection. 240 VAC.
Number of Authorized Pieces of AGE m2 Gross Area Shop ft2 Covered Storage1 m2 ft2 Open Storage1 m2 yd2
. synthetic oil.1. Refer to CATCODE 213335 for fuel storage tank authorization.6 in respect to air emissions. bench stock. electrical power (120 VAC. Space Requirements for AGE Shop/Storage Facility. This area must be covered and should preferably be inside a facility.5. Receptacles for 440 VAC power are required to be spaced to allow for operation of trailers in and around the facility. and 440 VAC) and compressed air (0-827 kPa [0-120 psig]) are required. there will be an enclosed storage facility near the trailer maintenance shop to house trailers not in use. Equipment Fueling Stations (CATCODE 123335) are required for servicing powered AGE.26.8. Electrical power (120 VAC and 220 VAC) is required in the area. The wash rack must include hot and cold water. Corrosion control is normally performed in a Corrosion Control Facility (CATCODE 211159).1. hacks. Table 3. 3.26.26.3. and 480 VAC). An overhead hoist to support a minimum of 2. an indoor wash rack.1. For the powered munitions trailer maintenance facility. 220 VAC.26. Locate facilities to comply with explosives safety standards. administrative space.g.1.5. and waste oil disposal system to reclaim petroleum based oil.5. A 9. state.8.6. 3.. 3. compressed air source (0-120 psig).5. and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1.3.

3
NOTES: 1. electrical. Refer to Chapter 6 of this Manual for administrative space standards. General Criteria. the BCE is responsible for the EOD.218
Functions
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Net Building Area m2 ft2 100
Portable Automatic Test Equipment Calibrator Storage4
9.11. maintenance. operation.1. The pavements and grounds division usually has three work centers: pavements.5 ft minimum ceiling height. 5. 6. Installation specific requirement. Number of personnel requires user justification. Size varies depending on inventory supported and type of facility.29.29. 2. 4. and other skilled labor tasks. Description.1.28. equipment operations. 3. Refer to CATCODE 213335 for fueling station and pump authorizations. training.1. Emergency Management.1.1.3.28. 3. functionally integrated environment for personnel performing management.28. Base Engineer Pavements and Grounds Facility. and environmental planning functions on base facilities and utilities systems.1.2. FAC: 2191 CATCODE: 219943 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCEE/TDB 3. and fire protection functions on an installation.
. Requirements Determination. In addition. Requires a 9. 3. 3.1. See Table 3. design. and planning tasks and for personnel performing functions such as carpentry.13 provides general guidelines to the space required for each function of the BCE complex. based on the size and resources of the organization. metal working. Additional information may be obtained from AFCESA/CEO and AFCEE/TDB. pavements and grounds. administrative. 3. 600 ft2 minimum. 3. Description.28. The BCE complex must provide a professional.1. Table 3. The Base Civil Engineer (BCE) is responsible for a wide variety of design. and grounds. construction. Scope Determination.

1. entomology. Dimensions.1. 3.30.1.1. Scope Determination.1. Each element needs the space. 3.13 provides planning factors to determine gross area requirements for a consolidated pavements. and others. See paragraph 3.1.3. Energy Management and Control Systems (EMCS). 3. and training activities. airfield sweepers.30.3.1. See paragraph 3.29. Table 3. 3. 3.28 above. The grounds work center is responsible for base landscaping including mowing. 3.1.1. Design Considerations. metal.1. and equipment for shop. plumbing.5.28.8. FAC: 2191 CATCODE: 219944 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCEE/TDB 3.30. dump trucks. This facility is an integral part of the BCE complex. Requirements Determination.2. 3.2. masonry.13 shows space requirements. See paragraph 3. Additional information may be obtained from AFCESA/CEO and AFCEE/TDB. Table 3.3.
. 3. equipment operations.1.29. facility design shall comply with local.3.29. The work center also maintains perimeter fencing and road signs on the base. Design Considerations. 3. The equipment operations work center operates construction and special purpose equipment such as backhoes. add additional space requirements for snow removal function.1. apply the factors and add additional space requirements for functions such as latrines and break rooms at each location.29. 3.1. hospital maintenance. and grounds work center.1. layout.30.29. refrigeration. 3.28 above.1.5.4. In cold climates.1.29.1 and 1.29.30.28 above. Description. See paragraph 3.1.4. Scope Determination. administrative. Base Engineer Maintenance Shop. heating. and parking areas. The pavement work center maintains paved surfaces and repairs and constructs airfields. Requirements Determination.6 in this Manual. This facility is the primary production center of BCE activities including carpentry. Allow additional space for unique mission requirements and for BCE activities in high threat areas to accommodate war-related offices and equipment.2.30.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
219
3. roadways. electrical. Dimensions.1. pruning. and bulldozers.1. For separated functions. and trimming grass and shrubs in the common areas of the base.1. state and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1. liquid fuels.1.1.

3. 3.1. FAC: 4421 CATCODE: 219946 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCEE/TDB 3. The BCE has the following seven basic storage areas. These three storage facilities are the Base Engineer Covered Storage Facility (CATCODE 219946).1.2.1.1. A residual storage area stores items left over from job orders and work orders that may have future use and are not normally stocked in COCESS or bench stock supplies. The facility is used for supplies and materials that cannot withstand storage in sheds or yards.31. and stores with centralized bench stock.2. 3. a designated representative.1. This facility provides environmentally controlled storage space and related operating space for the supplies and material the BCE organization uses in its day-to-day operation. The holding area is a secure storage area for material associated with work orders or job orders. 3. and construction facilities.5. These stores include self help stores. lunch or meeting room space.2. maintenance.1.1. Base Engineer Storage Shed (CATCODE 219947).31. Base Engineer Covered Storage Facility.2. Three types of storage facilities store material and equipment and are accountable to the BCE.4. Prime Base Emergency Engineering Force (BEEF)/Mobility Assets. Holding Area. A tool crib stores and issues tools for worker’s tool kits. restrooms. Bulk Storage.6. 3. 3. Any changes or modifications to contractor operated facilities should be coordinated with the local contracting office.31.7. unwieldy items issued with work or job orders such as sand and gravel.1.1.31. A typical storage facility provides storage space in bins.220
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
3.31. This area stores large. support areas such as office space. Requirements Determination.2.2. or an automated storage system.2. Tool Crib.31. Stores. and shipping and receiving space. Refer to the Air Force Family Housing Guide. 3. CE may have other stores to stock materials needed by craft workers and customers.1.2. on shelves.3. The BCE may be required to store mobility bags. "U-Fix-It" stores. break. Appliances. Materials are stored until the job starts.
. Provides storage for materials on hand for day-to-day work orders and job orders. on racks.31.31.31. a home station training kit.31. Description. 3.1.1. and Base Civil Engineer Open Storage (CATCODE 452255). Residual Storage Area.2. or the counterpart to the BCE in base tenant organizations. Stores keep such things as bench stock for base supply and storage areas for a contractor operated civil engineering supply store (COCESS).

3.4. ft2
. 6. 3.3. The first alternative is to redesign the warehouse layout and install equipment that increases storage capacity.13.46 m2 (5.31.1.4.2 ft2) of storage space for each square foot for zonal maintenance space.31. the requirement can be combined with CATCODE 219947 and. and 6. A third alternative is to use staging containers for orders that are 100 percent material complete but not scheduled to start for several months. The second alternative is to use vertical space for a mezzanine (if ceiling height permits).9. Support areas should be sized to maximize storage space while allowing adequate support for day-to-day administrative and personnel activities in the warehouse.09 m2 (1 ft2) of environmentally controlled storage space for each square meter of zonal maintenance space. number.0 ft2) of combined storage (CATCODEs 214945. and flow of items. Design Considerations. Free standing mezzanines can double the usable storage space by creating space above existing storage or administrative areas.13 lists established planning factors for environmentally controlled warehouse gross space for BCE organizations. Expanding Available Storage Capability.5.15 5. See Table 3. CATCODE 452255. Collapsible staging containers provide an alternative to storing oddly shaped and sized items for special work orders. In arctic regions. In regions that experience severe winters (other than arctic areas). Space Requirements for Base Civil Engineer Facilities. To estimate space for shipping and receiving. The BCE activity usually requires 0. A fourth alternative is to construct or acquire another facility.5.
Functions Net Building Area m2 Administration Area1.11 m2 (1. consider the type.1. Several alternatives are available for expanding insufficient storage space. Plan for 0.95/person 120 64/person See Chapter 6. Scope Determination. 3.13. Table 3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
221
and camouflage netting and may require a mobility staging area and space for repairing assigned equipment (including tents) and space for building team equipment into deployable packages.000 lbs) can be stacked four high away from the active section of the warehouse. Dimensions. Table 3.1. in part.1.2 Command Section /Administration Support Programs Flight Flight Chief Office (Type D) Secretary/Administration (Type F)2 11.31. Staging containers weighing up to 907 kg (2. 3.1. Tables 6. 214946 and 214947) for each square meter of zonal maintenance space. 3.31. the BCE may need 0.

1.9. Base Engineer Storage Shed. Dimensions. In arctic regions.32.32.46 m2 (5.4 in Chapter 6. See Base Engineer Administration (CATCODE 610127) and Table 6.32.3. 3. Items stored in this facility usually include steel. 3. 5. This is an average zone/facility size.28 in this Manual. 3. See paragraph 3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Functions Net Building Area m2 ft2
225
1. FAC: 4422 CATCODE: 219947 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCEE/TDB 3. See paragraph 3. 7.1. Per UTC assigned. 8. 2.1.1.32. Each Squadron should adjust these sizes based on local requirements.1. the ratio of shed space to shop space can vary from 0.2 through 6. Plan for 0. 4. 214946 and 214947) for each square meter of zonal maintenance space. Sizing may vary depending on local storage or mobility processing requirements. Scope Determination.0 to 4.4.1. depending on the amount of shed space allowance transferred to Base Engineer Covered Storage Facility (CATCODE 219946). See Table 3. 3. 3.1. This facility provides covered storage for installation and maintenance equipment and supplies that do not need warehouse storage but do need protection from the weather.32.0.1.13 in this Manual. vitreous clay.6.0 ft2) of combined storage (CATCODEs 214945. crating material. See Tables 6. Per 10 assigned personnel. and certain plumbing and electrical supplies. and on the amount of Base Civil Engineer Open Storage (CATCODE 452255) transferred to covered storage or sheds. roofing material. See Family Housing Management Office (CATCODE 610119) and Table 6. Requirement must be validated. Description. The size is approximately equal to the size of the Base Engineer Maintenance Shop (CATCODE 219944). concrete pipe. 6. Requirements Determination.
.28 for further information.2.

2. Control devices such as leak detection and automatic tank gauging will be provided as an integral component of all tanks. The total requirement for liquid fuel storage will be calculated on the basis of programming guidance furnished by Defense Energy Support Center (DESC) and requirements established in the Inventory Management Plan. The use of underground tanks will normally be limited to small size operating tanks. Locate facilities to comply with explosives safety standards. 4. Areas containing these tanks are protected by lights (CATCODE 812926).
. Additional security aids such as sensors and other detection devices are provided as feasible. Individual capacity of any tank will not exceed 15. 4.1.2. A minimum of two bulk tanks are required. 4. such as described under Liquid Oxygen Storage (CATCODE 442258). Underground tanks include completely buried tanks.1. and surface-installed and mounded-over tanks. and cut and cover tanks. See criteria provided in this Manual for the individual category codes.3. SUPPLY 4. semi-buried.1.1. Aboveground tanks will be used for bulk storage of petroleum products within CONUS unless special authorization for underground tanks is obtained from the DoD Fuel Facility Engineering Panel through the Air Force representative from AFCESA/CEO.1.
227
4.3.1. See section 8. 4.2. The determination of the number of tanks to be used for a particular storage requirement will be based on the following requirements and Jet Fuel Storage (CATCODE 411135). Projects for facilities storing or handling bulk fuel supplied by DESC are normally programmed through the appropriate MAJCOM to DESC for funding/MILCON program management.000 barrels) unless authorization is obtained from AFCESA/CEO.1. 4.1.1. 4. Storage areas may include dispensing and operating facilities. Category Group 41. and war reserve storage.1.1.1. 4.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Chapter 4 FACILITY CLASS 4. 4.1. and security alarms (CATCODE 872841). Use of Aboveground and Underground Tanks.1. Storage tanks for base liquids and liquid fuel. Number and Size of Tanks. Liquid Storage .2.800 m3 (200. due to fuels quantity control measures. Storage Requirement.000 barrels).2.1.5 of UFC 3-460-01 for secondary containment requirements for aboveground tanks.3.900 m3 (100.3.1. Tankage will be programmed in standard size tanks using guidance in UFC 3-460-01. require security protection under policies given in AFI 31-101.1.1.3.Fuel and Nonpropellants. storage at highly essential overseas bases. 4. 4. regardless of the storage quantity.2.1. Three or more tanks are required for all requirements over 31. such as described in this chapter. fences (CATCODE 872274).2.

They are provided for operating tanks serving vehicle service stations.6. Types of Tanks.4.
.4. Tanks with cone roofs and internal floating pans shall be used for above-ground storage of all types of jet fuel and for volatile petroleum products having a flashpoint under 38°C (100°F).4. All aboveground storage tanks 2. the criteria given in UFC 3-460-01 on siting clearances and dikes should be followed. 4. 4.4. The valve will remain closed at all times except when draining water from the diked basin. Siting Requirements and Pollution Control.1.1.1.000 gallons) or more.6.
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
4.2.1. Description. A designated/authorized person will be physically present at all times in the immediate area when the dike drain valve(s) is in the open position. for all types of products. 4. On-base tankage levels for peacetime operating stock (POS) in CONUS and overseas are provided on the basis of programming guidance provided by AF/A4LE. for alcohol storage tanks. and for operating tanks at truck fill stands where required. Aboveground covered floating pan tanks in capacities of 159 m3 (1. when authorized. ground. usually in small-capacity tanks. Horizontal aboveground cylindrical tanks for operating storage of all types of products. 4. Provisions will be made for removing water from diked areas through a drain pipe with a lock-type shutoff valve.5.5.1. 4. AF/A4LE 4.2.1. Vertical underground tanks.5. requirements set forth in 40 CFR part 12. FAC: 4111 CATCODE: 411134 OPR: AFPET/PTOT OCR: AFCESA/CEO. 4.1.000 barrels) or greater IAW UFC 3-600-01. These are also used for highly volatile products in capacities under 1.1. Diesel Fuel Storage. or waters.1. All liquid fuel storage facilities must be provided with positive methods to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere.3.4. 4. usually in small-capacity tanks.1. 4.228 4.1.000 gallons) or more. Do not use tanks of this type in capacities of 151 m3 (40.1.000 barrels.1. Aboveground cone roof tanks for low volatile products in all capacities.4.4. Use double wall construction for all underground storage tanks and do not use tanks of this type in capacities of 189.5. Horizontal underground tanks for all types of products. regardless of the volatility. and UFC 3-460-01. In planning storage areas.5 m3 (55 gal) capacity and larger will be enclosed within a diked area in accordance with Section 311(j) of the CWA.1.000 liters (50.

4. 4. Tank Farms.000 gallon) capacity will be provided at the tank farm.4.000 liters may be provided for each product.2.1.1. POS authorization is the amount of fuel required to sustain peacetime operation in support of military demands to be maintained at a Defense
.1. Bulk tankage for ground fuels requires tanks of no less than 45. Design Considerations. higher levels may be justified.6. Scope Determination.1. a minimum of two tanks per grade of product must be provided. See paragraph 4. Requirements Determination.000 liters or larger capacity to accommodate commercial tank truck deliveries. Storage capacity of 45. In such instances. Dimensions. Description.3.3. Jet Fuel Storage. Truck loading stations will be provided at the intermediate storage area. At bases where high volumes of fuels are dispensed.1.2. rail) should be taken into consideration when determining total tankage.1. location. The primary and secondary methods of fuel receipt (tank truck.1.1. Exchange Service Stations.000 liter capacity per type of fuel.6. Underground Storage Tanks. At isolated stations.000 gallons) per type of fuel may be provided in the Civil Engineer compound. total bulk ground fuel tankage can be determined in a manner similar to that stated for jet fuel storage (CATCODE 411135). Storage capacity of 19.3. Civil Engineer Facilities.2.3. See Category Group 41 at the beginning of this chapter. From actual experience or planned ground fuel consumption and resupply. Requirements Determination.1. This may be adjusted up or down by DESC based on additional distribution needs or nearby available war reserve fuel. 4. 4. See AFI 32-7044.1. intermediate storage tanks of no less than 45. FAC: 4111 CATCODE: 411135 OPR: AFPET/PTOT OCR: AFCESA/CEO. and the tanks should be 45.000 liter (12.6. for specific guidance and requirements.1.000 liters (5. Scope Determination. 4. 4. specified supply levels may be inadequate. 4.7. Fuel storage requirements should be obtained from either the base or MAJCOM/A4 office.6.1. 4.7. 4. AF/A4LE 4. There should be at least one 19 liter/second (300 gallon per minute [gpm]) bottom-loading fillstand with a temperature compensated meter per type of fuel.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
229
4. and offloading requirements for each product. The total tankage required for jet fuel is the sum of the peacetime and war reserve tankage requirements.3.1.7.6. See paragraph 4.1 above.6.6.3 above.1.7.1. UFC 3-460-01 and 40 CFR 280.6. Where motor gasoline is delivered by tank car. either single or manifolded together.3.5.

4. or approximately 19.1.8. Peacetime bulk storage requirements will be based on tankage necessary to maintain a 15-day stock level.1 above. 4.7. Dimensions.1. See paragraph 4.2.3. and bulk storage can be accomplished without danger or deterioration losses.1.1. Storage Special Fuel.1.8. transportation.2. Requirements Determination. and Coal.7.230
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Fuel Support Point (DFSP). The method of commercial peacetime delivery of bulk chemicals to an installation must be determined in advance to provide adequate unloading facilities and to determine the quantity of the storage required. 4. one full railroad tank car or tank truckload may be shipped. available on the Defense Link website. 4. no additional tankage should be required to meet peak loads.000 liter (12. 4. 4.8.000 gallon) tank if deliveries are made by tank car. DoD Management of Bulk Petroleum Products.1. Any overseas war chemical reserves may be stored in underground tanks when economies will result.2. 4. based on an average 15-day consumption rate. The computation information for the POS calculation is in DoD 4140. Peacetime requirement is based on the number and types of aircraft assigned to the base for the longest time period.2.25-M Volume II. Use underground storage tanks only when required by health and safety reasons or mission requirements.1.000 gallons).000 gallon) tank if deliveries are made by tank truck.5. Scope Determination. Since the minimum tankage requirement in practically every instance will be substantially in excess of 15-day stock level. but in no case will tankage be less than a standard 30. If cleaning and maintenance of the facility is necessary. and acceptable sources of supply are thus developed.8.1. AF/A4LE 4.8. and handling economies. 4.1.3. bulk chemical storage is authorized for any Air Force activity that annually consumes at least one tank truckload of any one chemical.000 liter (8. Design Considerations. Within tankage availability.4.8. although this may temporarily raise stocks above a 15-day level.1. supply should be temporarily handled in drums. See paragraph 4. Tankage requirements for any activity will not exceed the sum of the peacetime requirement plus the wartime requirement.1. The storage of liquid chemicals in bulk is authorized when the action will result in procurement.000 liters (4. Natural Gas.
. FAC: 4111 CATCODE: 411139 OPR: AFPET/PTOT OCR: AFCESA/CEO. or less than a standard 45. Description.1.2. Tankage requirements will be fully justified in MAJCOM budget estimates and will be supported by mathematical calculations showing the savings to be derived from storing chemicals in bulk.1.8. Under the circumstances described above.1 above.

Barriers. and munitions airlift.2. MIL HDBK 1013/1A. Category Group 42.2.1. and 4. 200 mm (8 in) of brick interlocked between inner and outer courses.1.8. or at a minimum.1. munitions for specialized activities such as area reserve storage and redistribution. Security Engineering Manuals (FOUO).2. 4. Operating requirements (i.2.16. 4 reinforcing bars threaded through the blocks. Storage tanks for Jet Propellant Thermally Stable (JPTS) fuel must be epoxy lined.2. operating and training munitions. The slabs should offer security equal to that provided by
. Walls will also have horizontal joint reinforcement at every course.1. The type of proposed storage structures preferred or required at the storage site. The quantity and type of munitions to be stored or handled. the number and type of functions. The quantity and type of explosives storage facilities required at an installation will vary with the following conditions: 4. Air Force Installation Force Protection Guide.1.1. Design Guidelines For Physical Security of Facilities. DODI 2000. AFMAN 32-1071. Volumes 1. 4.1. Manual isolation valves should be either stainless steel or carbon steel type with electrolysis nickel internal coating. or specialized munitions activities to be performed).1. Ammunition Storage 4. and DoD 5100. Overview.1.S.e.76-M. All tank sizes will be limited to standard size of 30.000 liter (8.2. Facilities used to store AA&E must meet the following minimum requirements. and objectives of the base master plan.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
231
4.2.4. 4 reinforcing bars.8. Design Considerations.2. DoD Antiterrorism (AT) Standards. operations. 4.1. 4. Any program changes to JPTS tankage must be coordinated with ACC/A4RM. 4. type and arrangement of existing storage facilities.2. 4.1. Walls should consist of 200 mm (8 in) of concrete reinforced with No.000 gallon) and 45.1. The reinforcing bars must be placed 225 mm (9 in) on center both horizontally and vertically and staggered on each face to form a grid approximately 113 mm (4.3. Ammunition. 2. and Guard Facilities.1..000 gallon) capacities. Security Criteria for Facilities Protecting Arms.4.000 liter (12.2.1.1. 4.2. MIL HDBK 1013/10. Gates.2. Design Guidelines For Security Fencing. 4. combat munitions. 4. and Explosives (AA&E).2.2.1. such as war readiness materiel (WRM) munitions. Dimensions. Ammunition.5.1. Physical Security of Sensitive Conventional Arms. and 3. All block cavities must be filled with mortar or concrete.5 in) square.2. UFC 4010-01.2. Site characteristics such as physical limits and expansion capabilities of the ammo storage area.1.2. and all piping and plumbing must be either aluminum or stainless steel. Walls may also be constructed of 200 mm (8 in) concrete blocks with No. and Explosives. Ceilings and roofs shall be designed to meet the load and structural safety requirements of the spans. Refer to the following documents for further information: U. Basis for Requirements.

film.1. The War Consumables Distribution Objectives (WCDO) lists the number and type of munitions items (along with other war consumables such as POL. If the ceiling or roof is of concrete pan-joist construction.1.) that are desired to be prepositioned at the listed base. this document provides the basis for WRM munitions storage guidance.3.1.2.232
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 the walls. should form a grid where the area of any opening does not exceed 0.
4. chaff.3. Subject to command guidance. The frames and locks for both interior and exterior doors shall be designed and installed to prevent the removal of the frame facing or the builtin locking mechanism sufficiently to disengage the lock bolt from the outside when the door is locked. 4. spaced 150 mm (6 in) maximum on center. Air Force Standard for Non-Expendable Air Munitions Training Authorizations.1.3.2. Door hinges shall be fixed pin security hinge type or equivalent. or standard 44 mm (1-3/4 in) hollow metal industrial type construction.2. 4.3.2. Volume 1. Each active air base will have a requirement to store and maintain certain day-to-day usage munitions and residue generated during explosives operations. using No. The exposed hinge pins shall be peened by spot welding or some other means to prevent removal. frames.3. Pertinent Documents. Door bucks.
.2.2. Hinge mounting screws will not be exposed to the outside of the room. and current operational plans (OPLAN). Munitions levels are described in the following documents or publications.5 cm (1-3/4 in) solid or laminated wood with 12 gauge steel plate on the outside face. AFCAT 21-209 Volume 2.4. internally reinforced vertically with continuous steel stiffeners.5. 4.2. Levels for War Readiness Materiel. Demolition Munitions.1.2. Reinforcing bar spacing. 4. Exterior and interior lighting shall be provided for all arms storage rooms or buildings. and keepers shall be rigidly anchored and have antispread space filler reinforcement to prevent disengagement of the lock bolt by prying or jacking of the door frame.2.062 m2 (96 in2).3.6.2. Construction requirements for door frames and thresholds shall be as exacting as for the doors. Roof structures and ceilings of existing facilities shall provide an equal or greater degree of security than the windows and doors. 4. 4. Floors shall be designed and constructed to meet load and structural safety requirements. AFCAT 21-209. A Class 5 steel vault door with a built-in three position dial type changeable combination lock may be used in lieu of other doors or locks. These will normally include training munitions per AFI 11-212.2. Floors will be a minimum of 15 cm (6 in) of concrete construction reinforced with 150 mm x 150 mm (6 in x 6 in) W4xW4 mesh or equivalent bars. 4. Doors will be 4.2. For the purposes of security. The reinforcing grid requirements for flat slab construction apply. 4 reinforcing bars. the thinnest portion shall not be less than 150 mm (6 in). the ceiling standard applies where the floor slab acts as the ceiling of an underlying room or area. with a minimum of 2 mm (14 gauge) steel skin plate. etc.2. Operating and Training Levels.

4.2.2.4.2.1 provides only some of the factors to be considered in calculations. Scope Determination. 4. and 11P series.2.2. Storage space requirements will involve several factors unique to each individual installation. and storage configuration.4.
.4. 4.e. 4. AFMAN 91-201. Explosives safety criteria applicable to all aspects of planning for explosives facilities are contained in AFMAN 91-201. and DoD S5210. Basic reference documents for facility planning purposes consist of: AFI 321021. The multi-mission concept of base development is met or maintained. All planned and programmed facility requirements must be based on a site plan which has been reviewed and approved under procedures given in AFMAN 91-201.2. The manner in which this requirement is met will be in accordance with pertinent TOs of the 11A. training.2.2.4. 4.4. at or near design capacity of the structure or the capacity as originally sited) without violating Q-D criteria given in AFMAN 91-201. 4.5 below.2. Each existing and proposed facility will always be able to store a reasonable weight of explosives (i. 4.4. regulatory requirements as to type of facility. the explosives storage facilities will be integrated to the maximum extent possible in accordance with the restrictions/requirements of AFMAN 91-201 and as specified in AFI 32-1065. and 11P series as well as AFMAN 91-201.2. 4. possible re-warehousing of existing stock.41-M.3. An installation’s explosive storage requirements are based on the unit’s mission. These factors may include Q-D limitations of existing storage facilities.1. frequency of replacement stockage. and pertinent TOs of the 11A. AFMAN 91-201.2.4.3. General Guidance. Explosives storage and operating facilities must be equipped with lightning protection and may require grounding and bonding as required by AFMAN 91-201. 1-3.1. physical size of the item to be stored. support.5.2. Dimensions.. and OPLAN requirements. See AFI 32-1021 for additional guidance. 11N.4. 11C. Vols. Design Considerations. Q-D class and storage compatibility groups must be considered for all items.5. Planning and land acquisition for explosives storage should ensure the following. length of time the item is expected to be stored. Conventional Munitions Maintenance Management. Explosives will normally be stored in a secure area reserved exclusively for explosives storage as defined in AFMAN 91-201 and AFI 21-201. See paragraph 4. 11N. Net Explosive Weight (NEW) of items to be stored. 4.4.5.4.2. Supplemental documentation may include master storage plans and Storage Capability Reports.2.5. Requirements Determination.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
233
4.4. Calculating Storage Requirements.3. The general guidance provided in Figure 4.1. 4. 4. Nuclear weapons storage facilities are additive to those required for other explosives storage and will be computed on the assigned and projected weapons requirements using applicable criteria in 11N series TOs. 11C. availability of existing facilities.2. Where two or more commands occupy an installation.

5.4. in coordination with explosives safety.5. However. maintaining.4.2.4. separate facilities should be provided for explosives operations based on the type of hazards involved.2. personnel and property (equipment.4. etc. Conventional Munitions Shop (CATCODE 216642). Because of the potentially damaging effects of explosives mishaps. 4. Planning for explosives storage areas must give recognition to other facilities used in processing.6. buildings. Rocket Check Out and Assembly Storage. FAC: 4221 CATCODE: 422256 OPR: AF/A4LW
. 35805-1957.2.) to explosives hazards.7. develop site plans and land requirements. establish design specifications. All structures used in the storage of high explosives shall be designed to resist the effects of accidental explosions approved by the Department of Defense Explosive Safety Board (DDESB) and the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). Huntsville. Numbers such as AD 33-15-63 refer to USACE drawings.2. Using this information.2. Weapons and Release Systems Shop (CATCODE 215552).234
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 4.3. which are available from the USACE Huntsville Division. 4.5. AFMAN 91-201 criteria will be followed in connection with all planning and operations involving exposures of U. Alabama. processing. perform site selection. and disposing of weapons such as Explosives Ordnance Disposal (CATCODE 141165). 4. When major modifications to explosives facilities or to associated structures within inhabited building distance of explosives facilities are planned. explosives safety.8.2. An environmental assessment. using.2. which meet the criteria for explosive storage.4. and justify the need to build or modify facilities. 4. a change to the site plan will be forwarded in accordance with AFMAN 91-201. In planning storage requirements at overseas locations.
4. civil engineering offices will.4. and civil engineering offices. unless otherwise specifically authorized to deviate from this procedure. host country Q-D criteria must be considered in providing protection to their exposures.5.9.4. 4. and Demolition and Burning Facility (CATCODE 831173). Developing storage requirements involves joint efforts by munitions.5. is required.5.2. storing.4. and forward completed plans for explosives safety review as required by AFMAN 91-201. handling. 106 Wynn Drive.S. using. The foregoing applies to all facilities being sited that affect Q-D criteria in any way or that involve manufacturing. Munitions offices develop explosives storage facility requirements including basic floor space requirements. in accordance with AFI 32-7045. 4. determine special functional requirements. Surveillance and Inspection Shop (CATCODE 215582). handling.5.5. and disposing of explosives.5.

2. For storage of large volumes of explosives above 113.4. 4.000 pounds) NEW. 4.6 m (2 ft) increments and widths up to 9.2.2. Description.2. side arches. Scope Determination.4.2.2. similarly cased High Detonation (HD) 1. 4. The structures provide protection against propagating explosions between adjacent storage spaces within the common mound. See general guidance under paragraphs 4. The steel-arch. Storage Igloo Steel Arch/Underpass. See general guidance under paragraphs 4.2. Requirements Determination.2.2. Alabama.10. 4. Unnecessarily heavy structures or flammable materials will not be used. Modular storage is only approved for certain munitions items such as High Explosive (HE) bombs.1 m (30 ft).2.9. 4. It is intended for use primarily in austere areas or other locations specifically approved under AFMAN 91-201.1.4. FAC: 4221 CATCODE: 422273 OPR: AF/A4LW OCR: AFSC/SEW 4. and Cluster Bomb/Dispenser Units (CBU) in authorized nonflammable shipping containers (see DoD 6055. Scope Determination. See AFMAN 91-201 for further guidance. foundations. 20 mm and 30 mm ammunition in metal shipping containers. igloos approved as standard according to DoD 6055. Igloos may be constructed in variable lengths of 0. 4. 4.10. and rear and front walls.2. This is especially true where the cost of additional land area and a connecting road net required to construct a multiple igloo complex is considered.2.1.1. Dimensions.9.4. 4.
.2.3. This facility provides the field storage of large quantities of explosives in minimum land areas where steel-arch. 4.3. 4. Huntsville.2.2. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations.4.1.000 kg (250.3. and 4.1 munitions.2.2.9. earth-covered igloo has a concrete floor. where necessary. for storage of explosives. and 4. 35805-1957.2. earth-covered igloos are not employed. The steel arch type is normally more economical to construct than the reinforced concrete igloo. are mandatory. and 4.2.2.9. Igloos are usually constructed based on DDESB approval as standard structures. 4.10. 106 Wynn Drive.3.9.1. A light shed-type metal roof may be utilized over individual cells.3.2. such as AW 33-15-64 (USACE drawing).5. 4. See general guidance under paragraphs 4.10.2. USACE drawings are available from the USACE Huntsville Division.10.2.9-Std. 4. Dimensions.9-Std). 4.2.2.2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
237
4.2. Description.

4.2.11.4. Design Considerations. etc. 4.3.1. Typical equipment includes a gantry and conveyer operation lines to inspect.2. usually near the flight line.11. Classification Yard – A group of railroad tracks used for receiving. 4. Holding Yard – An area (group of railroad tracks.2.11. Requirements Determination. and the double leaf doors are of heavy blast resistant steel.1.) used to hold explosives-laden carriers for limited periods.11.5.238
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 4. Ancillary Explosives Facility.2. and the amount of equipment required depends on unit missions.11.11. See AFMAN 91201 for further guidance. and switching rail cars containing explosives. and load bombs on bomb racks.2. 4. 4. Bomb Preload Station – The station consists of equipment used to preload bombs on bomb racks and supporting site improvements. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1.1.2. Inspection Station – Facility used to accommodate trucks or rail cars during the time incoming vehicles and their explosives cargo are inspected.1.7.2.
4.11.3.5. 4.11. Dimensions. Ready Explosives Facility – A facility or designated area.11. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Design Considerations. 4.3." "point.2. See general guidance under paragraphs 4.1.1.).2.2.5.2.2. Description. There are various types of stations. and 4. This designation may be applied to pads. locations. etc.11.11.1.2.6. where munitions and components are temporarily positioned awaiting transfer to aircraft (often called a flight line "holding area.2.2.2.11.1.2.4. The arch is constructed of heavy gauge corrugated steel plates. Loading Dock – A ground level or elevated structure used for transferring explosives between any two modes of transportation (motor vehicles.2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. assemble. 4. 4. FAC: 1494 CATCODE: 422275 OPR: AF/A4LW OCR: AFSC/SEW 4. trailers.
. 4. and facilities (excluding aircraft parking) of such size and quantity as required for use such as that shown below: 4.2. Interchange Yard – Area used for the interchange of explosives-laden trucks. revetments. rail cars. 4.2. Scope Determination. dispatching.4. motor vehicle parking facility. 4.1.11.2.10." or "transfer point"). or rail cars between the common carrier and Air Force (DoD) activities.

1 (31 rounded) structure locations. 340 kg (750 pound) bombs.
Computing Explosives Storage Requirements: EWL items have a high explosive weight to total weight ratio.
.000 / 257 = 31. Total allowable NEW for any single location = 45.000 pounds).
Example: To store: 8. The number of this type of item that may be stored in any one facility is limited by the total allowable NEW for any given facility or location.3. This is based upon the limits imposed by explosives Q-D criteria to existing and programmed facilities or other exposures and/or maximum net explosives weight permitted for the particular explosives class or facility design.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Figure 4. use the following formula:
239
A / B = C.1. B = NEW of one type of EWL item to be stored (from references in paragraph 4.000 kg / 175 kg = 257
D / C = Number of storage 8. D = Total number of each type of EWL item authorized (from published documents).2. and D / C = Number of Storage Structure Locations
Where: A = Total allowable NEW for any single location.
A/B=C
45.000 kg (100. NEW of one item = 175 kg (386 pounds).000 items of type M117.) C = Number of EWL items to be stored in a single location. To determine the number of storage structures required. Example A: Explosive Weight Limited Items (EWL).

1. storage compatibility criteria.
. Example B: Cube Limited (CL) Items. To determine the number of storage structures required.38 = Factor to allow for aisle space AFS = Actual floor space required
AFS / TF = Number of structures required. full consideration must be given to limits imposed by Q-D criteria. use the following formula for each grouping of compatible items to be stored. and lot separation requirements. The number that may be stored in any one facility will be normally limited by their size and gross weight.38 = AFS Where: 1. However. (See TO 11A-1-61 for storage drawings for some high density magazine loading guidance.
Computing Explosives Storage Requirements:
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
CL items are bulky with a low explosive weight ratio.240 Figure 4.1.)
PF x N = TC Where: PF = Package Cubic Meters (m3) Listed Per Item (from federal stock class [FSC] 1300) N = Total number of each type of CL items TC = Total cube of each type of CL items
TC / SH = SF Where: SH = Planned stack height for each type of CL item SM = Preliminary floor space requirement in square meters SM x 1.

2.38 = AFS
663 m2 x 1. therefore.217 m3 x 5. Category Group 44. The facility code of the operating building applies to such storage space whether it occupies space in the operating building or in a separate building.3.1. The four CATCODEs above are not to be used to identify sheds. 4. and Open Storage Supply (CATCODE 452252).000 kg / 175 kg = 646 bombs
D / C = Number of storage structure locations
5.1. 4.5 (9.3. The term “LRS facilities” applies to facilities required to store material and equipment under the accountability of the LRS or counterparts in base tenant organizations. The space criteria given in this Manual for operating buildings.
.3. Where there is evidence that organizational storage needs are not adequately recognized in current criteria. Supply Storage Facilities (Covered Storage). Description. They are Hazardous Storage (CATCODE 442257). are intended to provide storage space for the material and equipment used in daily operations as well as operating space.0 rounded) storage structure locations
4. Warehouse Supply and Equipment (CATCODE 442758). and so forth.500 = 1. the activity identifying the need should initiate corrective action under procedures given in AFI 32-1024. Supply and Equipment (CATCODE 442628). 4.3. shops.38 = 915 m2
A/B=C
113. Requirements Determination. Computing Supply Storage Requirements.194 m3 / 1. and yards that are used to store organizational storage items for which accountability rests with using organizations. warehouses.242
limited by A-D or structure design).1.3. 4.1.1.8 m = 663 m2
SM x 1.500 / 646 bombs = 8.194 m3
TC / SH = SM
1.3. An exception to this occurs when an activity's storage requirement represents a significant part of its total facility requirement and.
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
PF x N = TC
0. has been recognized by the establishment of a separate facility and facility code. General Criteria.

5 50 70 25 28 30/270 33/297 ft2 m2 ft2 m2 yd2/ft2 Open Storage Space/Aircraft
.3.3.3.3 30 100 18 37 22/198 44/396 65 209 700 2. Space for Mobile Readiness Spare Packages (MRSP) is additive to that computed under Tables 4.000 2.1.3.3.3.5 m (18 ft) or more.1 are computed from the space factors given in Tables 4.6 6.
Category of Aircraft Warehouse Space/Aircraft Shed Space/Aircraft Gross Area m2 Bombers Fighter Heavy Cargo Tactical Strategic Other Duel Usage: Tactical and Strategic Special Operations Squadron Consult ACC/A4 for requirements See Note 8 49 279 525 3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
243
4.3.250 4. or open yard are given in Table 4.3. Space Requirements for LRS Storage .2.Factors for Aircraft.3. The factors used in Tables 4. Additional storage space is authorized for storing the property in the equipment account. Table 4. below.1. Total space requirements in any appropriate combination of warehouse.1.1.1 and 4.8 9. and in the descriptions of the individual facilities.1.2 (below). from the additional criteria given below.1.2 represent space requirements for normal authorized stock levels to support all assigned aircraft and all assigned active military personnel and civilian employees. This additional space is 10 percent of the space computed in accordance with paragraph 4.1. shed.1 and 4.1. 4.1. The effects of double-decking on the building fire protection system should be recognized.2.3. 4.3. use double-deck construction within the existing facility before programming a new facility or an addition to the existing facility.3. 4. Space requirements for the four facilities listed in paragraph 4.4. When existing warehouses have clearances between the floor and the bottom of the ceiling joist or truss of 5.3.1 and 4.

2.1 m (7 ft). Refer to Chapter 2. The floor space created by a mezzanine will be added to normal floor space square footage to determine space requirements versus assigned when the facility is equipped with a mezzanine or a mezzanine is planned. pallet racks. Allow additional space for operational flexibility. When high-rise bins or racks are used in a facility.1 m (7 ft). Supplies stored in warehouses must make maximum use of attainable cube. 3.2 m (4 ft) of vertical shelving that exceeds the normal 2. AFJMAN 23-210. The number of aircraft will be the total of PAA aircraft plus the number of Backup Aircraft Inventory (BAI) aircraft normally on hand. reduce the square footage requirements by 25 percent for each 1. If bin/rack
.5 0. 6. This is equally applicable to items stored in bins. or bulk areas. (Example: If bin/rack height is 3. Space requirements for a specific Mobile Distribution System (MDS) will be computed using the category which most closely relates to the MDS. it equals a 25 percent reduction. 5.5 0. AFJMAN 23-210). Joint Service Manual (JSM) for Storage and Materials Handling when developing storage space requirements.7 5 5 8 5 5 9 6/54 6/54 11/99
NOTES: (All notes are General Notes) 1. 4.244
Category of Aircraft Warehouse Space/Aircraft
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Shed Space/Aircraft Gross Area m2 ft2 m2 ft2 m2 yd2/ft2 Open Storage Space/Aircraft
Combat Search and Rescue Unit Refuelers Fighter/Attack Helicopter Utility Trainer 23 23 28 49 525
See Note 8 2. The percentage adjustment should only apply to the square footage /square meters of the area where the bins or racks (high-rise) exceed 2. This generally is 15 percent of net available area (see paragraph 2-6f.8 30 18 22/198
Consult ACC/A4 for requirements 250 250 300 0.4 m (11 ft).

This facility is required to store hazardous materials that cannot be stored in supply and equipment sheds or warehouses (CATCODEs 442628 and 442758). FAC: 4423 CATCODE: 442257 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: AFSC/SEW 4.800
247
NOTES: 1.3 when standard
. 2.2. Refer to Chapter 6 (Administrative) of this Manual for approved office types and sizes. and AFJMAN 23210. Standard sheds and warehouses may be used when available. Subpart DD.3.3. Hazardous Storage.2. 3. Flammable/combustible liquids and compressed gases are stored in this facility.3. When MRSP is maintained on 463L pallets for mobility. 4.1. Requirements Determination. Consult AFCEE Facility Planning and Design Guide: HAZMART (Hazardous Material Pharmacy) for additional information and guidance. Space is determined by individual analysis and validated by the appropriate MAJCOM. authorized space may be increased up to 50 percent. Standards for hazardous waste containment buildings are contained in 40 CFR 264 and 265.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Type of Aircraft Squadron Gross Area m2 Photo Processing Interpretation Facility (PPIF) (WS 428/430/TER . and no serious fire or safety hazards will result. The guidance on storage criteria and fire safety is given in Air Force Interservice Manual 24-204(I).1. Joint Service Manual (JSM) for Storage and Materials Handling. This facility will be a single purpose structure preferably of non-combustible construction. 4.2. Description. Space requirements vary with the availability of other suitable storage facilities as indicated above. and detached or separated from other buildings by at least 15 m (50 ft).included in total above) Analytical Photogrammetric Positioning System (APPS) 56 600 167 ft2 1.2.4. one story in height without basement or crawl space. Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments. This space requirement is included in CATCODE 442758 and/or CATCODE 442628 and is computed as described in paragraph 5.

radioactive material.1 0.000 First additional 2.. health. See notes in Table 4. Such outbuildings are properly reported under the category code of the activity's operating building or shop.95 ft2 64 64 64 64 Per Person4 m2 Note 6 0.1 ft2 Safety Storage or Shed Space Open Storage
Note 7
NOTES: 1. Design Considerations.4. 4. These hazardous materials are generally defined as all items on Federal Standard 313C Table I regardless of hazard (Federal Stock Class 68XX.1 ft2 Per Person5 m2 5.023 0.2. issue.25 0.5. items containing mercury).046 0. or safety reasons (e.0004 Second additional 2.6. See Table 4.009 0.3.95 5.3. 4.4.25 0.4. state and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1.2. Scope Determination.4. See AFCEE Facility Planning and Design Guide: HAZMART. 2. reissue.4.860 m2 (20. CATCODE 442257 applies only to the specially designed storage facility and not to standard structures that are used to store hazardous material. 80XX [8020 excluded].8. items on Table II defined as hazardous.023 0. This facility is required to store. As indicated in safety requirements limit the size of single facilities to 1. Hazardous materials storage shall comply with local. Hazardous Materials Pharmacy. and other items requiring control for environmental.3.3. Dimensions. 9150 and 9160).009 0.
Table 4.3.2.g.0004 Over 6. The guidance on storage criteria and fire safety is given in AFJMAN 24-204 and AFJMAN 23-210. Federal Stock Class 6135 and 6140 for batteries.3
Base Personnel/ Population Warehouse Space Administration Office Gross Area Per Person4 m2 Up to 2. 4.2. Furthermore. 7930. To conform to hazardous material storage requirements it is recommended that eight
.009 0. and collect hazardous materials that cannot be stored in supply and equipment sheds or warehouses (CATCODE 442628 and 442758) and other hazardous materials centrally controlled under the hazardous material pharmacy concept. See Note 1 in Table 4.95 5. the category code does not apply to small outbuildings used to store an activity's working supply of hazardous materials.0004 Note 6 0.000 ft2).248
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 facilities are used.5 0. Space Requirements.95 5. 1.1 and 1.

3. 4. reissue. FAC: 4422 CATCODE: 442628
. FAC: 5306 CATCODE: 442515 OPR: AF/SGMF OCR: N/A
249
4. 4. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3. 4. Description. recommended warehouse space is 260 m2 (2.3.000 ft2). Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Multiply this figure by the maximum number of persons on any one shift. Design Considerations.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 5. 4.2. This space projection will meet storage. 4. Multiply this figure by the base population. For a base population of up to 2. and (2) civil engineering hazardous materials will be provided segregated storage in the CE warehouse. Requirements Determination.3. poison. Scope Determination.000. 3. acid. Base Supplies and Equipment Shed. corrosive.3. flammable. and combustible.3.800 ft2) and safety storage or shed space is 93 m2 (1. oxidizer. Medical War Reserve Materiel (WRM) Storage Facility.3.3. It includes warehouse space for palletized assets and space for other storage requirements. hallways. latrine. This facility provides storage and assembly space for medical WRM assets. LRS will allocate securable open storage space as required. 6. reactive. and satellite hazardous waste accumulation point (72 hours limit when full) minimum requirements and is based on the following two assumptions: (1)The LRS will provide courtesy storage for oils and lubricants.1. 4. lockers. 7.5.3. collection. The resulting figure is the gross area required to accommodate office.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 separated storage areas be used: reuse-reutilization. and mechanical room. See Chapter 6 of this Manual for authorized office types and sizes.3.3. 4. customer service areas. not by base population. distribution.3.3. etc.4.3. administrative functions.

5.3.3.3. Supplies and equipment needed to support base operations and fuels operations. 4.5.4.4.3. storage issue.3). Flyaway or Mobility Kit Storage are for mobility readiness and contain spare parts. Description. and material not requiring closed warehouse space but requiring covered protection from the weather because of the nature of material or manner in which they are packed.2.3. exclusive of explosives and ammunition. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. inspection.3. and supplies needed to maintain aircraft for short periods of time away from their home base. See paragraph 4.4.3.3.3. 4.4. Receiving.3. Mobility Bags. 4.5. Scope Determination.7.2.5. Warehouse offices exclusive of offices in Supply Administration (CATCODE 610122).7.1.2.6. Property in the equipment account (see paragraph 4.2.3 for computing space requirements. Installation supporting units tasked with mobility commitments are
.4.3.5. equipment.5.2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Warehouse space is required for bulk and bin storage of materials for which maximum protection from the weather is authorized.4.3. It may also include lumber storage exclusive of that stored by Civil Engineering.1.1 for restrictions on the use of CATCODE 442628.250 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
4. Requirements Determination.1.2. 4. 4.3.5. FAC: 4421 CATCODE: 442758 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A 4.3. Warehouse space includes: 4. whose storage accommodations satisfy guidance given in AFJMAN 24-204 and AFJMAN 23-210. Shed space is required to store supplies. pickup and delivery activities. 4.2. Shed storage space is constructed without complete side and end walls.5.3. 4.1.3. Space for receiving and shipping activities may be included.2. 4.5. 4. Dangerous material.3.3.3.5.5. Description. Design Considerations.1.1. See paragraph 4.5. 4. 4.4.2.3. Dimensions. 4. Requirements Determination. 4.3.2. special equipment. Warehouse Supply and Equipment.3.2.5.

The additive storage requirements in Table 4. Space will be computed at 0.5. While actual storage may be decentralized to other organizations if they have existing facilities available to store the bags. Additive Storage Requirements. Space requirements are computed under paragraphs 4. 4.5.3.3. overseas installations that are en-route or turnaround-stations for AMC airlift aircraft and employ the AMC Forward Supply Support System require additional warehouse space.5. but the average requirement is approximately 700 m2 (7. Dimensions.5. Mobility bag storage is the responsibility of the LRS.3. 4.5.1 for restrictions on the use of CATCODE 442758. 4.5 may be authorized at the discretion of the MAJCOM.2.3. 4. Scope Determinations.2.3. and thus warehouse space requirements. Total item requirements.7.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
251
authorized storage space for mobility bags. and 4.3.1.3. The best space utilization can be obtained by storing in bulk or on pallet racks. Table 4.5.3.3.5.3. that are peculiar to the AMC mission design and series of aircraft and that are not normally stocked by the host base.1.4.3. recovery kits. Commands will store bags in a manner to utilize the maximum attainable stacking heights in warehouses.85 m3 (3 ft3) per bag if the type of bag to be stored has been approved by the Air Force. facilities will not be built at decentralized locations in order to accommodate mobility bag storage.7. This space is additive to that listed under Tables 4. The storage consists of aircraft items. Design Considerations: Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.7.5.3. In addition to the space provided under paragraph 4. and so forth.3 (above). 4.1.1.2.
Items External aircraft fuel tanks/racks/ adapters/pylons(MERs/TERs/BRUs) Base level self-sufficiency spares (BLSS) segregated from POS Base Defense Weapons Chaff Base Decontaminants Type Storage Shed Semi-hardened warehouse Warehouse Warehouse Warehouse CATCODE 442628 442758 442758 442758 442758 Basis of Authorization Aircraft supported Aircraft supported Base population Mission Base population
. 4. vary with traffic.2.500 ft2).3. Further. 4. 4.2. there is no objection to commanders issuing bags to personnel with mobility assignments in lieu of storing bags within the unit on a centralized or decentralized basis. See paragraph 4. such as built-up engines. radomes.4.5.

4.4. shipping. distribution.7.2. Space used for storing tabulating paper and cards used in automatic data processing operation requires special temperature and humidity controls.3.000 ft2) of temperature and humidity controlled space. This facility. AF/A1I OCR: AF/A7CH 4. the function may be located in the base or other operating headquarters.7.6. provides storage space to meet requirements that are related to the operation and occupancy of military family housing.2.1.1. Requirements Determination.7.000 to 10.000 ft2). Design Considerations. Operating space is needed for activities related to receiving. 4.1.6.3. 4. 4.3.3. Bulk and bin storage space for forms and publications is required. Space requirements will vary from 186 to 929 m2 (2.3. equipment space for mechanized initial distribution and mechanized storage equipment is provided.000 to 3.5. 4.2. and the space reported under the appropriate headquarters category code.3. Where approved.6.3.3.3. See paragraph 4.3.3. This facility stores and distributes forms and publications.6.6.2. Description. 4. Housing Supplies and Storage Facility (Furnishings Management Warehouse). Storage requirements will be based on normal authorized levels for departmental forms and publications and augmented in those instances where worldwide/command-wide support is required.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Where shipment and receipt of bulk quantities are required. 4. 4. and counter service. commonly called the Furnishings Management Warehouse.6. The service facility should provide dry. 4. Scope Determination.3.6.2. Storage space for normal and reserve stocks of tabulating paper forms and card forms require between 93 to 279 m 2 (1. packaging. 4.3.3.3.3.3. Space requirements for Publication Distribution Offices (PDO) operating major command distribution centers or worldwide support centers (such as AFMC’s) are determined on an individual basis.
. Where PDOs require less than 186 m2 (2.3. 4.2.4. heated.1. FAC: 4421 CATCODE: 442769 OPR: AFSVA/SVO/SVX. and where commands require storage of command forms and publications.6. depending on the size and type of activities served.3.3.3.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
253
4.6.6. the facility requires convenient access to a covered loading ramp or dock.6.6. 4.000 ft2) of space. and reasonably dust-free space. Dimensions. Description.

254
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 4. Open Storage Supply.8.3.2.7.3.500. whichever is greater. in areas of extremely hot weather.4. 4.7.3.8. or 5.3. plus WRM.3. 4. 4.7. In these instances base storage capacity will be sufficient to provide for 30 days peacetime requirement or 15 days alert. FAC: 4521
.3. Dimensions.8. This facility provides storage of liquid oxygen tanks.3.000 gallons) will be provided to ensure continuous operation and permit periodic purging and decontamination of the tanks. For design guidance.3. Control of hazardous materials shall comply with local.) The decision to rely on storage capacity and commercial suppliers or organic Air Force generating capability will be based on an individual base analysis to determine the most practical procedure which will provide assurance of meeting the requirements. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Design Considerations.General Purpose.3. Scope Determination. See paragraph 4. These tanks are centrally procured.000.8.3.8. The facility requires security protection.000 liters (400. 4.3. Requirements Determination.8. All Air Force installations with a requirement for liquid oxygen for breathing purposes for aircrews will have a liquid oxygen generating/storage capability or liquid oxygen storage capacity to satisfy the requirement.600. Design Considerations. plus sufficient storage to permit receipt of resupply in economical quantities from suppliers. In every instance a minimum of at least two tanks in multiples of 1. Dimensions.
4. its territories. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. to minimize boil-off losses. 2. Requirements Determination.6.4. 4. 4.3. Provide canopies in areas of snow and ice and.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. (For Oxygen Generating Plant. and UFC 4-711-01.4.1 and 1.7. Category Group 45. state and federal requirements and other guidance as defined in paragraphs 1.2. Description. and possessions is by procurement from commercial sources wherever suitable sources of supply are available to meet quantitative and specification requirements.3. Family Housing.8. see CATCODE 229986. See AFI 23-201 for facility design requirements.5.8. or 19.1. see the Air Force Housing Support Facilities Guide. 4. Cryogenics Storage (Liquid Oxygen Storage).3. 7.3. 4.1. FAC: 4122 CATCODE: 442258 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A4LE 4. Open Storage . The normal source of supply for liquid oxygen for breathing purposes for Air Force bases within the United States. 4.5.

5 ft2) allowance
. which is established under criteria for Vehicle Parking Operations (CATCODE 852261).000 ft2) of shop space. In arctic areas as much as 0.4. Requirements Determination.4.28 m2 (3.4.1.2.4. and 4. Description.2.3. The storage yard is usually an integral part of the BCE complex which includes the maintenance shop.1. and paved open storage space for construction materials and portable equipment that can withstand exposure to the elements.4.2. and to store parts and equipment temporarily pending disposition.2 and in
4.1. permitted under Table 3. 4. may be increased by 1. It is often integrated with CE’s vehicle sub-pool.5 ft2) of yard space for each square meter (m2) of shop space. that is.42 m2 (4. At bases where mission generates a sufficient volume of wrecked or damaged aircraft and/or equipment to require a continuing reclamation activity.1. there may be a requirement for a storage yard. as provided under Table 4. to maneuver ground equipment used in the reclamation operation.1 paragraph 4. Requirements Determination.4.500 yd2). Surface improvement of the area is required to facilitate the operation of materials-handling equipment.250 m2 (1. See paragraph 4.5. The BCE activity requires fenced.2.4. storage buildings and sheds.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 CATCODE: 452252 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A
255
4. The open yard is used to park aircraft and equipment being disassembled. At bases where this requirement exists.3.2. lighted. Dimensions.1.12.1. Base Civil Engineer Open Storage FAC: 4521 CATCODE: 452255 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: N/A 4. and the pavement and grounds building. Standard space requirements are proportional to the size of the Base Engineer Maintenance Shop (CATCODE 219944).1.4. 4.0 ft2) of the 0.4. or 0. Space requirements are given in Tables 4. Scope Determination. the area of the open storage yard. approximately 418 m2 (500 yd2) of open storage for each 93 m2 (1. This facility is an improved or paved area used to store materials authorized for open storage. 4. Description.1 for restrictions on the use of CATCODE 452252. Exterior lights and fencing may be installed as required to deter theft.2. The size of the area is determined by its overall dimensions with no deductions for interior trackage and permanent roads. 4. 4.4.1. Design Considerations.42 m2 (4.4.

cost-effective.
. Introduction and Program Considerations. In addition to the area requirements.1. Category Group 61. productivity. Consult AFRCH 32-1001 and ANGH 32-1084 for variances applicable to Reserve and Guard facilities.2 for allowable space for private offices.2. 6. Private Offices. Administrative Design Standards and Office Space Measurements. These offices typically have full height walls or partitions from finished floor to finished ceiling.1. This Manual provides the data needed when programming Air Force projects using UFC 4-610-01.1. Office areas are generally located in areas designated for administrative work and administrative support functions.260 Chapter 6
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
FACILITY CLASS 6. and create an atmosphere that increases morale. 6.1. These spaces support the administrative affairs of a military establishment and should be programmed and designed such that it enhances the main mission or functions of an organization. Refer to Table 6. Administrative Support Space should be programmed for all offices. training. 6. Office Areas. Administrative Facilities. Calculate the required space by determining the number and types of open offices (office types A-D) needed. and size of equipment that requires floor space.1. administrative and support spaces should be programmed and designed so that these facilities can be flexible.2. Offices located within special purpose areas should not be counted as Office Space.1. project planners and facility designers should analyze the types and numbers of building occupants. When using the criteria given.1. This Manual shall be used for administrative facilities or for administrative areas that are part of facilities that are not primarily administrative.2. Offices are typically divided into two main categories: “private” and “open”.1.1. and collaboration. 6. and computer rooms should include information on the number of people. auditoriums. justifications should be vetted through CE Asset Management officials. recurrence of use. Adjustments in both areas may be necessary to satisfy the criteria but must be justified. the amount of equipment.1. Justify the number of offices based on the number of authorized full time equivalents (FTE) in an approved manning document.1. ADMINISTRATIVE 6. This should be followed by an analysis of special purpose space requirements taking into account the types of activities being housed and efficient (maximized) usage of the space. Establishing User Requirements. or administrative space in renovated facilities. This chapter identifies program requirements for Administrative and Administrative Support Spaces. At installations. 6. These offices are intended to provide visual and sound privacy required in the course of the occupant’s duties. Administrative and Administrative Support Spaces. Private offices are assigned to individuals based on rank and/or duty assignment. Consult UFC 4-610-01 for definitions and general design criteria. Justifications for all special purpose space such as conference rooms. Space authorizations listed herein may be used to establish space requirements for new administrative facilities. administrative relocations. Justifications for additional personnel must be accompanied by approved plans.

A per person average of this can be used when programming.5. 6. Use the multipliers below to establish programming estimates of the space needed. Calculate the required space by determining the number and types of open offices (office types E-H) needed.2. 6.2.1. and administrative circulation. it includes circulation in and around office areas and space for working office storage.2. open offices for support staff. This space supports the administrative functions and includes all such functions not included in personal office space. meetings. The Rentable Space is the prorated area of the overall building shared by an organization. Refer to Table 6.1. provide shared special purpose spaces for efficiency.1. The Net Organization Space is the space defined for a distinct organization that is part of a shared facility. For Air Force facilities. 6. and administrative support space.1.4 for assembly space calculations. excluding major vertical penetrations and exterior walls.4. copiers. This can be calculated by multiplying the relative percentage of a shared facility attributed to an organization by the gross area of the building.1.1. administrative support.2. Circulation Space. Administrative Support Space. Open Offices. and circulation for that organization.4. The Net Administrative Area includes all of an organization’s office.1.2. This is space used to traverse in and around all the administrative space types above.
. or estimating space for relocations or space in renovated facilities. private offices for key staff.3.1.1. Special purpose space is defined as space which may be required to meet specific or special organizational functional needs. and facsimile machines. 6. size.4. Categories of space have been established to define space calculations common to administrative facilities for programming purposes. Command Suites. Assembly spaces are also special purpose spaces that include spaces that may be used for conferences. Refer to Table 6. 6. working files.1. shredders. The type.1 for allowable open office area. printers.1.3.3.2. The Average Net Square Foot (ft2) Per Person is a calculation of the Net Administrative Area divided by the number of persons/offices.2.2. Assembly Spaces.3. Refer to Table 6. 6.1.2.3. In facilities with multiple organizations.3. It includes the Net Administrative Area. and quantity of special purpose space are project specific. Open offices are programmed and designed to incorporate modular workstations and are typically occupied by general administrative and/or functional support staff.3. special purpose space. analyzing. 6. scanners.1. and training.2. 6. 6. Categories of Administrative Space.3 for typical special purpose spaces. safes. a waiting area.1. Special Purpose Spaces. 6. This is also called Usable Space and can be helpful when establishing the relative percentage of a shared facility that should be attributed to an organization. A command suite is an office area configuration that typically houses a private office for a Commander.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
261
6.

6. or the actual prorated areas to be shared by the organization. restrooms.3. 6.1.2. provide a conference room for up to 50 persons and two team rooms for up to 10 persons each. It is intended to estimate and program the size of an entire building to the outside walls for facilities that are primarily administrative. The Gross Building Area includes the entire building measured to the outside walls.1. For organizations of over 150 personnel. Circulation Multipliers are added to Special Purpose (Organizational and Shared) space to account for the space needed to circulate in. 6. 6. 6.1. Multipliers. excluding major vertical penetrations and exterior walls.4.1.4. vestibules. The multipliers below include lobbies.3. For organizations with 50-99 personnel. shared special purpose spaces.4.5. 6. and other common shared building functions/spaces. NOTE: The minimum 90 ft2 per person space standard is typically used for relocations or renovation projects.1. use a maximum of 40 ft2 per person. multiply the Net Administrative Area for all organizations by the programming multipliers below. 6. These are used by programmers to estimate the next level of space required.5.3. provide a conference room for up to 25 persons and one team room for up to 10 persons. A maximum Net-to-Gross multiplier of 25% should be added to Net Building Area to reach the gross building area. janitor.5. 6.5. and around theses spaces. lobbies.4.2. Use an average maximum of 120 ft2 per person (minimum 90 ft2 per person) for Net Administrative Area. The mix of office types (sizes A-H) may have to be revised to meet these limitations.1. Actual Rentable Space should be calculated based on design or actual building configuration.5. A maximum Circulation multiplier up to 10% may be added to Net Administrative Area and Special Purpose (Organizational and Shared) space. provide one team room for up to 10 persons. shared circulation.262
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 6.
6. Net Administrative Area Metrics for Programming Administrative Spaces (without detailed justification): 6. 6.1.
.1. Rentable to Gross add 20%.4.1. Net Building Area includes Shared Special Purpose space and Shared Special Purpose space circulation. For organizations with 100-149 personnel. To estimate Gross Building Area for administrative facilities. Additional conference/team space may be justified with projections that demonstrate the space will be occupied at least 50% of the time during duty hours on an annual basis. For organizations up to 49 personnel. and a minimum of 20 ft2 per person.5. 6.4.1. mechanical. provide an additional 10-person conference room capacity and one additional team room for up to 10 persons for each additional 100 personnel in the organization.1. Net-to-Gross Multipliers are added to account for the shared space such as restrooms. For Administrative Support Space. Metrics.4. Rentable Space may be estimated by adding 5% to the Net Organization Space. Conference Rooms.1. etc.3.1.1.

6.2. 6. Use 90 ft2 per person minimum for relocations or renovation projects.1. 2. Note that some CATCODE facilities in the 610-series have a specific authorized gross building area.6.3).6. The private/open office programming method is used for calculating space requirements based on the number of occupants. Programming Methods.1.1.1.1. Private/Open Office Method. The three methods are: Rapid Programming Method (paragraph 6.6.
. Rapid Programming.6.6. Private/Open Office Method (paragraph 6. and Rank-Based Programming Method (paragraph 6. the mix of private and open offices. use the Net-to-Gross Multipliers below to determine the gross building area. and special purpose space. There are three methods shown here with progressive levels of accuracy. The method used depends on the availability of programming information (Rank-Based Programming requires the most information).1.1. Rapid programming is used for estimating space requirements quickly based on an estimated number of occupants and special purpose space.
Space Type All offices (Net Organizational Space)2 Special Purpose Space Add Special Purpose Space circulation Net Administrative Area Shared Special Purpose Space Shared Special Purpose circulation Net Building Area Net to Gross Multiplier Gross Building Area 25% 10% 10% ft2 Factor/Multiplier1 Max 120 ft2 /person
NOTES: 1. Rapid Programming Method. 6.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
263
6. Table 6.2).1.1). Includes Administrative Support Space and Office Circulation. For primarily administrative facilities.

For facilities that are primarily administrative. reconfigure the existing space.264
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Table 6. the detailed office-type (private or open) for each occupant. or program a new project. use the Net-to-Gross Multiplier to determine the full building scope.3. renovate the existing space. Private/Open Office Method.1. These space limitations may be exceeded by 10% for relocation into un-renovated. 6.6. The rank-based programming method is used for calculating space requirements based on the number of occupants.1. Rank-Based Programming Method.
. If the resulting space allocation exceeds 110% of the available space or the Net Administrative Area per person or if the resulting space allocation is below 90 ft2 per person. existing space to accommodate the required spaces. This information is then used to establish the net administrative area.
Space Type Number of required Private Office spaces + Number of required Net Open Office spaces + Administrative Support space + Administrative Space Circulation Multiplier + Net Administrative Area Required Special Purpose Space + Special Purpose Space Circulation Multiplier + Total = Net Organizational Space + Shared Special Purpose Space Shared Special Purpose circulation Net Building Area Net-to-Gross Multiplier + Total = Total estimated Gross Building Area Max 25% As Required Max 10%
ft2 Factor/Multiplier1
150 ft2 /person 64 ft2 /person 20-40 ft2 /person Max 10% Max 120 ft2 /person As Required Max 10%
NOTES: 1. and special purpose space.1.

274 Space Type Qty
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Factor Total Area (ft2) 7. The category code and nomenclature assigned to such space is determined as follows. The Rank-base programming method is based on a Max Net Office Area Per Person.1. The amount of tenant space thus provided should constitute a small percentage of the total space occupied under the wing or group headquarters category code. Support Agreements Procedures. Net-to-Gross Multiplier Total Gross Building Area Validate: Net Administrative Area ft2 per person= Net Administrative Area ft2 per person= Net Administrative Area ft2 per person= NOTES: Org 1 Org 1 Org 1 & 2
25%
120 120 120
1. 6. 6.7. Administrative-type facilities that are specifically developed or provided for an Air Force tenant activity are assigned the category code appropriate to the activity. When an individual tenant requires a substantial amount of space.1. or cannot be.800 ft2 of Special Purpose Space (including 800 ft2 of Shared Special Purpose Space).316 36. When the Air Force tenant is not.1. codes for general activities.7. such as "Tenant Office” will not be approved. Such requests should be made only with respect to specific activities and organizations. For unique headquarters. Tenant Administrative Offices. may be in order. the space is provided under the category code of the wing or group headquarters that is responsible for operating the installation.
. or other type agreements. 6. Air Force or non-Air Force tenant organizations or activities that require administrative office space on an Air Force installation are provided such space under AFI 25-201. a request to revise Specified Headquarters (CATCODE 610287). provided with its own administrative-type facility.7.1. it may be desirable to ask AF/A7C to establish new or revised facility requirements. for a building that is primarily an administrative facility housing two organizations with 175 personnel and 5.2. or the space required is too small to warrant the use of a separate category code.580
9.

1. 6.2. waiting room. court or board members.3. a reserve JA. two witness waiting rooms so that victims and government witnesses may be separated from accused and defense witnesses.. See Table 6. Scope Determination.g. See AF Legal Facilities Design Guide for facility design guidance. 6. 6. etc.2. library.2.1. The Housing Officer (branch chief) and Referral Officer each require a private office (Type D) to conduct tenant-landlord counseling. The facility includes sufficient reception space to accommodate incoming personnel and their families.2. 6. Dimensions.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OPR: AF/JA OCR: N/A
277
6. Family Housing Management Office FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610119 OPR: AF/A7CH OCR: N/A 6. Other Administrative Facilities.3.1. Description. At locations designated by AF/JA.2.2.2. playpen. assistant staff JAs. 6. Design Considerations. and a courtroom. and other special requirements.2. The customer service area should have sufficient space to provide a waiting room for children (e.200 ft2) minimum. conference room for use by staff personnel. 6. Description. space for display of information on available community housing. This facility accommodates the family housing management office of the BCE organization. This facility contains the office of the installation staff JA and a courtroom. chairs.2. The witness waiting area is located to preclude the possibility that witnesses will mix with the judge.2.3. tables. 6. Space required includes offices for the staff JA. Scope Determination.1.5. Requirements Determination. and administrative personnel. a circuit prosecutor and/or trial judiciary office is collocated with the law center and requires additional office and administrative space.2. jury deliberation room with a private toilet.3.2. The courtroom portion of the facility functionally consists of a courtroom. Housing referral counselors and clerks should have semiprivate areas to provide personalized customer service.5. and an administrative area. Requirements Determination.). the judge's chamber with a private toilet.3. court reporters. 111 m2 (1. The given category code is used whether the office is located in the main office building of the Base Engineer Administration (CATCODE
.1.1. or spectators. toilet facilities for both sexes.3.4. 6.

Vehicle Operations. The facility must be collocated with the Vehicle Parking Operations area (CATCODE 852261) and Vehicle Maintenance Shop (CATCODE 214425) and situated so that the dispatcher has visual coverage of the parking area and the entry and exit point. Requirements Determination.3. 6.4 51. Design Considerations. Dimensions.3.2.2. Example of Authorized Spaces for Vehicle Operations Administration. Figure 6.2. Reference AFI 24-301.2 8. See Figure 6.1. This is based on supporting a fleet of 1.3. operation and control of the base support fleet and U-Drive-It vehicle fleet. 6. 16.2 180 670
.7 62. the size of the facility will depend upon fleet size and local mission and operational requirements.4.3/6. For additional guidance see paragraph 6. and AFI 23-302.4) D D F (per person) F ft2 400 90 550
See Table 6.3.2. 18. 1
Offices Vehicle Operations Officer Vehicle Operations Superintendent Vehicle Operations Administration Vehicle Operations Support (Shift Supervisor) Special Purpose Spaces Vehicle/Taxi Dispatch Guard Station Drivers Ready Room (Lounge) Break Room Lockers Fleet Management (4) Conference/Training Room Equipment Support Operator Care/Cleaning m2 37.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
279
6.3.3.7 of this chapter. This facility is required for the management.2.6 40 200 432
See Table 6.500 vehicles as broken out in the notes to the table.3. Scope Determination.4.5. This is an example only. Figure 6.1 Office Type (see Tables 6. 6.3 is an example of the space requirements for a vehicle operations administration building.3.

Special Purpose Spaces may include a classroom to support supply customer training.3.3/6. retail sales. Units of a different size must justify these quantities. 6.3. and the Fuels Management Flight because they are included in other total space requirements (CATCODEs 442758. 610121.7. Specific sections are broken out in USAF PAD 0801 1 May 08.4) 43. Description.1. 6. and operating personnel.3.3. in m2.280
Offices Storage Vehicle Records Keeping Section Driver Evaluation And Testing Classroom Command and Control
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Office Type (see Tables 6. vehicle operations facilities. This space is reported under
. repair cycle support.2. and Vehicle Management Flight.1.3.3. and 610711). 610142.3. The need and justification for a separate classroom and its seating requirements should be established under the general space criteria given in paragraph 6. excluding Fuels Management branch personnel.7 of this chapter and Table 6.3. Include space for all assigned personnel whose primary duties are performed at a desk. Scope Determination.1. or space types. This excludes data processing.3. Requirements Determination. This facility houses the main administrative offices of the Supply organization.3. 6. section/work center personnel. This is based on a unit supporting a fleet of 1. telecommunications. Supply Administration.3.2. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610122 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A 6.500 vehicles. 6. data processing. ft2.3. Materiel Management Flight. and section/work centers directly involved in the management and handling of property. Space requirements exclude the space occupied by supply computers. Deployment and Distribution Flight. 6.3.3. Cargo Movement/Personal Property/Small Air Terminal and Passenger Movement facilities. Included in this category code are offices for the Logistics Readiness Squadron (LRS).3.7 470
User justified User justified User justified
NOTES: 1.

3. 6. equipment area for desktop computers.9 and 6.3. and various filing and storage cabinets. Space requirement for the office includes the sum of military and civilian personnel management space requirements as determined in Table 6.1.4) See Table 6.6. affirmative employment. quality control. The given areas should be prorated according to the actual population supported.10. Base Personnel Office. Scope Determination. and career assistance and counseling.4 User justified User justified User justified
283
6.3. 6. Dimensions. where appropriate.9 and Table 6. This office houses the military and civilian personnel administration function and. employee and labor management relations and training.1 of this chapter. See paragraph 6.2. Requirements Determination. positions classification and position management. Military personnel management activities cover the following areas: personnel systems management administration. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610128 OPR: AF/A1 OCR: N/A 6.3 User justified See Table 6.6.9.4.10. and counseling rooms.6.3.3. Military criteria are based upon military population as shown in Table 6. a reception lobby and waiting area.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Offices Break Room Lockers Conference Room Customer Service Storage Unit Command and Control Office Type (see Tables 6.6. Military population supported by the office may include personnel that are stationed off base. and resources management.
. See Tables 6.1. Civilian services include administration.3/6. processing. personal affairs.3. records section.6. Description. An Education Center (CATCODE 730441) may be collocated with the base personnel office using the center’s space criteria. the education services function. 6. career control. systems management. printers. group activity lounge. Special Purpose Space requirements include a classroom for training/orientation.

the use should be confined to office space and should not include any common use. Crating Office Type (see Tables 6.1 of this chapter.3. However.2.9. Also. Dimensions. Wing /Group Headquarters. See paragraph 6.5. service.3.3.1. Scope Determination.4. Space requirements for individual headquarters are developed from their official organization charts and unit manning documents 6. if a squadron elects to locate its squadron orderly room in a dormitory. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610241 OPR: AF/A1 OCR: AF/A7CH 6. See UFC 4-610-01.9.1. Headquarters Facilities.9. A wing or group headquarters that does not carry base operating responsibilities will usually contain staff offices for the commander and vice commander and their
. 6.1. Headquarters facilities accommodate the staff offices that constitute an organization headquarters. 6.3. Design Considerations.3.3/6. the space used as the squadron orderly room should still be categorized under CATCODE 610241. and storage space properly coded as dormitory space or other type space. 6. Orderly room space should not be duplicated in other squadron-occupied facilities.9.3.3.1 of this chapter.4. The facilities are provided only for official designated headquarters and only for headquarters that contain a substantial number of assigned personnel. Description. The squadron orderly room space is normally located in the building that serves as the squadron's principal place of work and the space is identified under the category code of that facility. See paragraph 6.4) m2 ft2
287
User justified User justified User justified User justified User justified
6.1.4.9. Orderly Room in Dormitory. 6.1.9.1.4. 6. Requirements Determination. 6.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Offices Special Purpose Spaces Customs Sterile Holding Area Shipping Receiving Computer/Communications Material Handling.

1.4. group commanders. 6. and 6.2.5. 6. Base operating headquarters will sometimes provide space for office personnel assigned to Air Force tenants. Description. Various medical or hospital facilities (CATCODE 510XXX). Group Headquarters. These spaces are not to be duplicated in the wing or group headquarters category code if already covered by allocations of space in their respective category code. 6.1.1.4. exchange facilities. communications.2 for office space authorizations for wing commanders. Various chapel or religious facilities (CATCODE 73077X).2. identified in the subparagraphs below. clothing sales. 6. equipment.288
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 information and safety divisions. support groups. Data Processing Installation facility (CATCODE 610711).2.4.1. 6. operations plans. 6. supply. Various administrative facilities listed in paragraph 6. and billeting desk and operations. 6. 6. services. See Table 6.2.4. Elements of the Force Support Squadron in dining halls. TLF facilities. Central Post Office (CATCODE 730443).3. and the base procurement activity. and maintenance.1.2. laundry and dry-cleaning plants. as well as office support space such as conference and bid opening rooms.2. accounting and finance. Group Headquarters facilities may accommodate the staff offices of the headquarters for the following types of organizations: operational groups.4. The latter activity involves procurement and contracting of supplies.4.4. There are also other staff offices.
.3. Elements of the personnel service activity located in various recreation and welfare facilities.6. or any other group officially designated as such under the Air Force Wing structure.4.4.4.7.1.1. many of which are normally housed in their own operational facilities.4.2.9. and construction for the entire base and for logistically-supported off-base units.1.4. Office space is also provided for the deputy commanders for operations (or missions) and material and their various divisions such as intelligence.2. 6. A wing or group headquarters with the additional responsibility of operating a base will usually include additional staff offices such as administrative services.8.1.1. Deputy for Business Operations (DBO).4.1. and officials in equivalent positions.
6.2. logistics groups.2. It requires space for the Contracting Squadron Commander.2. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610243 OPR: AFCEE/TDB OCR: N/A 6.1. Security Forces Operations facility (CATCODE 730835).2.2. commissaries. and contract specialists.

4. Document Staging Facility.7.3. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610311 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A 6. maintain. This is a “collector” category code that accommodates miscellaneous major headquarters not otherwise identified.9. USAF School of Aerospace Medicine.4.9.9. On bases where these headquarters are a tenant. Design Considerations.4. 6.4.5. The category code should not be used for any headquarters not listed above. 6. Air Logistics Center Headquarters space requirement are excluded and are provided under Depot Operations Logistical Facility (CATCODE 610675).3.2.4.4.9.9.3. or College located at Maxwell AFB and elsewhere.9.4.4.4.1.4.9.3.9.1. the availability of the code reduces the amount of tenant space that might otherwise be assigned to the base operating wing or group headquarters.3.1 of this chapter. 6. and service non-current official Air Force records with a retention period of eight years or less. Description. 6.6.9.4. USAF Military Training School.3. Dimensions.5. AETC Numbered Technical School.3.9.3. Health Care Science School.5.9.4.1.3. AFMC's named laboratories and Satellite Control Facilities.4.292 OPR: AFCEE/TDB OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
6. Requests for additions or deletions should be submitted to AFCEE/TDB with supporting information.3. 6. Aerospace Rescue and Recovery.5. It is also used to
. AF Wright Aeronautical Laboratories. 6. 6. AETC School.4. 6. See paragraph 6.5. 6. See UFC 4-610-01. The facility accommodates the staff comprising the headquarters of the following organizations: 6. 6.1. Requirements Determination.8.9.4. See paragraph 6. 6. Named Services including Aerospace Audio-visual. 6.4.1.9.2.9.9. This facility is used to store. and Defense Commissary Agency.4. 6.1. and 6. Description. Specialized Administrative Facilities. Institute.3. Scope Determination.

the size of the facility will not exceed 465 m 2 (5. Fire divisions in the archival storage areas may be reduced in size to reflect a management decision on the maximum amount of archives subject to damage or loss from fire. Scope Determination. 6. The facility should normally be a single-story building. Dimensions.3. 6.085 m3 (2 ft3 and 3 ft3) of files per square meter (square foot) of floor area. Records areas shall be enclosed in four-hour fire resistant construction not exceeding 3.5.1. light. National Fire Alarm Code.1.1. and NFPA 232.2.1. Post the load limit in a conspicuous place and do not exceed this limit. 6. of Type I-A to Type II-B construction as defined in UFC 3-600-01 and the International Building Code (IBC).) Warehouse storage space is preferred but must provide adequate heat. Fire safety criteria shall be the same as that for records centers. and is a requirement of each installation. except that fire detection equipment shall be incorporated into the archival storage areas in accordance with NFPA 72. The facility is established under AFI 33-364.4. to protect against unlawful entry. Standard for the Protection of Records).000 ft2) that are located within a base headquarters building can be reported under the building's category code.5.5. Requirements Determination.1.2. or equivalent.000 ft3) of records.3.5. Staging areas used to store classified. Chapter XII.1.5. require special safeguards.5.5.1. Design Considerations. that have an annual accumulation of 2. 6.5.000 ft2) of storage space and must contain less than 708 m3 (25.4. 6.5. such as environmentally controlled and filtered storage space. at or above grade level.
. Provide a complete facility automatic wet pipe sprinkler system. 6.83 m3 (100 ft3) or more of official Air Force records with a retention period of two years or more. including its off-base activities.5.5. 6. Storing hazardous cellulose nitrate film requires special facilities not covered by the above standards (see NFPA 40.5. and ventilation for the comfort of servicing personnel.5. Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film.1.057 m3 and 0. A structural engineer shall establish a floor load limit. Archival materials require a significantly higher level of protection than temporary records.5.1.1. 6.5. 6.700 m2 (40.000 ft2) per fire area.1.7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
293
consolidate shipment of records with longer retention periods that are destined for a Federal Records Center. The records staging area should be equipped with an anti-intrusion alarm system.6. Privacy Act information.5. (Larger facilities constitute "Agency Records Centers" and require approval from the Archivist of the United States through SAF/CIO A6P.1. or other types of protected information. 6. The required size of the facility is determined on an individual basis based on storing between 0. Facilities smaller than 93 m2 (1. Under 36 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). Records Disposition—Procedures and Responsibilities.5.5.5.5. For Official Use Only. 6.

material control.5. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610675 OPR: AF/A4LE OCR: N/A 6. Temperature shall not exceed 21°C (70°F).4. test facilities. Functions include first echelon supervision. oxidizing agents. For electronic and microfilm records storage.5. Excluded are administrative and staff offices within the base operating headquarters (group.5. which may abrade microfilms or react with the image. development. Mechanical filters of dry media type having an arrestance.5. 6. maintenance.3.10. This facility accommodates the Air Logistics Center (ALC) commander and staff.2. See paragraph 6.1 of this chapter. and production.
6. Depot Operations Logistical Facility. Avoid rapid and wideranging temperature and humidity changes and do not exceed a five percent change in a 24-hour period. Analyze facility population and provide justification for all spaces.5.2. of not less than 85 percent (as determined by the stain test described in American Society of Heating.2. See paragraph 6. work order processing. Also excluded are servicing offices located in ALC operational facilities (production facilities. and similar duties.5. 6. 6. Do not store archival microfilms in the same room with non-silver gelative films or in rooms with shared ventilation systems. Description.5. wing.9. 6. Requirements Determination. and depot storage facilities). and so forth) that are properly reported under other administrative category codes.2. distribution.2) are preferable. inspection.2. research.8.2.2. Servicing office space is reported under the basic facility being serviced. 6. including the directorate of plans and programs and all administrative functions of the following directorates: material management.1. 6.2.1 of this chapter. sulfur dioxide. workload scheduling.5. Servicing offices are defined as those offices occupied by personnel whose primary functions pertain solely to the operation being performed in the building. hydrogen sulfide.1.2. certain phases of quality control.1. Solid particles.2.1.1. Use a storage temperature of 2°C (35°F) or below for color films. Gaseous impurities such as peroxides. and others are to be removed by suitable washers or absorbers. or cleaning efficiency. Dimensions.2.5. should be removed by mechanical filters from the air supplied to housings or rooms used for archival storage. as gasses emitted by the other films may damage or destroy the images in the silver archival films. the relative humidity shall range from 20 to 40 percent with an optimum of 30 percent. procurement.1. Scope Determination. Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers [ASHRAE] Standard 52.
.1. 6.294
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 6.5.5.5.5.

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 6.5.5.3. Scope Determination. See paragraph 6.1.1 of this chapter and CATCODE 610717. 6.5.5.4. Dimensions. See Table 6.15 for space requirements. 6.5.5.5. Design Considerations. Some reproduction equipment generates excessive heat. Therefore, the center must have adequate air conditioning, and paper must be stored in a dehumidified atmosphere. The center must have OSHA-approved hazardous material storage cabinets as well as a staging area for hazardous waste awaiting removal.

6.5.6. Remote Job Entry Terminal System (RJETS). RJETS are located at small active installations under the jurisdiction of the Air Force, the Air Force Reserve, and the Air National Guard. A RJETS system communicates with host Air Force RPS II at the computer support base. The RPS II is usually located in DPIs (CATCODE 610711). Space requirements for RJETS equipment and operations vary according to equipment configuration type. See Table 6.16. Table 6.16. Authorized Spaces for Job Entry Terminal System (RJETS).
Offices RJETS Chief's office All others Special Purpose Spaces Service engineer and operator files and desks and all equipment configurations RJETS equipment Punch card equipment input/output area 37.2 4.6 400 50 m2 16.7 Office Type (see Tables 6.3/6.4) E F-H ft2 180

6.5.7. Social Actions Facility. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610911 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: N/A 6.5.7.1. Description. This facility supports the Air Force Social Actions Program (AFI 36-2706, Military Equal Opportunity (MEO) Program). 6.5.7.2. Requirements Determination. A Social Actions facility is required for each installation. The facility should be in a central location with access and convenience to

NOTES: 1. 1 per 10 organizational personnel. No more than 4 discussion rooms are authorized per installation. 6.5.8. Emergency Management (EM). FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610913 OPR: AFCESA/CEX OCR: N/A 6.5.8.1. Description. This facility supports the base EM function that operates under the Air Force’s EM program and AFI 10-2501, Air Force Emergency Management (EM) Program Planning and Operations. The function provides the planning, management, training, and operations to prepare all personnel to protect Air Force resources from the effects of attacks and/or disaster situations, restore primary mission assets, and fulfill the humanitarian disaster relief responsibilities of commanders. The function includes maintaining stores of specialized disaster response equipment. Activities of the Base EM Office extend to tenant units including the National Guard and Air Force Reserve forces. In overseas areas, the function serves as a standby facility similar to EOD/Fire Department functions. See applicable supplements to AFI 10-2501. 6.5.8.2. Requirements Determination. Analyze facility population and provide justification for all spaces. Space requirements at bases that conduct extensive training in chemical warfare training generally exceed normal requirements. 6.5.8.3. Scope Determination. See paragraph 6.1.1 of this chapter and Table 6.18. 6.5.8.4. Dimensions. See Table 6.18. 6.5.8.5. Design Considerations. Facility components and requirements include the following: 6.5.8.5.1. Classrooms. This component contains benches and tables that are used for lecture and audio/visual instruction and equipment. Two classrooms are required especially in overseas areas where different courses of instruction are conducted during normal duty days. Installations that can justify regular attendance of more than 20 students (60 students maximum) can provide more classroom space. 6.5.8.5.2. Control Center. This component supports communications equipment, plotting/status boards/maps/charts, and may be manned by two individuals. The component coordinates disaster activities and dispatches the Readiness Support Team.

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

303

6.5.8.5.3. Secure Storeroom. The secure storeroom is required for disaster response equipment such as protective clothing, chemical detection and decontamination equipment, and radiation monitoring sets. The storeroom includes dressing space for certain team members who use protective clothing and gear. It requires climate control to prolong the shelf life of material and equipment sensitive to temperature extremes. 6.5.8.5.4. Decontamination/Shower Area and Latrine. This component requires separate male and female areas. Each should contain two showers, two commodes, and two sinks/wash basins. In addition, two urinals are required for the male latrine. 6.5.8.5.5. Demonstration Yard. An open yard is needed to demonstrate decontamination and monitoring equipment. It is preferably located adjacent to the preparedness office. 6.5.8.5.6. Student Lounge. This component supports from 20 to 60 students and includes vending machines in addition to furniture. 6.5.8.5.7. Standby Area. This component supports from 5 to 10 persons and includes beds, lockers, tables, chairs, and food preparation area. 6.5.8.5.8. Mask-Confidence Training. Bases also require a mask-confidence training facility convenient to the classrooms. The EM facility should be provided NBC/conventional protection. In overseas areas, minimum requirements include revetments and provision for collective protection. Table 6.18. Authorized Spaces for EM Facility.
Offices Program Director All others Special Purpose Spaces Mask-confidence Training Computer, Telecommunications Student Lounge Decontamination Shower/Latrines Classrooms (for 20 person ea, 60 person max) Standby Area Secure Storeroom m2 55.7 Office Type (see Tables 6.3/6.4) D F-H ft2 600

6.5.9. Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI). FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 610915 OPR: SAF/IG OCR: AFOSI/ 6.5.9.1. Description. There are two types of AFOSI units: Regions and Detachments. Regional offices include units that are aligned with MAJCOMs and field investigation squadrons that align with NAF located overseas. Regional offices exercise command and control over detachments and act as directorates at the MAJCOM and NAF headquarters. A detachment can be a special unit, an investigative unit, or a combination of both. 6.5.9.2. Requirements Determination. AFOSI (Logistics Division) assists in the planning of AFOSI facilities and makes final determinants on the requirements of proposed projects in accordance with the AMC Air Force Office of Special Investigations Facilities Design Guide. Contact OPR for additional information and guidance. 6.5.9.3. Scope Determination. See paragraph 6.1.7 of this chapter, Table 6.19 and the AMC Air Force Office of Special Investigations Facilities Design Guide. 6.5.9.4. Dimensions. See the AMC Air Force Office of Special Investigations Facilities Design Guide. 6.5.9.5. Design Considerations. See the AMC Air Force Office of Special Investigations Facilities Design Guide. Table 6.19. Authorized Spaces for the AFOSI Regional Facility.
Functional Area: Offices (see Tables 6.3/6.4) Commander Vice Commander Branch Chiefs All others Special Purpose Spaces m2 Net Building Area Office Type C D E F-H ft2

NOTES: 1. Space requirements for Regional units, Special Detachments, and Investigative Detachments. 2. Also see Table 6.3. 3. Space Requirements for the AFOSI Investigative Detachment Facility. 6.6. Category Group 69, Administrative Structures Other Than Buildings. 6.6.1. Troop Shelter. FAC: 7383 CATCODE: 690625 OPR: AFCESA/CEXX OCR: N/A 6.6.1.1. Description. This facility is a protective shelter used in forward basing areas to house personnel and equipment. 6.6.1.2. Requirements Determination. Requirements are established under HQ USAFdirected programs. Additional information can be found on the Theater Construction Management System (TCMS). TCMS is a web-based automated construction planning, design, management, and reporting system that is used by military engineers for contingency construction activities. Its primary purpose is to support OCONUS requirements. It combines state-of-the-art computer hardware and software with Army Facilities Component System (AFCS) design information to support and enhance the accomplishment of engineer mission activities in the theater of operation or other mission arenas. TCMS can be accessed at http://www.tcms.net/. 6.6.1.3. Scope Determination. This shelter, which varies in length, width, and height, is constructed from components of the aircraft steel arch shelter. The shelter can be used for

FACILITY CLASS 7, HOUSING AND COMMUNITY 7.1. Category Group 71, Family Housing. 7.1.1. General Information. Requirements criteria (including general descriptions, requirements determinations, scope determinations, dimensions, and design considerations) for family housing facilities appear in AFI 32-6001, Family Housing Management; AFI 326002, Family Housing Planning, Programming, Design and Construction; UFC 4-711-01, Family Housing; the Air Force Family Housing Guide; and the Air Force Housing Support Facilities Guide. 7.1.1.1. Family Housing Facilities. Facilities covered by the aforementioned guidance include: Family Housing (CATCODEs 711111 through 711312); Mobile Home Court Support Facility (CATCODE 713352); Trailer Court Parking (CATCODE 713366); Attendant Dining Hall (CATCODE 714122); Attendants Sanitary Facilities (CATCODE 714124); Attendants Quarters (CATCODE 714128); Family Housing Detached Facilities (CATCODEs 714431 and 714433); Family Housing Maintenance Facility (CATCODE 219944); and Housing Supply and Storage Facility (CATCODE 442769). (NOTE: AFI 32-6001 is currently in the process of being combined with AFI 32-6003, General Officer Quarters, and AFI 32-6005, Unaccompanied Housing Management, into one AFI 32-6011, Housing Management and Operations. AFI 326011 is currently in coordination for signature. Estimated completion date unknown.) 7.2. Category Group 72, Unaccompanied Personnel Housing (UPH). 7.2.1. Overview. The Air Force Dormitory Master Plan (DMP) provides the Air Force with a comprehensive investment planning tool for future project programming of unaccompanied housing requirements across the Air Force. The Air Force DMP integrates facility condition assessments, functional adequacy analysis, scoring, anti-terrorism/force protection (AT/FP) analyses, and dormitory campus area development planning to produce a consolidated Air Force position for long-term dormitory investment. Dormitory construction projections are based on detailed phasing plans that take into account each of these factors in a weighted calculation. Master Plans are developed for each level in the Air Force corporate process: Installation, MAJCOM, and HQ USAF. The DMP includes a functional analysis that compares each facility to the new Air Force standards defined for each grade in the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide. Consult the applicable DMP and Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide prior to project programming of unaccompanied housing requirement. 7.2.1.1. Determining Requirements. As stated in paragraph 7.2.1, UPH requirements are determined by the DMP. See the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide for further information and guidance. 7.2.1.2. Definition of Unaccompanied Personnel. Unaccompanied Personnel either have no dependents or are geographically separated from all dependents. At locations where dependents are not authorized, all permanent party personnel are considered involuntarily separated and are included when calculating permanent party UPH requirements.

1 are new construction and major renovation programming allowances (not existing facility space adequacy standards) for dormitories and Officers Quarters (OQ). Consult AFI 34-246 and AFSDG 4-724-01. See Table 7. housekeeping equipment. and costs identified in the Air Force DMP criteria defined in the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide.1. Support Areas. Scope Determination. personal item storage.2.2. 7.2.1 for Space Allowances.2.4. RH&T dormitory furnishings are limited to bunk beds and lockers for personal gear.2. See Table 7.2. laundry.5. Permanent party UPH assignment and adequacy standards are provided in AFI 32-6005. 7. They include support space such as lounges.4.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
309
7.1. 7. As indicated in the requirements criteria for this facility.4. linen supply. Squadron orderly rooms may be located in dormitories and reported as Orderly Room in Dormitory (CATCODE 610241). Design Considerations. 7.2. Lodging adequacy standards and assignments are provided in AFI 34-246.4.2.2. Recruits Dormitory. Design must include requirements. and base or MAJCOM standards. and general-purpose storage.2.2. 7.
. Air Force Services Facilities Design Guide.4. Visiting Quarters (VQ).2. Requirements Determination. Consult the applicable DMP and Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide. Air Force Lodging Program.3. vending machines.2. space thus coded should be limited to office space and should not include any of the dormitory support space in 7.1.2.2.4. Housing facilities to accommodate Basic Military Training (BMT).3. 7.1. BMT trainees are housed in Recruit Housing and Training (RH&T) facilities in an open-bay configuration with approximately 50 trainees per bay. scope. Living space allowances and accommodations in new dormitories are established by OSD (E-1 Basic Trainee line of Table 7. Adequacy Standards.2. FAC: 7218 CATCODE: 721311 OPR: AF/A7CH OCR: 2AF/TTOC 7. Gross areas given in Table 7. 7. Description.2. central office.1.1).3.2.1. 7.1.1. Unaccompanied Housing Management.2. Design: Visiting Quarters for the latest guidance on support areas. 7.1.1. Dimensions.2.

See Table 7. criteria defined in the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide and base or MAJCOM standards.3.3. Dormitory Airman Permanent Party/Permanent Change of Station (PCS)Student.2. Housing facilities to accommodate Permanent Party/PCS-Student enlisted military personnel.2. One exception is noted below in paragraph 7.2.2. 7. then the affected personnel may be considered space required. 7. 7.5.3. As a related NOTE: Air Force assignment standards (AFI 32-6005) stipulate that all space available personnel will only be authorized one room per person. Unaccompanied personnel in grades E-4 (more than 3 YOS) to E-9 are considered space available.3.3.4.1. 7. Living space allowances and accommodations are established by OSD (Grades E-1 to E-4 line of Table 7. scope. 7.3. FAC: 7210 CATCODE: 721312 OPR: AF/A7CH OCR: MAJCOM/A7 7. FAC: 7210 CATCODE: 721313 OPR: AF/A7CH OCR: MAJCOM/A7
. Unaccompanied personnel in grades E-1 to E-4 (fewer than 3 YOS) are considered space required.1. At these installations.1. Consult the applicable DMP and Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide. Dimensions.2.2.310
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
7.4. and costs identified in the Air Force DMP.3.2.3. Regardless of location.2. The HRMA must fully justify the lack of housing for E-4 (more than 3 YOS) through E-9 personnel.2.2. Program to provide sufficient dormitory rooms to house all unaccompanied personnel in grades E-1 to E-4 with fewer than three years in service (YOS) on base.1.1).3.3. Design Considerations. Design must include requirements.3. Scope Determination. 7. Description. program to house the affected grades (as identified in the HRMA) on base at the appropriate standard provided in Table 7. if the installation’s Housing Requirements and Market Analysis (HRMA) (or equivalent for Japan and Korea) reflects a deficit of adequate and affordable off-base housing to support any portion of unaccompanied E4 (more than 3 YOS) through E-9 personnel at that installation.1. Requirements Determination. Technical Training/Pipeline Student Housing.

4. Normally. Dormitory. See Table 7.5. Consult the applicable DMP and Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide.5.2. Although many concepts in Pipeline Student Housing are similar to Permanent Party Unaccompanied Housing. Consult the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide for latest requirements and guidance. 7.3. The general concepts applicable to Permanent Party UPH will apply to Pipeline Student Housing unless specifically altered by the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide. 7. See Table 7.4.2.5. FAC: 7210 CATCODE: 721314 OPR: AF/A7CH OCR: MAJCOM/A7 7.5.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
311
7.4.1.5.2. and costs identified in the Air Force DMP criteria defined in the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide.2. scope.1. Unaccompanied NCO. Pipeline Student Housing will be constructed in increments of 100 rooms.3. 7. and base or MAJCOM standards. Dimensions. Dimensions. and costs identified in the Air Force DMP. 7. The optimum size will depend on the squadron size at each installation.2. Design must include requirements.2.1. Design Considerations.4. Requirements Determination. 7. Consult the applicable DMP and the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide. there are differences in their physical layout and construction. 7. criteria defined in the Air Force Unaccompanied Housing Design Guide.5.5. Design Considerations. 7.4.2. Design must include requirements. and base or MAJCOM standards. Description. Scope Determination.2. Permanent party enlisted Unaccompanied Housing for E-5 to E-6 Non-Commissioned Officers (NCO) and E-7 to E-9 Senior Non-Commissioned Officers (SNCO) personnel.2. Requirements Determination.
.2.1. 7.2.2. 7.5.4. Description. These dormitory facilities are utilized to house students who are recent graduates of BMT. scope.4.2. Scope Determination.

6.6. 7.
Room Type With Shower m2 Standard Guest Room Accessible Guest Room Suite Accessible Suite 27.2.2. Description.2 55. guest services to be provided.
. formatted as a normal Congressional reprogramming action.5 N/A 55. See AFSDG 4-724-01 to determine actual numbers of rooms. Dimensions. Refer to the Architectural Barriers Act guidelines to determine number of accessible rooms required. Consult AFSDG 4-724-01 for the latest guidance.4.6. While VQs are not considered dormitories. Commands desiring a waiver from these absolute planning factors must submit a fully justified request. Scope Determination. FAC: 7220 CATCODE: 721215 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. See Table 7. AF/A7CH. and identifies any companion appropriated fund (APF) projects necessary to provide a complete and usable facility.6.2.1.1.2 30. The PVA validates the site selection. Air Force Services Agency.5. Air Force Services Agency.3 ft2 293 325 597 606 With Shower/Tub m2 27. 7. Dining Hall in Airmen Dormitory. Requirements Determination. Air Force Services through the Headquarters.2. Detached (CATCODE 722351). Design Considerations.2. determines the overall number of room types. Table 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
313
7.2. VQ military construction projects will comply with the design and construction guidance that establishes the absolute size for the net living area in Table 7.7.2.7.3. See Airmen Dining Facility.2. Space Allowances for Visiting Quarters – Net Area Standards. the design principals are the same. MAJCOM/A7 7. and an economic analysis to Headquarters. Lodging Branch (AFSVA/SVOL) will provide the number and types of rooms (standard and accessible guest rooms and suites) based on usage data.9 N/A ft2 296 N/A 602 N/A
7. The final determination of the project scope will be based on the results of an independent Project Validation Assessment (PVA) performed through Headquarters Air Force Services Agency. All guest rooms will be single occupancy for all ranks (except under surge conditions) and shall include sleeping/living areas and private shower rooms.2. support areas.5 56. 7. Headquarters.

The various elements that comprise a fast food service facility and their sizing will be based on a study performed at the location being considered.2.1.2. 7.4.2.5.2. 7. San Antonio. Serving Area. 7.2. This is approximately 30 percent of the total facility (without a seating area).8. TX 78216-4138.2.1. 7. excluding a seating area. This is approximately 35 percent of the total facility (without a seating area).2. 7. MAJCOM/A7 7.2.800 ft2) gross area. 7.7. The mechanical room is approximately 10 percent of the total facility (without a seating area).8.2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2.8. Requirements Determination.2.2.7.7. Fast Food Service Facility. Scope Determination. The dining area is optional.8. 7.3. and entry vestibules. expendable storage.8. 10100 Reunion Place.4. Dining Area.8. TX 78216-4138. and a janitor's closet. The industry standard for a nationally franchised fast food facility is approximately 260 m2 (2. staff locker area. Scope Determination. Dimensions. Requirements Determination.1. 7.1. Facility requirements shall be coordinated with AFSVA. This is approximately 15 percent of the total facility (without a seating area). The serving area includes the counter area to serve walk-in customers and a window service area to accommodate drive-through customers. This facility is authorized only when justified by operational needs.7. Suite 502. Mechanical Room. FAC: 7220 CATCODE: 722345 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Customer Area.2.4. AF/A7CH must approve the initiation of construction programming action.5. The evaluation of need will be reviewed by the MAJCOM/A1 with an information copy to AFSVAFB. Storage Area.2. 7.8.8.2. 7.2.2.1. The kitchen area contains food preparation and support space. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Description.2.3. Suite 502. 10100 Reunion Place.6.1. patron restrooms. 7. For space computations see paragraph 7. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.8. This is approximately 10 percent of the total facility (without a seating area).8. The storage area includes refrigeration and storage space for semi-perishable subsistence and a receiving area.4. If a seating area
. Kitchen Area.1. San Antonio.8.2. Design Considerations.2.8.1.
7. an office.2. See paragraph 7.8.314
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7. The customer area includes the patron waiting space.3. 7.

and an issue point.3. Dining Room Area. times 1.9.2. training room. This mix will aid in the turnover rate and produce less dead seats.9. and booths set in a mixture of 2-. utensil wash.e.1. 7. FAC: 7220 CATCODE: 722351 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.
. 7.9. Dead seats occur in a floor plan that uses all of one type of seating (i. and civilians. chairs. 4-. 7. staff toilets and locker area. and the USAF Dining Facilities Design Guide. Description. and 6-person dining configurations should be used. Receipt and Issue Area..1. Detached.9.9.9.2. Space requirements vary according to required serving capacity which is determined under instructions in paragraph 7.1.9. should be added to the basic facility. 7. c) the three-year historical average use of base dining facilities by enlisted personnel who receive Basic Allowance for Subsistence (BAS).1.5.1.9. then the seating capacity desired.8.2. Kitchen Area.2.2. a dishwashing room.2. The following categories of personnel may be included in calculating serving requirements: a) total personnel in subsistence in-kind status. See UFC 4-722-01. b) personnel of foreign governments per agreement. a refrigerated holding area for perishable food during processing. The serving area includes space for the food serving line(s) and cashier(s). A patron seating plan that uses a combination of tables. Serving Area. MAJCOM/A7 7.9. The dining room area includes patron seating. Design Considerations.1.2. 7.4. and storage room.2.2.2. assigned officers. aisles.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
315
is required. while authorized to use this dining facility and pay applicable surcharges. Dining Facilities. producing two dead seats at a four person table). patron restrooms.1. storage room for expendables. Personnel in temporary duty status. will not be included in this serving requirements calculation. 7. 7.2.3. Airmen Dining Facility. The kitchen area contains food preparation and support space including the kitchen proper. The space does not accommodate food preparation. a protected entrance way. This seating concept is unique to each location’s clientele. Requirements Determination.2. a receiving platform including garbage and trash areas.9. 7. and janitor's closet.2. 7.2.4 m2 (15 ft2) per person.2. 4-person tables and most of the customers dine in groups of two.2. The receipt and issue area includes refrigeration and dry storage space used to store perishable and semi-perishable food prior to processing or use. office. office.

7.3. should be considered.2.5. and space allowances are given in Tables 7. Scope Determination.3.
. Serving requirements are given in Table 7.9.9.2. Installations in designated isolated locations (per DFAS-DER 7010-1.3 .9.3. Food Service Program. based on mission changes. Design Considerations. and civilians should not be included in the serving requirement when planning. This establishes the normal seat capacity.2. as explained above.3.4.2. multiply the number of seats by the turnover rate of three customers per seat in a set meal period.1.5. Dimensions. 7. Refer to DoD FMR.4.3. including functional layouts of component areas.4 m2 (15 ft2).1.9.2. The rated capacity is determined to be 300 persons.1.9.) 7.2. Officers.2.9. multiply the total E-1 to E9 base population by the appropriate factor in Table 7.9. and c). Chapter 19.9.2.3.4. Assistance in developing dining facility designs based on Air Force criteria. The result is 100.3. 7.9.316
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.2. as an additional source for serving space requirements. Volume 12.2. 7.3. 7. Next. To determine the existing serving capacity. E-5s to E-9s.4 and 7. (EXAMPLE: Assume a seating area of 139 m2 (1. 7. Valid future increases in the number of authorized patrons (a. Computing Dining Facility Requirements: A deficiency in dining capacity exists whenever the total serving capacity required for the installation exceeds the sum of the rated serving capacity of all existing dining facilities.9.2.2. Projects for a given serving capacity that exceed Air Force space allowances for the same capacity must be approved by AF/A7CH. and divide by 1.1. 7. See Tables 7.9. The Air Force criteria are based on DoD space allowances. First determine the total area of the seating area. b.1.2. General Accounting and Finance System at Base Level) may increase the gross area by 28 percent. This is the turnover for the meal period.3. To compute the total serving requirement.500 ft2) and divide that by 1. 7. The rated serving capacity of existing facilities is determined as follows: 7.3. multiply this number by the turnover rate of 3. regardless of the length of the period. the parts of the dining room reserved for tables and chairs.4 m2 (15 ft2 ) per seat. that is.9.2. except in overseas or remote locations where support is authorized.3 and 7.1. See UFC 4-722-01 and the USAF Dining Facilities Design Guide.2.3. should be obtained from AFSVA.3. 7.4.2.

Table 7. Support Units Personnel Transfer and Overseas Processing Centers Confinement2 90 70 50 110 95 95 90 85 Percent Enlisted Personnel to be Served During Meal Period
317
NOTES: 1. Serving Requirement Enlisted Personnel Dining Facilities. However. except in overseas or remote locations where support is authorized. or modernizing enlisted personnel dining facilities. confinement.
Serving Requirement Number of Enlisted Personnel to be Served Gross Area Not Including Mechanical1 m2 ft2 Mechanical Room Gross Area2 m2 ft2 Total Gross Area
m2
ft2
. to determine the serving requirement. The maximum number of enlisted personnel to be served during a meal period should be determined by multiplying the normal unaccompanied Enlisted personnel housing capacity by the appropriate percentage(s) provided above. Officers and civilians should not be included in the serving requirement when planning. Serving Requirement. and security personnel. The percentage of 110 should be applied against the maximum facility capacity for administrative. enlisted personnel on separate rations should not be included in the serving requirement when planning new dining facilities. 1
Type of Mission and Operation Training Basic and Recruit Training Mobilization and Annual Training Advanced Individual Training Service Schools.4. Space Allowances for Enlisted Personnel Dining Facilities (Detached).AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Table 7. retaining.3. Recruit Reception Stations Permanent Party Remote Locations Air Installations. 2.

2.2.2.200 1.10.5.100 1. Officers Dining Facility-Detached. a storage annex may be provided.2. FAC: 7220 CATCODE: 722356 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Requirements Determination.4.10.10. 7.400
NOTES: 1.100 1. Space requirements are the same as for airmen dining facilities.200
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Mechanical Room Gross Area2 m2 93 102 102 112 ft2 1. 7.3 and Table 7.900 12. MAJCOM/A7 7.10.712
ft2 6. as appropriate.10. 7.318
Serving Requirement Number of Enlisted Personnel to be Served Gross Area Not Including Mechanical1 m2 81 to 150 151 to 400 401 to 650 651 to 1. Design Considerations. designed under earlier space criteria. Description.2.302 1. 7. Mechanical Room and vestibule entries gross area. The possibility of serving officers in existing airmen dining facilities.2. See UFC 4-722-01 and the USAF Dining Facilities Design Guide. See paragraph 7.10. Scope Determination.3.600 ft2 5.1.9. Dimensions.200 Total Gross Area
m2 585 929 1. See paragraph 7. 7.000 18. Annex space uses either CATCODE 722351 or 722356.000 14.10. 7.2.2.300 10.300 8. Building Gross Area except mechanical and vestibule entries.5. Where this condition significantly impairs operational efficiency.2. Dining Facility Storage Annex.000 492 827 1. without detriment to the service for airmen. with two units of measure. preferably adjacent to the dining facility. Some existing facilities.3.2.
.9.3. should be explored.1. do not contain as much storage space as current criteria would provide.000 1. 2.900 17. Programs for the construction of new officer dining facilities or major modification of existing dining facilities for officers' use will not be initiated without advance approval by MAJCOM/A1S.

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
319
square meters (ft2) and persons (in this case. To achieve 151 to 250 person capacity. 3.9.2. plus 223 m2 (2. for use in nearby appropriated fund dining facilities or in which foil pack meals are produced for missile site-feeding.11. 7. Requirements Determination. Central Preparation Kitchen. Table 7. FAC: 7233 CATCODE: 723385 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.2.
7. The sizing of the various elements that compose a
.5. MAJCOM/A7 7. and 7. Mechanical Room and vestibule entries gross area. The space provided in existing dining facilities and their existing or proposed storage annexes must not exceed the dining facilities serving capacity provided under paragraphs 7.2. Description.000 Total Gross Area
m2 809
ft2 8.400 ft2) for a carry out flight kitchen.11. All proposed acquisitions of space or facilities to serve as storage annexes must be submitted to AFSVA for review.1.4. add more seating space to the 80-151 person dining facility generic kitchen.700 Mechanical Room Gross Area2 m2 93 ft2 1.2. The latter unit must be included to ensure the facility's acceptance in the computer system. one person). Space Allowances for Generic Flight Line Dining Facility. either partially or completely. 4. which are reported under CATCODE 730783. 2.11.2.700
See Note 4
NOTES:
1.2.8.
Serving Requirement Number of Enlisted Personnel to be Served Gross Area Not Including Mechanical1 m2 80 to 1513 151 to 250 716 ft2 7. Consists of a standard 80 to 151 person dining facility shown in Table 7. The preceding instructions do not apply to annexes to Dependent Boarding School Dining Facility (CATCODE 730781). This facility is a production operated kitchen in which food is prepared. Evaluation of need will be reviewed by the MAJCOM/A1S involved and AFSVA. Building gross area except mechanical and vestibule entries.

3. It contains space to store. The space allowances cited will not be exceeded except with the approval of AF/A7CA.500
Prorate at 0. Design Considerations. 7. A location convenient to the flight line is desirable. Scope Determination.12. Table 7. 7. Design Considerations. These allowances will vary at individual bases with the type of meal (i.12. See section 3D.2.2.6. 7. The Flight Kitchen is used to prepare meals to be served aboard aircraft and meals for ground support personnel unable to consume their meal in a dining facility.
Total Flight Meals per Month m2 Gross Area ft2
0 .3. Scope Determination.3. The facility can be established where it can service three or more dining facilities which serve a combined total of at least 1.1. Requirements Determination.2.11.2.11.500 average weighted rations per day or where it will support a frozen foil pack requirement of at least 500 foils per day. FAC: 7233 CATCODE: 723388 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.11.2. See paragraph 7.12 in the USAF Dining Facilities Design Guide.025
. and cook food and to assemble and issue the prepared meals. 7.6.320
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 central preparation kitchen will be based on a study performed at the location being considered.3.12. See Table 7.2. Space allowances are given in Table 7.2.2. Description.2..5.12.2. MAJCOM/A7 7. Flight Kitchen.12.11. prepare.2. See paragraph 7. Space Allowances for Flight Kitchens. Request for Air Force approval will be forwarded for technical review through AFSVA. sandwiches or foil pack meals) most in demand.
7. Assistance in functional layout is available upon request from AFSVA.5 ft2 / meal 1.6.e. 7.4.12. Dimensions.750 751 . 7.05 m2 / meal 95
Prorate at 0.1. 7.2.4.11.5. Dimensions.

Requirements Determination. to the maximum extent practicable. Education Center. physical conditioning room.4.3. FAC: 7351 CATCODE: 730441 OPR: AF/A1PT OCR: MAJCOM/A1/A7 7. and DoD civilian employees in support of Air Force and national goals. the following considerations: installation military and civilian population. number and size of on-base institutions.3. Scope Determination.3. sleeping quarters.3.3. Dimensions.3. Minimum allowance determinations should include.5. Consult the Air Force Fire Station Design Guide and UFC 4-730-10. 7. These examples represent typical local operations space requirements. On-the-Job Training (OJT). average annual enrollments. 7. in any event. 7. 7. Education Service Centers (ESC) provide facilities for the academic and professional development of officers.1. Reference the Air Force Fire Station Design Guide.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
323
7. The space criteria presented below provides an example of a large and small fire station. training classroom.2. and overall use of ESCs. and desired architectural character. staff. All newly constructed Education Centers should provide office space for personnel managing base-level functions of the Education and Training Flight – education. kitchen/dining area.3. civilian training.1. 7.2.1. but not be limited to. 7. academic and
. or other suitable facilities on an installation. of existing classrooms. program variety. general purpose/dayrooms. Each base (MAJCOM) should develop its own space criteria and design solution appropriate to local functions.1.2.2. equipment maintenance area (including breathing apparatus servicing). airmen. classification and training.2. size requirements. and station office. Requirements Determination. Professional Military Education (PME). Fire Stations. These standards override any administrative space allowance shown in the UFC.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. fire fighting agents and operating supply storage. personnel locker room/space. Joint use of classrooms or other suitable facilities may be necessary to support the on-base education programs when space in the ESC is insufficient to satisfy recognized needs. The basic fire station consists of an apparatus room.2.3. Scope Requirements. See UFC 4-730-10.1. operating patterns. site constraints.2.3. Design Considerations.1. 7. Description. formal training.3.2.3.3.3. ESCs will make use of joint-use facilities. base training. For administrative space follow the allowances in Chapter 6 of this Manual. 7. ensure execution of quality programs.2. for additional information and guidance. Allowance determinations should.

7.3. mail processing area. training centers.3.3.3. military service schools.3. 7.2.3. Provisions should be made to accommodate a Branch Library in accordance with the criteria for Base Library (CATCODE 740675) when justified by installation requirements. and custodian of postal effects (COPE) areas.3. Criteria. hospitals.3.1.4.5. Requirements Determination.3.3. postal administration.3.2.3.3. and 7. 7.3.11.1. Central Post Office.3. 7. 7.2. postal directory section.2. See Chapter 6 for classroom size allowances. FAC: 7344 CATCODE: 730443 OPR: SAF/CIO A6 OCR: N/A 7.2. Major and subordinate headquarters. The Central Post Office requires space for a lobby. DoD Executive Agent for the Military Postal Service (MPS).3.7 represent the basic central post office gross area and provide general guidance. Carrier delivery to family housing units. Applicability and Justification: 7. 7. Additional space requirements must be submitted from MSSQ/CC/MSE and BCE through MAJCOM/A1/A7 to AF/A1PT/A7C. Nonresident schools.2.2. Dimensions. ESCs should be located in or very near major on-base enlisted housing areas. Design Considerations. and base library. postal supply storage. A separate space allocation shall also be made for non-postal administrative functions and for storage of non-postal supplies and equipment.2.2.3. registered mail section. Self Service Postal Units installed within the lobby of the facility. Postal Directory. personnel centers. 7. Activities generating a high volume of accountable mail that requires secure overnight storage.
.3.3. commands.
7. 7.3. See DoDD 5101. accountable mail area. Space criteria shown in Table 7.3.3. Space allowances for overseas bases should be adjusted to reflect Status of Forces Agreements (SOFA) and the logistics requirements of education contracts.3.2.2. supply depots.6.3. or other high volume mailers. such as: 7.2.3.2.3.2. except when the library is included in same facility. Description.324
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 military testing.2. Additional space may be provided if a central post office serves specialized functions.2.3.5. Classrooms for these activities must also be included. labs for science and computers.2.2.3.2.4.2.1. 7. distance learning delivery.2.3.3. 7. postal finance section.4.

See Table 7.3.3.3. when docking space is not available.2. Limited parking space may create traffic problems and mail processing delays. Each postal facility shall have toilet facilities or access to toilet facilities in the same building for both sexes.3. and separate.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.3. 7. Registry Section: 0.2. Both hot and cold water shall be provided.4. Special Features:
325
7.3.3.3. 7.2. The postal finance service counters shall be constructed in modules that have adequate space for postal equipment. See Table 7. The space shall be allocated as follows: 7.3. Space allowances for central post offices are given in Table 7. 7.9 m2 (20 ft2 ) net floor space for every 1.2.2.3.3.2.000 population: and 7.).1. The number of personnel receiving general support is the unit of measure for overseas postal facilities with a general support mission (Air Mail Terminals.3.5.000 personnel receiving general support. Branch post offices.3.3.3.1.3. lockable cash drawers for USPS stamp funds and money order funds. Design Considerations.3.3.3.3.3.2.3.3.3. 7. Installation population is the unit of measure for CONUS/overseas direct support post offices.2.3.3. Postal facilities shall be equipped with open counters to afford a more pleasant and efficient working environment.4.3.3.3.3. 7.2. Space for general support facilities shall be 1.1.3. Additional space shall be allocated for non-postal supplies and equipment.3. 7.500 ft2) gross area.3. 7. Dimensions.3. Intrusion Alarm Devices (IAD) shall be installed in postal facilities that are not operational on a 24-hour basis.1.000 population.4 m2 (15 ft2) per 1.3. Loading docks shall have sufficient overhang of room to permit loading and off loading of mail without its being exposed to inclement weather. not exceeding 139 m2 (1. Scope Determination.5 m2 (5 ft2) per 1.3. expendable postal supplies. may be provided as required at large military installations to serve concentrations of personnel when service from the central post office is impractical. 7. 7.7 for space criteria for Military Postal Finance Units or Sections. etc.3.3.3.5. 7.1. 7.3. However.7 and 7.3.5.3. maximum utilization of conveyer systems shall be made.2. The space criteria for "postal supply" applies only to storage space for United States
. Each postal facility shall have sufficient docking space defined as a docking platform or ramp providing adequate area for the maneuvering of two trucks at one time for postal facilities with a direct support mission and three trucks at one time for postal facilities with a general support mission.4.7.3.8. Postal facilities shall have adequate parking space for customer parking and unit mail clerks' vehicles.3. 7. Mail Processing Section: 1.3.1.3.

3.8. The space criteria for a COPE section shall be based on the total population served by all postal facilities operated under the COPEs supervision. Data included in space computations for a postal finance section or unit will apply to (a) customer service lobby. Postal Service Centers (PSC) may be combined with.3.25.5.25. and compiling reports.1. 7. A separate space allocation shall be made for non-postal administrative functions. and (d) postal administration. The station supports operations of the Armed Forces Courier Service and is provided at locations designated by the service. 7.2.2. The station is preferably located in Air Freight Terminal (CATCODE 141782). The above factors compensate for the vacancy period required before reassigning a receptacle. Space criteria for PSCs shall be based on a combination of population served and the number of receptacles installed (Table 7.4. the additional authorized space shall be added to the gross area figures shown. where needed. At overseas locations the number of assigned PCS military and civilian personnel shall be used.
. as listed in paragraphs 7. the number of receptacles will not exceed the number of assigned PCS unmarried military.3. or separate from. Air Force Courier Station.7. unaccompanied married military. multiplied by a factor of 1. (b) postal finance. 7. 7.3.3. 7.3. Coordination should occur during the initial planning stage and annotated on the project DD Form 1391. The registry section shall be enclosed in a separate room or wire mesh cage to provide security against unauthorized entry.3. 7. a central or branch post office. Postal Finance section or unit space allocations shall be based on the number of postal finance clerks required to meet the customer workload.8.3.3.5.3.5. which include expendable and non-expendable items required to be on hand at military post offices (MPO) for their operation.3. and civilian personnel on TDY status.3.5.3. Determinations of specific total requirements and space provisions for specialized functions.3. At CONUS installations.3.3.6 above. complaints. a vault.3.500 or more.6.3.3.3. The space criteria for "postal administration" apply only to daily postal operations such as claims. This consolidates interfacing functions.2 through 7. 7.5. and reduces security hazards.8. a loading platform.3. 7.3.3. Stations are generally located where large amounts of courier material and cryptographic supplies and equipment are received for movement to and from overseas. should be coordinated with the USPS Regional Postmaster General.7).5. 7. Provide vault security features as required.5.5. (c) mail holding area. multiplied by a factor of 1. or where supplies and equipment are generated or stored.326
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Postal Service (USPS) supplies. and. Space allocation for a COPE section shall be deducted from the mail processing section of postal facilities serving a population of 2. When the PSC is combined with a central or branch post office. facilitates material handling. Waiver Process.5.5. The facility contains an administrative area. Coordination and Sources of Information.5.

or that the services are not available from other DoD or government facilities. Scope Determination.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OCR: AFSVA 7. Requirements Determination.020 4.3. 7.001 to 10. Installation and Environment (SAF/MI) that adequate commercial capabilities are not available at reasonable cost and within a reasonable distance.4. and cash customer retail store space.4. Reserve Affairs.500 11. designed under earlier space criteria.3.9 and the average military population served (including average military population(s) of other DoD installations/bases receiving services from the plant facility).9.3.000 15.001 to 30.9.180 Gross Area ft2 8. See Table 7. A reasonable distance is considered to be under 161 kilometers (100 miles). may not contain employee locker rooms and break rooms or as much storage space. 1
Persons Served2. Laundry and/or dry cleaning facilities will be equipped and operated only when a determination has been made by the Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Manpower. DoD civilians and their dependents in overseas areas.000 45. Space Allowances – Laundry and Dry Cleaning Plants. Dimensions.1. Description. Design Considerations. average transient population (annual total divided by 12).000 790 1. Laundry and dry cleaning facilities. the maximum economical transportation distance to a servicing facility. The size of the requested plant facility will be based on Table 7. Some existing laundry and dry cleaning facilities.3 m2 2.4. dependents of military members.3.2.
329
7.4.001 to 4.000
NOTES:
. retired military members and their dependents. and all other categories of customer population approved/authorized by competent authorities to use the plant facility. 7.5.3. adequate annexes or facility expansions may be provided.000 7. Air Force policy requires that necessary laundry and dry cleaning services be obtained from the most effective and economical source. maintenance room.4. 7.4. Table 7.3. Where these conditions significantly impair operational and customer service efficiency.

. Stocks are maintained and retail outlets established at installations selected and approved by the Army and Air Force Exchange Service (AAFES) based on an evaluation of potential sales volume and distances to other clothing stores. 3. The retail outlet provides space for customers to select clothing and try it on to ensure proper fit and appearance. Height of plant production areas.5 m (28 ft) from floor to top of the peripheral exterior wall. and boiler plant will be a minimum of 8.5. Description. base linen exchange facility. increase plant size using a straight line projection based on actual personnel served.3. Clothing Store. as a minimum. linen exchange room. boiler plant and mechanical room space) as required. 2. See Table 7. possibly. Scope Determination. If total population served exceeds 30. should be added to the gross areas shown when determining a single gross area figure for each facility.3. and maintenance room will be double decked (containing a second floor for storage of parts and light bulk supplies). use the next smaller plant and two-shift operations. break room.5. Excluded areas (i.4. maintenance room. 7. Requirements Determination. supply rooms) but does not include base linen exchange facility. drive-through customers. Dimensions. A storage room for explosive. sized to include customer self-service turn-in and retrieval area and a counter area to service both walk-in and. Each facility will have a cash customer retail store.10.3. customer retail store.5. hazardous and/or toxic chemicals shall be included. employee restrooms. cash customer retail store.e. Each restroom will include. locker rooms. are given in Table 7. or boiler plant.. Includes a common core area (offices.2.1. These criteria should only be used as a guide. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. including retail sales and storage space. designed per IAW current Air Force criteria.3. Space requirements. 7.000.3. and specific criteria should be obtained from AAFES/FS-S. 7.5. For intermediate numbers.5.10. Supply room. one shower stall.3
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Gross Area m2 ft2
1. 7. supply rooms.3. FAC: 7343 CATCODE: 730717 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7.330
Persons Served2.

3. religious education.999 3. Requirements Determination. Description. and the percentage of
. traditional or anticipated.120 6. Availability and location of government provided housing. is based upon the population of the installation. Attendance trends and projected changes in the installation population and mission are relevant in determining the number and size of the chapels at an installation.400 6.3.5. 7. pastoral counseling.2. Design Considerations.3. refer to the USAF Religious Facility Design Guide.999 5. are integrated with Exchange Sales Store (CATCODE 740388). interpersonal relationships.300 4.2. Space Allowances for Clothing Stores. Base Chapel.1.6.700
7.3.000 and up 186 307 390 476 595 622 Gross Area ft2 2.2. These facilities provide spaces for community worship. Military clothing stores are operated by AAFES and. 7.3. 3911 S.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
331
7. The number of chapels at an installation. Table 7.6.6. religious guidance.000 3.. FAC: 7361 CATCODE: 730771 OPR: AF/HC OCR: N/A 7. This population figure includes military strength assigned to or residing at the installation.6. and related functions.
Military Strength m2 300 to 599 600 to 1. For additional guidance.10.499 1. 7.1. Walton Walker Blvd.6. as well as family members and civilian personnel dependent upon the installation for religious support. Dallas.000 to 4.500 to 2.000 to 9.200 5.2. Contact AAFES. individual meditation.5.999 10. as well as the size of each chapel. spiritual support.3. at some installations. composition of the particular chapel communities. TX 75236-1598 for specific design criteria.

4.5. 7. Religious education facilities used for religious education classes and related chapel activities of the various faith groups represented within the installation community. In addition to space for worship. The USAF Religious Facility Design Guide provides guidelines to be used in conjunction with other command and installation requirements for determining spatial allowances for chapel facilities. Scope Determination. 7. Provide reasonable separation of meeting areas to enable simultaneous activities such as.7. Installations with a population of 500 or less are not normally authorized a free-standing chapel. sacramental rites and ceremonies.6.7.3. Design Considerations.6.3. Specific and unique chapel facility spatial requirements may be justified on the basis of local installation needs. 7. or the requirements of religious practices and needs.3.3.6.2. Religious facilities should be constructed with all appropriate safety and accessibility features required of Air Force facilities. FAC: 7362 CATCODE: 730772 OPR: AF/HC OCR: N/A 7. Chapels should be designed and constructed by those with professional experience in providing aesthetics that are conducive to worship and meet the religious needs of multi-faith users. Office space must be arranged to facilitate counseling and protect the clergy-parishioner relationship. Requirements for larger or smaller chapels may be established by validated local needs. 7. may be provided in a multipurpose facility with spaces for services. and other activities normally associated with the Chaplain Corps.1. and normally it is not recommended that a chapel exceed 400 seats. Rule 503). clergy-congregation relationships. 7.
.5.
7.3.5.3. are variables to be considered in the chapel planning process. religious instruction.3. Religious Education Facilities. meditation.6. although an area for worship. See AFI 52-101 for additional guidance.5.3. and storage. the conduct of worship services while counseling. 7.1. Dimensions.3.3. religious observances.6. Chapels normally include provisions for individual and group counseling.3.6. or meetings occur. Privileged communication requires both visual and acoustical confidentiality (see AFI 52-101 and UCMJ Rules of Evidence. 7.3.2. Description. office(s).6.332
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 the installation’s population residing in civilian communities (CONUS only). Most chapels are constructed with a seating capacity of approximately 300.

The USAF Religious Facility Design Guide provides guidelines to be used in conjunction with other command and installation requirements for determining spatial allowances for religious education facilities. and maintenance rooms are in the facilities. Refer to CATCODEs 730771 and 730772. storage spaces (for kitchen. FAC: 7361 CATCODE: 730773 OPR: AF/HC OCR: N/A 7.2. Hospital Chapel.4. Dimensions. reception areas. and multimedia and sound equipment).8.3. 7. Facilities must include features that support users who are physically challenged. Description.8. administrative.3. 7. 7. Normally a kitchen. The USAF Religious Facility Design Guide provides guidelines to be used in conjunction with other command and installation requirements for determining spatial allowances for a chapel center. custodial and religious education materials.8.3.8. tables and chairs. 7. 7.3.3.3. 7. and other identified needs.7. infant through adult. The total area of religious education facilities is calculated in addition to (independent of) other chapel facilities. The chapel center is a chapel combined with a chapel activities facility to form a single comprehensive complex 7.3. Religious education facilities include classrooms for all age groups.9. FAC: 7361 CATCODE: 730774 OPR: AF/HC OCR: AFMSA/SG8F
. Scope Determination.1. Refer to CATCODEs 730771 and 730772.3.8.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
333
7. Design Considerations. See USAF Religious Facility Design Guide.3.3.2. Requirements Determination.3.4. Chapel Center.7.7.3. Dimensions. restrooms. and is based upon the total installation population (military and civilian personnel and their family members). 7. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations.5.3.5.7.8. Specific and unique facility spatial requirements may be justified on the basis of local installation needs. administrative offices. Careful attention to aesthetics and practicality must be given in the process of joining these facilities into a single comprehensive complex. Scope Determination. Specific and unique facility spatial requirements may be justified on the basis of local installation needs. 7.

CATCODE 730781.12.11. the local projected school enrollment. Design Considerations. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3.5. 7. Dependent Boarding School Dormitory. Total space in a dependent boarding school dining hall. Requirements for student dormitory spaces will vary with the capacity of the existing high school. 7. including required student dormitories and dining halls at Air Force installations in overseas areas are programmed by the DoD Dependent Schools Office. Space criteria for dining halls given under CATCODE 722351 include all operating and storage space requirements. 7. and its detached storage facility will not exceed that permitted by Table 7. Scope Determination.12.
. 7.2. Space allowances criteria given under CATCODE 442769 also apply to dependent dormitory supply/storage requirements.1.12.11.3. Requirements Determination.2.3. 7.3.5. Dormitory space requirements will be based on 100 percent of the programmed boarding school enrollment as determined by the responsible Area School Superintendent.12.3.3. 7. Space allowances for student dining halls are provided under guidelines for Airmen Dining Hall (CATCODE 722351).1. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3.11. The construction of elementary and secondary schools.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OPR: DODEA OCR: AF/A1S/1PT
335
7. 7. Student dining halls are required to support authorized overseas dependent boarding schools.12. Design Considerations.3. 7. Description.4.11. Dormitory support consists of the types of storage space described under item Housing Supply/Storage Facility (CATCODE 442769). 7. AF/A1PT 7. Scope Determination.12. Requirements Determination. Description. Dimensions.3. The gross dormitory floor area provided per student will be computed in accordance with guidance governing Airmen Dormitory (CATCODE 721312). Dimensions. and the projected enrollment of the geographical area served by the school. Dining hall support consists of outbuildings used for storage purposes.11. Student dormitories are required to support authorized overseas dependent boarding schools.3. FAC: 7353 CATCODE: 730782 OPR: DODEA OCR: AF/A7CH.2.3.3.3.4. Student dining hall requirements will be predicated upon 100 percent of the available student dormitory spaces.

1. FAC: 7352 CATCODE: 730784 OPR: DODEA OCR: AF/A1PT 7. 7.3. gymnasium. Description.13.3. 7. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3. Dimensions.13. and team teaching by utilizing acoustically appropriate movable walls in lieu of fixed partitions.3. 7. 7. 7.13.3. Where such schemes are used.2. The dependent elementary school accommodates children in the primary and elementary grades. Requirements Determination. CATCODE 730788.3. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7.3.336 7.14.5. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3.13. Design Considerations. Where feasible within the educational program. Requirements Determination. Direct classroom support includes space in buildings detached from the main school building which house support functions such as administrative offices. Dependent School Detached Support. FAC: 7353 CATCODE: 730783 OPR: DODEA OCR: AF/A1PT
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
7. depending on the school's academic organization and/or the size of the student body.14. 7.14. Designs shall recognize the need for flexibility so that facilities can be adapted to a changing educational program with minimum requirement for additional capital investment. Dependent Elementary School.14.3.13.2. general purpose classrooms should be configured in a manner that will enable implementation of multiple level. 7. care
. may also be added to and included within this category when kindergarten is an integral part of the elementary school facility and is not separately identifiable. usually 1-6 or 1-8. Scope Determination.3.4. cooperative. storage.3.14.3.13. Design Considerations.5. Description. 7. Space used for dependent kindergarten school. individualized. No information is available at time of publication. Dimensions.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. This code applies to direct classroom school support space.14.4. and auditorium.

Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7. including those inmates pending a transfer to other corrections facilities. the space thus used will be included under Dependent Elementary School (CATCODE 730784).18. normally 180 days or less. Design Considerations.18.4. The Air Force Corrections System.3. 7.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.18. Description. Requirements Determination.3. Design Considerations.338 OCR: AF/A1PT
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
7. 7. and the American Correctional Association Planning and Design Guide for Secure Adult and Juvenile Facilities for specific requirement criteria. Security Police Control and Identification (Visitor Control Center). it must include means to make the facility secure from escape and National Fire Protection Association Life Safety Code (i.3.3. See paragraph 7. 7. Refer to AFI 31-205.3. 7. Dimensions. and easily identifiable from.2. Scope Determination. NFPA 101) will apply. the elementary school facility.1.3. FAC: 7313 CATCODE: 730832 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A
. Installation Corrections Facility. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.17. 7.2. FAC: 7312 CATCODE: 730831 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A 7.5.17. 7.5. Dimensions.17.3.e.18.3. 7. Where the kindergarten is an integral part of the elementary school facility. This category code is used when the kindergarten facility is separate from. Requirements Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.19. The dependent kindergarten school provides for the education of children the year before they enter the first grade..5.3.18. Description. This facility provides space for administration and custodial supervision of pre-trial detainees and post-trial inmates. Scope Determination.3.1.18.17.3.3.17.3. 7.14. Since this facility will house inmates.3.4. 7.

law enforcement. or separate from the CSC and LED. investigation. adjacent to.19.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
339
7.3. and storage area. The facility must include climate control.3. training.20.3. A 167 m2 (1. control centers such as Central Security Control (CSC). digital camera. resource protection. The facility is used as a focal point for processing visitors into the installation.800 ft2) facility should be sufficient for an average installation which has only one visitor center for the processing of visitors only. Facilities providing a 24-hour reception point will require more space than a facility providing only visitor processing. telecommunications.3. Visitor requests for entry are validated and visitors issued temporary entry credentials.3. drinking water. Scope Determination. two personal work-spaces should be available at the reception desk to process/produce visitors’ passes. Description.2. The size of the facility will vary with the base population. mission.5.20.19. Design Considerations. This facility is the command center for the direction of security.1.1. Description. Installations with more than one major entrance may require additional buildings. especially consider vendor. administrative support space. LED and battle staff room should also be semi-hardened. and paper printer. and the Law Enforcement Desk (LED). This facility is required adjacent the main entrance to all Air Force installations.3.3.19.20.20. 7. It should serve as a primary armory and may serve as the site for unit supply if adequate space is available. 7.3. At a minimum.2. information and personnel security. Requirements Determination. 7. depending on mission requirements. base and area maps.20.2. Equipment for the production of a visitor’s pass includes a stand-alone computer. The CSC should be large enough to house communications equipment.3. visitor’s pass printing machine.19. 7.3. police services. 7. The building consists of a waiting area/lobby adjacent to a service counter. and contractor access. and public restrooms as well as an adjacent vehicle parking area which doesn’t allow direct access onto installation. 7. average daily visitor processing. FAC: 7313 CATCODE: 730835 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A 7.1. sensor system annunciation and display equipment. Dimensions. 7.19. The facility includes Base Defense Operations Centers (BDOC). The CSC. and functions of the visitor center. visitor. and confinement operations. The BDOC should be semi-hardened. auxiliary
. The BDOC may also include the Emergency Communications Center (ECC) with appropriate Fire Dispatch capability.3.4. The BDOC may include or be collocated with. Security Forces Operations. 7. Requirements Determination.2.2.

20.2.2. as well as munitions and explosives. The LED must include an access control system and a
. Whenever possible this function should be located in the Military Personnel Flight.3. 7. workstations for two security controllers and a supervisory element. storage space for training aids. and interview/interrogation rooms with two-way mirrors and a sink with countertop and running water for drug testing.3.5. Refer to Chapter 6 of this Manual for approved office types and sizes.3.20.3. if separate from the BDOC.8.12. DoD 5100. two computer terminals. along with a space for clearing barrels.3. An outside area protected from inclement weather may also be required for clearing barrels. The pass and registration section includes office space. The armory must meet security requirements of AFI 31-101.3. For more guidance contact AFSFC/SFO.10.2. The quality control section includes office space and a separate testing room for staff.2. 7. noise attenuation features. a communications recording device.2. a waiting area. 7. Space requirements for the classroom will be based on Chapter 6 of this Manual. The investigations section shall include office space. and MIL HDBK 1013/1A. and dispatching personnel. 7. 7. The armory should include windows for the issue of equipment and office space. Free floor space is required for access to weapons racks. restrooms.3. and support for flight operations.6. The classroom must be large enough to accommodate the largest flight assigned to the unit and the classroom will. The Security Forces administration branch includes office space for assigned personnel and a waiting area.20. alarm annunciation equipment.20.20. a customer service area. a communications console. one secure room for the storage of evidence and found property.13.340
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 power equipment.2. must accommodate three individuals. An issue/turn-in room large enough to accommodate the largest flight assigned to the unit.3. The training section includes office space for the training staff and the OJT monitor. A weapons cleaning room located adjacent to the armory will include tables for cleaning weapons and a clearing barrel.3. A guard mount room is required for briefing. 7.2.2.3. and a lecture classroom. 7.20.20.20.2. inspecting. 7.7. must be adjacent to the armory.20.4. and facilities for photographing personnel. and temporary evidence storage. 7.11. adequate free floor space for electronic equipment.9. a learning resource center. The room must be large enough to accommodate the maximum number of personnel present for duty.3. The LED area. a waiting room.76-M. include room partitions to allow for smaller classrooms. ideally. heating and air conditioning.2.20.3. 7. 7. Refer to Chapter 6 on approved special purpose space and office types and sizes.2. base and area maps. Sufficient space will be provided for the storage of military and personally owned firearms.20. The scheduling section requires office space for one or two assigned personnel.

and an armory. A keys and code control center operates as the central repository for keys and codes used in the missile field. incorporate CCTV monitoring of interview/interrogation rooms. A vehicle operations center is required with facilities to provide a secure area for parking campers and convoy vehicles. Office space for a supervisor is required.20. individual bags. An alarm room is required in facilities which employ the use of a centralized alarm monitoring function separate from the control centers. and a controller. Two detention cells should be located adjacent the LED for the temporary detention of apprehended individuals waiting to be processed. and administrative functions will be
. The office is divided into two separate areas and includes safes. 7.3.17.2.3. Missile operations require the following additional facilities: 7. two communications consoles. Cells should be a minimum of 4. briefing room. issue.20. and turn-in of Security Forces equipment and daily office supplies is required.20.3. When an installation commander determines a need exists to establish a corrections facility. Missile Security Control (MSC) operates as the command center for security operations in the missile wing complex.20.2. The center includes a vehicle washing facility consisting of an open garage with water hoses. shower facility. Refer to Chapter 6 of this Manual for approved office types and sizes. Refer to Chapter 6 on approved office types and sizes. Specific design and space criteria are in AFI 31-101.18. 7.2. each with toilets and wash basin. 7.2. armory operations. Additional storage for mobility equipment.2. 7. 7. quality control.20.18.2. secure storage for convoy equipment.3.20. missile training. Interview/interrogation rooms. In lieu of two-way mirrors. The rooms include space for a table and two or three chairs.2.18. and an office for supervision.16. two security controllers. convoy commanders. operations. are located adjacent to the LED. on-duty element leader and supervisors. In some situations. and unit equipment is included in the supply section. and a two-way mirror.2. dayroom/recreation space.3. Additional office space for the scheduling and dispatching of camper teams.18.4.2.20.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
341
bullet-resistant customer service window. with DVD-R capability for recording. 7. 7.3.3.1. collocation may be necessary.3. 7. utilized by law enforcement patrols. The MSC has space for maps of the entire missile complex. An observation window must be installed to give the desk sergeant an unobstructed view of the detention cells. The section includes a service counter and storage racks and bins.14.15.5 m2 (48 ft2) each. missile site security status boards. shredders. and toilet facilities are not required. the facility includes at least two cells.3. A supply section for storage.3.20. A loading dock and warehouse doors are required to accommodate the movement and storage of equipment pallets.2.20.18. dormitory-style sleeping space for at least four post-trial inmates.

7. and assigned personnel.20. FAC: 1446 CATCODE: 730836 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A 7. another garage stall is required.21. 7. Refer to Chapter 6 for approved office types and sizes. LED. Design Considerations. Reserve Fire Team Facility.
7. heating. An indoor maintenance stall for performing first echelon maintenance on Security Forces vehicles includes a workbench. and roof are hardened to provide protection against small arms fire. The basic facility with a one-stall garage is 118 m2 (1.4. 7.1. CSC. 7.5. Include a UPS to maintain uninterrupted power during a commercial power outage. The garage must accommodate second-generation armored response vehicles. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7.3.4. tools and equipment storage.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3. which includes BDOC. Dimensions. When a second support team is added. 7. an efficiency kitchen. This facility may also serve as an alternate CSC housing communications and alarm annunciation equipment. Provide enough parking for patrol/security vehicles. and exhaust vents.21. 7.5. storeroom.3.3.5.3.275 ft2).20. Firing ports (which must be located at points throughout the facility to provide a 360 degree field of fire). and other key sections.3.21. Scope Determination.21.3. A secure room with automatic start generators is required to provide emergency power to the base defense control centers.3. Requirements Determination.5. visitors.5. 7.3. and air conditioning are also provided.
.3. Dimensions.342
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 provided by expanding the basic facility.20.21. Scope Determination.2.20. increasing the size of the facility to 146 m2 (1. Design Considerations.2. and a garage with a mechanically operated door. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3. Description.20.20. 7.2. The building's walls.21.575 ft2 ).20. doors. windows. restroom facilities.1.3. The facility requires a day room for recreation and OJT.3. See paragraph 7. This facility accommodates one or two four-man security teams at all nuclear weapons sites. 7.3.3.

22. A minimum of 19 m2 (200 ft2) is required. including card readers.23. The gate house is constructed to protect the occupants from small arms fire.3. Scope Determination.3.5. FAC: 1498 CATCODE: 730837 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A
343
7. Bullet resistant windows must provide unobstructed vision of the vehicle and personnel entrapment areas.3. The personnel entrapment areas include turnstiles at each end.22. Security Entry Control Building. The ECF facility accommodates at least two individuals. The ECF includes the entry control building and the personnel and vehicle entrapment areas which are connected to the security fence surrounding the area. 7.3.22. entry booths.22. 7. Dimensions. 7. Lighting requirements are specified in AFI 31-101. An ECF is required at all nuclear weapon storage and alert aircraft areas and at other restricted areas as critical mission requirements dictate. Description. The entry control facility (ECF) is designed to assist Security Forces in controlling entry to and from critical restricted areas.1. exchange badge racks. and the facility must satisfy safety requirements in AFMAN 91-201.3. Requirements Determination. Design Considerations. The vehicle entrapment area serves both inbound and outbound traffic lanes. controls for mechanically operated gates.2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. A restroom must be located within the facility along with a secure room for storing a limited amount of small arms and ammunition and an issue window in an exterior wall within the fenced area. and additional hardware must be considered when determining space requirements. FAC: 1498 CATCODE: 730838 OPR: AFSFC/SFO
.3. Master Surveillance and Control Facility (MSCF). The pedestrian entrapment area must be limited to allow access to only one individual at a time. Gates have positive locking devices which are remotely controlled from inside the ECF. 7. 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.22. The vehicle entrapment area must be large enough to accommodate the largest vehicle requiring access to the area. The hardened walls must include gunports which provide a 360 degree field of fire.22. Future integration of advanced entry control systems.4. Intrusion alarms may terminate at this facility at some locations. and controls for the pedestrian turnstiles. A limited amount of small arms and ammunition may be maintained at this facility for issue to security forces during emergency conditions.3. and additional area may be dictated by mission requirements.3.

and map displays. This facility contains alarm annunciation equipment. area and perimeter lighting controls. video processing and display equipment.2.24. Whenever feasible.3. 7.24.3. The facility position should provide for 360 degree visibility.3. If an underground facility is not feasible. required equipment.3. Traffic check houses are required at installation entry points. and roof are hardened to provide protection against small arms fire.23. and a restroom are required.3.23. Scope Determination. Traffic Check House.23. 7. Description.2. Dimensions.3. 7. Protection will be provided by constructing the building with slurry infiltrator concrete or an equivalent strength material for permanently sited facilities. 7. Environmental conditions must be maintained between 18. air conditioning.3. free floor space should be provided around each console and equipment rack. Design Considerations. Adequate space will be provided for two personnel. equipment fans. Dimensions.3. For security reasons. and other noise generating equipment. doors. the MSCF is an underground facility.7°C (65°F and 80°F) and between 40 and 60 percent relative humidity. Facility requirements include positioning buildings between the entrance and exit lanes of traffic. backup power equipment.1. Facilities should protect assigned personnel from small arms fire and fragmentation of explosive devises.344 OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
7. 7. and should never have less than 180 degrees.4.4. For ground level MSCFs.3. Description.23. Requirements Determination. and to allow for servicing of equipment when required. heating. the facility may be constructed at ground level in compliance with the requirements in AFI 31-101. communications equipment. the building walls. Requirements Determination.24. and selected controlled areas. 7. An MSCF is required for each site supporting priority resources and utilizing electronic sensor equipment/systems.3. It will be adequately sound proofed to attenuate noise from printers.24.3°C and 26.3. entry control system processing equipment. This facility controls entry to all entrances to Air Force installations.3.23. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1.24. restricted areas.5. operator workstations and consoles. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7. windows. Traffic check houses at installation entry points should be 19 m2 (200 ft2) at a minimum for the main gate and 9 m2 (100 ft2) at a minimum at other
. Firing ports (which must be located at points throughout the facility to provide 360 degree fields of fire). FAC: 1498 CATCODE: 730839 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A 7. 7.

small arms ranges.3.25.3. 7. Design Considerations. 7. A 1. Intrusion alarms may terminate at the facility and assigned personnel may monitor the alarmed activities and control entry.3.3. heating. 7.2 m (4 ft) with a ballistic protection material such as Kevlar. FAC: 1445 CATCODE: 730842
. and minimal noise levels.3. Military Working Dog Program. The training area is surrounded by a fence and contains an obedience course as outlined in AFI 31-202. 7.5 m (5 ft) from the exterior wall of the facility shall be used along with protective barriers to protect entry controllers from vehicles that may leave designated lanes of traffic near the facility.4. 7. For controlled area entry points. Space factors are provided in Table 7. Security Forces Military Working Dog Kennel.3. Description. Scope Determination. dog treatment. Security Forces Military Working Dog Kennel Support Facility. 7.1. for further guidance. the volume of traffic. This guide can be obtained by contacting AFSFC/SFOD. TX. 7. This facility is a roofed structure containing a series of individual indoor and outdoor kennels with solid dividers between them and support space consisting of rooms for food preparation. FAC: 1445 CATCODE: 730841 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
345
secondary entrances.26. Concrete islands extending 1. Do not locate kennels near runways.11. 3. Space requirements vary according to the security requirements of the area and the installation.25. and other factors. Lackland AFB. See the Design Guide for Military Working Dog Facilities. engine test cells.24.3. Portable buildings should have interior walls lined up to a height of 1.5. When these facilities include a restroom and alarm terminals.25. and office space.3.2 m (4 ft) ceiling overhang and tinted windows are required. DoD Canine Program Management Office. Design Considerations. cooling. The facility is required to house and care for military working dogs.25. The facility should be located in an area that is conducive to rest for the dogs and yet accessible to existing utilities. Kennel facilities require adequate ventilation. 11 m2 (122 ft2) is required. Requirements Determination. Dimensions. A training area of approximately 46 m x 46 m (150 ft x 150 ft) is required.5. Design details vary with climate. or other areas where the time weighted overall average sound pressure level for any 24 hour period exceeds 75 adjusted decibels. number of inbound lanes.3. tack storage.25. taxiways.25.2.4 m2 (36 ft2) is adequate.

9 and 7.4.3.11. Use of Criteria.000 1. Description. semi-permanent.3 above. the authorized space allowance stated in this chapter may be increased by not more than
.1.3. This category code identifies separate buildings that contain all or part of the required support space not provided in Security Police Kennel. They apply to appropriated and nonappropriated fund (NAF) projects.3. Projects may involve the construction of new facilities or the conversion or enlargement of existing facilities of permanent.26. 7.1. Overview. Category Group 74.26.26. 7.3. 7.3. The number of kennels can be varied to meet base requirements.
Number of Kennels Gross Area m2 1 to 4 5 to 8 32 100 156 369 ft2 1.25.2.1. or temporary construction. Canine (CATCODE 730841).2. 7. See CATCODE 730841 and the design guide noted in paragraph 7.4. CATCODE 730842 is used to identify existing facilities or to program new facilities that cannot be readily added to existing and otherwise adequate kennels. 7.26.4. 7. Additional guidance concerning NAF project requirements can be found in paragraph 7.11 above the proportional amounts for kennels numbering between 8 and 32. Requirements Determination.000 2.1.3.976 Approximate Net Area Support Space m2 93 93 251 ft2 1. Table 7.1. Indoor Services Facilities.4.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Change in Use.10.26. Improvement and enlargement of existing facilities solely to attain these standards is not authorized.680 3.3.4. Design Considerations.5.3.700
7.346 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: N/A
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
7. When an existing building is changed to a recreational facility.26. The total support space provided in kennels (CATCODE 730841) and support facilities (CATCODE 730842) combined should not exceed the net amounts indicated in Table 7. The criteria given in this chapter are established by the Air Force and have evolved from DoD criteria. 7. Scope Determination. Dimensions. Space Requirements for Security Forces Military Working Dog Facility.1.1. See paragraph 7.080 1.4.3.

Likewise.4. and the impact on morale. Consider use by multi-military services in the local area instead of only considering military personnel assigned to the installation. Population Basis.1.3. These described spaces are instead identified under Enclosed Mall (CATCODE 740111) and Covered Walkway (CATCODE 852287).4. 7. giving consideration to pertinent factors such as tenure of the installation. The requirements for exchange. Community Center Enclosed Malls and Covered Walkways. Space allowances given in this chapter do not include the required mechanical equipment space. number of assigned military to be served. Where there is an evident need for greater allowances or for facilities not listed in this chapter.4. Space Allowances. The population basis for determining facility and space requirements is expressed variously in this chapter according to individual facilities.1. 7. when necessary. Actual scopes for NAF Services projects are
. or recreational facilities will be carefully determined. either by diverting inventories or facilities intended for operational purposes. capabilities of existing facilities at nearby installations or in local communities.1. to effect economical and efficient use of the existing building.9. space occupied by the covered walkway will not be deducted from space allowances for the respective elements.1. The guidelines provided in this Manual are for preliminary programming purposes only. climatic conditions affecting the use of the proposed facilities. Waivers and Exceptions.1. Procedures to be followed on NAF projects appear in AFI-32-1022. space occupied by the mall or space occupied by public toilets and janitor closets located off the malls will not be deducted from space allowances for the respective elements.10. Multi-Service Use. credit union and bank. NAF Project Requirements. 7. 7. 7. A PVA should ultimately be the determining factor for programming facility and space requirements.7. civilian employees (United States and other than host country nationals) are counted as military members in the term "military strength".4.4. to provide adequate facilities. such as the exchange main retail store. and the dependents of such employees are counted as military dependents in applicable criteria.4. Other terms.4. 7. 7. under normal circumstances. or by occupying sites in conflict with higher priority use under the installation master plan. In applying the foregoing terms to overseas installations (excluding those in Hawaii).6.1. where such elements are in close proximity to each other and are connected by a covered walkway. The population basis "military strength" is specified in the overview in Chapter 1 of this Manual.4. commissary. 7. Planning and Programming Nonapproprated Fund Facility Construction Projects. When elements of a community shopping center. welfare. Use Restrictions.1.5.4.1. The criteria established in this chapter are considered ample. Justifying Requirements. are combined in a common structure and connected by a covered mall. SAF/IEI must approve waivers or exceptions to the criteria. No welfare or recreational project will be approved which creates future requirements for military construction or real estate.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
347
20 percent. exchange service outlets.8. such as "total customer base". are as defined in the text or table related to the individual facility.

A complete credit union facility includes reception and lobby space. Financial Institutions on DoD Installations. Chapter 34.3. vault (fire and security) space. on government-owned land. a Federal credit union facility may be established on any military installation for the convenience of the installation personnel. Only one credit union is permitted on an Air Force base except where more than one credit union existed prior to May 1. Table 7. 7. record holding space.210 8. management office space. Membership normally includes all assigned DoD personnel. military and civilian and their dependents.4.3.2. Dimensions.3.000 Over 20. the space criteria limitations herein do not apply.4.4. each is entitled to the benefits defined in this regulation as if it were located on a separate base. These characteristics are expressed under five categories in Table 7.3. 7.000 743 929 1. at its own expense. Credit union facilities are established under DoD FMR Volume 5.000 10.001 to 15.14 should also
. and other personnel as permitted in the approved by-laws of the credit union. or where a waiver has been granted IAW DoDD 1000.3.4. Credit Union.001 to 17.000
349
Determined by Engineer Study
NOTES: 1.001 to 20.000 17. Scope Determination. Active duty military personnel assigned to an installation and stationed within a commuting area not served by another military banking office plus civilian employees of the installation. Description.13.4. employee lounge space. Where more than one credit union already exists. 7. 2000.3. interview space. Extrapolation should be used to determine the factor where the variable of a credit union exceeds any of the five categories.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
13. Space requirements are determined for individual credit unions by the characteristics of their business operations.11. teller space.4.000 15.000 13. Although credit unions are private organizations not under the control of the DoD. Requirements Determination.1. and meeting rooms (conference room). FAC: 7347 CATCODE: 740155 OPR: SAF/FMPB OCR: N/A 7. operating (machine and/or record) space. When a credit union is authorized to construct its own building. 7.

scanners.5.4. shown in Table 7.4.4. initial self-assessment as well as print and computerbased resources for customer use. See AFI 36-3009. Airman and Family Readiness Center (A&FRC). Transition Assistance.2.4. Description. FAC: 7372 CATCODE: 740253 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.15. Scope Determination. Dimensions. at installations where the functions are separate.200
7. 7. See Table 7.4.4.15 and UFC 4-730-01. separate offices are authorized. and Special Needs Advocacy need private offices because of confidential discussions/consultations with clients or work with confidential information.230
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
ft2 11.200 12. however.4. Airman and Family Readiness Centers. 7. with Change 1.4.3.200 13. School Liaison Officer.130 1. and copier. some functions shown in the table below may not be required at all bases). Survival Benefits Program (SBP). printers. Some installations have combined Casualty Assistance Representative and Survivor Benefits Counselor functions.4.1.. Personal Financial Management. A Discovery Center typically has computers. 7. Requirements Determination.e. Air Force Aid Society. Family Service Centers.040 1. relocation information. 7.4. and employment/transition assistance. and A&FRC requirements. The Discovery Center (this is in lieu of a Computer Room listed in the UFC) provides intake.352
Factor Totals Gross Area m2 23 24 25 1.4. The Career Focus/Spouse Employment. Design Considerations.15. Personal and Work Life.4. Casualty. MAJCOM/A1 7. above the minimum guidelines shown in Table 7.
. for additional guidance. may be justified according to larger base populations. and UFC 4-730-01. Programmers should work with base and MAJCOM/A1 and manpower representatives to determine specific functional requirements for the proposed A&FRC (i. Readiness NCO/NCOIC. are for an example facility. Increase of space requirements. mission. Functional space requirements. The A&FRC assists commanders in their responsibility for the readiness of all DoD personnel and their families through financial and family counseling/education.4.

4. 7. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Space Allowances for Rod and Gun Clubs. not the scope that may be approved.17.8. facility space is based on accommodating a two and a half month supply of merchandise.3. 7. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii).4.4.4. toilets. See paragraph 7. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii). Table 7.8. FAC: 7414 CATCODE: 740315 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA 7.1.7. Table 7.4. Rod and Gun Club. 7.4.4.11.4.4. Design Considerations. Exchange Facilities.17 shows maximum authorized scope only. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. See Table 7. budgeting and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.
Total Customer Base1 Land Area Skeet Range m Up to 100 None ft m None Trap Range ft Facility Gross Area m2 none ft2
.7. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities. Land areas shown are the recommendations of the National Shooting Sports Foundation and National Rifle Association.4. Design Considerations.8.7. The building includes an operator’s office.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
357
7. Scope Determination. Requirements Determination.Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.17.2. projector area.8. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Dimensions. and lounge. Land and building requirements are given in Table 7.4.2. 7. 7. 7. of this Manual. The land and building space allocations may be used in one facility or divided between facilities. storage and sales areas. For overseas installations. Requirements Determination. Description. in-depth market survey. 7.8. Dimensions.4.5. Scope Determination.7.3.8. Space requirements will be determined by AAFES.17.4. 7. gun and ammunition maintenance.5. The scope used for programming.

000 2. Total customer base is defined as active duty personnel assigned to the military installation.3.4. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA Study.000 5. in-depth market survey. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.
. should be added to the gross areas when determining a single gross area figure for each facility.9. 2.9. not the scope that may be approved. 7.4.000 4.
Total Customer Base1 m2 Up to 250 251 to 5004 501 to 2. Design Considerations.120 7. Scope Determination. Gross areas may be provided in more than one facility.580 5. Mechanical equipment room space.800
NOTES: 1.9.840 2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
359
economy of construction. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to the authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii).001 to 4.000 12.180 1.3 ft2
Accommodate in other facilities 372 1. The scope used for programming. Space Allowances for Community Centers.18. energy savings and convenience. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 3. provided the total maximum authorized area is not exceeded.5. Dimensions. The gross floor areas for the centers will not exceed the space allowances listed in Table 7. See Table 7. Table 7. budgeting and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.4. 7.000 For each additional 5.18. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities.001 to 10.600 83.740 2.400 27. plus 10 percent of their dependents.000 Gross Area2. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii).800 55.580 4.001 to 5.18 shows maximum authorized scope only. Table 7. as required.18.800 27. 7.001 to 15.700 19.4.000 10.

2. 7.4. Design Considerations. are given in Table 7. Gross area should be combined with other recreation facilities when possible.10.19.5. Dimensions. It also requires multipurpose space for administration. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system. budgeting and design must be based on need as documented by a professional. Design will be based on commercial standards for general aviation aircraft hangars.19. The activity requires hangar space for aircraft maintenance and for aircraft storage during inclement weather. An Armed Forces aero club is a recreational flying activity approved under pertinent regulation that is located on or near a military installation and used by authorized personnel. training.10. 7. scheduling. and flight planning. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities.10.10. 7. 7. Space allowances.4. See Table 7. operations. classrooms.4. Table 7. The scope used for programming. 7. FAC: 7414 CATCODE: 740317 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA 7.10. based on the number of aircraft operated by the club. safety meetings.4.10. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to the authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii). Description. Requirements Determination.360
Total Customer Base1 m2
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Gross Area2. Table 7. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Space Allowances for Aero Club Facilities.3. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.19.19 shows authorized scope only.
Number of Aircraft Gross Area1 Hangar Space m2 ft2 Multipurpose Space m2 ft2
. in-depth market survey. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.4. Aero Club.3 ft2
4.1.4. not the scope that may be approved.4. Scope Determination. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii).

barber shops in clubs.4.800 1.300 3.1. snack and retail facilities. The need for the facilities and space requirements will be determined by AAFES. These facilities support exchange activities at a number of installations within a certain geographical area. In computing the military strength figure for an overseas command.500 1. and snack facilities in theaters will be provided out of space allowances authorized for the separate specialized activities themselves. paid from appropriated or nonappropriated US dollar funds and afforded full exchange service privileges.3. (See guidance in paragraph
.11.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Number of Aircraft Gross Area1 Hangar Space m2 1 2 to 5 6 to 10 11 to 15 16 to 20 For each additional 5 aircraft. Mechanical equipment room space as required should be added to the gross areas shown when determining a single gross area figure for each facility.500 Multipurpose Space m2 46 93 111 139 158 35 ft2 500 1.700 375
361
NOTES: 1. Exchange Central Facilities. Exchange Facilities. or available semi-permanent or permanent structures. dining facilities in dependent schools.4. relocatable buildings. outlets in air terminals. The facilities may be located in buildings of temporary construction.200 1.11. Shopping Centers. excluding dependents. Military Strength in Overseas Commands. 7. 7.11.4. such as snack facilities in bowling centers and operations building. add the number of civilian employees (United States and other than host country nationals). 7.2.11. Subordinate Exchange Facilities.300 6. colleges and academic buildings. Major exchange facilities will be planned. 7.11. 7.800 5. add 84 214 353 492 632 139 ft2 900 2. where feasible.4. service outlets for hospitals. Subordinate exchange facilities operated for the convenience of separate specialized activities and established as an integral part of these activities.4.000 1. AFI 34-219 contains space allowances for all exchange and subordinate exchange facilities.4. as elements of the installation's community shopping center.

4.12.) 7. The main retail store at the area community shopping center will feature complete selections of merchandise.12.11. An amusement center may be provided as an independent activity or operated in conjunction with a branch exchange.11.7. 7.3. It usually includes a game area (i.4.12.6. FAC: 7346 CATCODE: 740379 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7. pinball and skill games).2.11. food court.4.11. An area community shopping center may be provided in overseas commands where a group of military installations are located within a geographical area with a radius of up to 40 kilometers (25 miles). Relocatable buildings provided from AAFES nonappropriated funds for temporary exchange facilities will be operated and maintained entirely from AAFES nonappropriated funds. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7.7. food and drink vending machines. Construction of exchange facilities may be accomplished from private funds by private individuals or commercial concerns subject to approval by the Secretary of the Air Force (SAF) where pertinent contracts specify that title thereto passes to the government and stipulate conditions and restrictions which will prevent any future conflict with military requirements and eliminate any future obligations against appropriated funds.4.4. The shopping center will preferably be located at one of the installations in the center of the area and will obviate the need for other comparable main exchange facilities at that installation. and restrooms.4.
.5. Exchange Amusement Center. or snack bar. a limited snack counter (in larger activities). 7. 7.. The requirement for passage of title does not apply to portable or relocatable buildings. Space requirements will be determined by AAFES. Construction from Private Funds.2. thus permitting the retail stores at the served installations to feature limited selections (items of necessity and general convenience). Relocatable Buildings. Title to relocatable buildings provided from AAFES funds will remain with AAFES.4.1. 7. Requirements Determination.e. Overseas Area Community Shopping Centers.4.11.7. An amusement center combines coin operated games and refreshments. Base Package Stores.12.1.4.4 on designation of space consisting of covered/enclosed malls and walkways integrated with shopping center elements. Description. See Base Package Store (CATCODE 740269). pool tables.8. 7.
7.1. 7. Scope Determination.4. Air and water pollution control facilities will be provided.362
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.11.4.

2. A food court or snack bar may be provided in conjunction with the exchange main retail store. Branch Exchange.4. Number of branch exchanges and space requirements will be determined by AAFES.5.4.4.13.4. Description. See paragraph 7. preferably as an element of the community shopping center. FAC: 7331 CATCODE: 740381 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A
363
7. the air terminal building.13. Scope Determination. 7. At installations having a military strength of 3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.4. 7.13. Flight Line Snack Bar. 7. Food Court at Area Community Shopping Centers-Overseas.4. Exchange Facilities of this Manual.12. exchange snack stands may be provided to supplement exchange food services.3. Design Considerations.3. 7.4. 7.14.5. 7. Description. each airfield is authorized one flight line snack bar in.4. or adjacent to. Requirements Determination. A food court may be provided as an element of an overseas area community shopping center.4. Exchange Snack Stand. 7.13.14. Exchange Food Court. Dimensions.2.4. FAC: 7346 CATCODE: 740382 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7. 7. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.12.4.13.4.3. Design Consideration.3.13.1. Additional food courts or snack bars may be located in other areas where service is required. Space requirements will be determined by AAFES. Snack Bar.000 or more. In addition to other authorized food service facilities.1.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.13.13. Requirements Determination.4.4. Dimensions.4. 7. 7.3. 7.11. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.
. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.4.2.4.13. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.14.1.

14. FAC: 7345 CATCODE: 740383 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7.4. 7.15.500 or more.5.4. Facility design will include.2. This facility is designed for the sale of gasoline. and vehicle safety inspection.4. (It does not provide stalls for repairs and other services. 7. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Description. At installations having a military strength of 2.14.15.14. This category code applies to the following facilities: 7.4.1. Car Care Center. provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere.
7.15. tire and battery service. 7.2. and services such as lubrication. This facility may be designed for either mechanical car washing or for coin-operated manual washing by customers.15.3.4. Design Considerations.16.4.15.1. Dimensions. may be provided. branch exchanges.3.15.4.15. 7. Requirements Determination. Canopies to protect pump islands from inclement weather may be provided without deduction from space allowances. 7. Space requirements will be determined by AAFES.1. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7. Exchange Laundry and Dry Cleaning Plants. Gasoline may or may not be sold at this facility.4.4.15. Gasoline Station. or waters.4. FAC: 7342 CATCODE: 740384 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A
.4. 7. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. minor automotive repairs. Carwash Facility. and automotive accessories.4. located to provide convenient exchange coverage of the installation.4.) 7. oil.15. Branch exchanges may be used for any of the authorized exchange activities or service outlets as required. This facility is designed for the sale of gasoline. Dimensions. as an integral component.3. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.5. automotive accessories. oil. ground.4. 7. Exchange Service Station.4. Design Considerations.1. Scope Determination.364
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.1.

16.1.16. 7. Exchange Administration.17.17.4.4. Scope Determination.4. the total space will not exceed the criteria established for appropriated fund facilities in Table 7. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Requirements Determination.4.16. 7. On installations where both appropriated fund and nonappropriated fund facilities are to be provided. Description.4.4.17. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7.4.3.5. FAC: 7387 CATCODE: 740385 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7. or regional exchange operations. The total space that may be provided for installation exchange maintenance shops and for the local repair of exchange equipment and fixtures will be determined by AAFES.3.18. Design Considerations. Scope Determination.4.16.2.9. Requirements Determination. 7. Space requirements will be determined by AAFES. 7.4.2.4.16. Exchange Maintenance Shop.
.4. Description. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
365
7. Design Considerations. Description. Dimensions. See paragraph 7.5.17.2 and Table 7. This facility accommodates exchange maintenance shops and space for the local repair of exchange equipment and fixtures 7. Laundry and dry cleaning plants operated under the exchange service will normally be limited to the performance of other than appropriated fund laundering and dry cleaning. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.4. 7. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1. area exchange. 7.1.4.16.17.4. This facility accommodates the main administrative offices of an installation's exchange.4.9.4. FAC: 7387 CATCODE: 740386 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7.18. 7.17. Dimensions. 7.

Where practicable. See Chapter 6 of this Manual. The space requirements are based on a percentage of the space authorized for the installation's main retail store. CATCODE 740388.
7.1.11. Requirements Determination. 7. See related guidance in paragraph 7.4.4.19.19. Design Considerations.3.4.2. In CONUS the warehouse space will not exceed 33 percent of the authorized retail store space. 7.19.20.18. Exchange Retail Warehouse FAC: 7388 CATCODE: 740387 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7. Exchange Sales Store (Main Exchange).4. Hawaii. Dimensions.4. 7.18. Scope Determination.3.4.18. 7. Such space is provided out of the space allowance for the individual facility.4.19. The exchange main retail store comprises sales area. the installation exchange warehouse will be located contiguous to the exchange main retail store to reduce the cost of moving stock from the warehouse to the main store sales area.18.19. stock area. Space requirements are determined on the basis of the number of occupants under criteria for administrative space in Chapter 6 of this Manual. Design Considerations.4. Description. See paragraph 7. and office space. In Alaska.4. it will not exceed 50 percent.1.2.19.3.366
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7. This facility provides warehouse space for the installation's main retail store. 7. Requirements Determination.4. Description.
. FAC: 7346 CATCODE: 740388 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7.5. 7.19. such as a main or branch exchange.4.4. and overseas. The code does not apply to administrative space required for an individual facility. 7.4. 7.4. as required.4. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. The requirement for Exchange Central Administrative Facilities is identified under code CATCODE 740396. Dimensions.4.3.20.5.

3. The total space provided for the sales outlets will be determined by AAFES. medical services (optometrist. Dimensions.2.21. 7.).AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
367
7. Description. Exchange Food Stores .4.2. Utilities services
.2 does not apply. Auto parts sales stores may be operated independently or in conjunction with other retail outlets. and in overseas areas exclusively. dental. Requirements Determination. or as independent sales stores. Exchange Service Outlet. etc. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Auto Parts Sales Stores.20. See CATCODE 740382 for branch exchange criteria. car care centers. Typical examples of these activities are automobile repair garages.4.3.3.20. 7. Special sales and service outlets are authorized exchange activities for which distinct space criteria have not been specified herein. 7. furniture stores.2. an additional 10 percent increase is authorized if necessary to make efficient and economical use of existing space.3. Design Consideration. Stores that experience abnormally high customer patronization and thus project an abnormally high sales volume may be provided up to 20 percent more space than the average store.21.1. food courts. 7.20. 7. When it has been firmly established that no appropriated funds will be expended for an AAFES project and that no future obligation of appropriated funds will be involved in the maintenance and operation of this facility.5. taxicab and bus service.20.4.4. Requirements Determination.1. Food retail sales outlets may be provided in conjunction with other exchange retail outlets. 7.4.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. pharmacy. which is based on DoD criteria involving population and environmental factors. flower shops.20.4.20.4. baggage check points.4. Scope Determination. 7. steam bath facilities.4.4.2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Space requirements at individual installations are determined from an analysis performed by the AAFES.Overseas. and snack bars. toy lands.20.1.4. and stock investment offices. FAC: 7346 CATCODE: 740389 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7. At some large or geographically spread out bases branch exchanges are permitted.1. The 20 percent increase permitted by paragraph 7. new car sales points. Facilities for exchange special sales and service outlets may be provided when the following conditions are met: 7. bookstores.21. or garages. 7.21. Total floor areas for auto parts sales will be determined by AAFES.3. When the high volume store is being developed in an existing building.4.

2.21.1.22.368
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 will be provided in overseas areas without reimbursement.4.4. and off-base facilities within 16 km (10 mi) commuting distance of the installations involved. Exception to this provision requires prior approval from the Deputy Under Secretary of Defense.2.21.3.4. 7. Refer to AFI 34-246 for assignment policies. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. These determinations and a determination as to the number of living units required are developed from an analysis of the following data concerning requirements. if such increase is necessary to effect economical and efficient use of the existing building.5.22. Design Considerations. See paragraph 7. Description.4. A survey of private accommodations. and military
.22. Where the use of an existing building is involved. the space allowances may be increased by 20 percent or 9. prevailing year-round rates (low. TLFs are required when an official determination has been made that there is a continuing demand for such facilities and that the lack of such facilities will impose unacceptable hardships or inconvenience on their authorized users.4. Reference AFI 32-1022.21.2.2. peak and average). including hotel/motel facilities.22.21. the space to be occupied is the minimum needed for efficient operations. Transient Lodging Facility.2. Table 3. Requirements Determination. and Attachment 2.21.22.3 m2 (100 ft2).
7. 7.2. 7.4.4.4.3.1.1. Temporary lodging facilities (TLF) required to provide shortterm temporary housing. AF/A7CH 7.4. and this space is surplus to all other than exchange and recreation facility needs of the same priority. Dimensions.4. normally as adjuncts of the main retail store.4. on-base facilities. 7.21. Installations and Environment. FAC: 7441 CATCODE: 740433 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. 7.5. When a service outlet is being installed in an existing building.4. 7. including beauty shops.3. 7.4. Where the facility is to be provided through new construction from private funds and the provisions for the use of private funds have been complied with.1. for Cat C Revenue-generating activities that may qualify for some APF maintenance/repair work.2. Space occupied by special sales and service outlets will not be deducted from other space allowances provided by these criteria.4. Where the facility is to be provided through new construction from nonappropriated funds and the project has been fully authorized.4.2.21. Scope Determination.21. 7. 7. 7. Outlet facilities may be provided for the basic services indicated below. whichever is greater.3.

2.4.5. 7.22. Reference Table 7.1. gather data on base hospital outpatients and civilian/military friends and relatives of patients in Air Force hospitals.22. Information as to the feasibility of government leasing of suitable private facilities and the cost of leasing. 7.4. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system.1.2. and contact MAJCOM Director of Services or AFSVA/SVXF for current PVA criteria and guidelines.4. Design Considerations.2. budgeting.2.4.3.2. The scope may also be influenced by PVAs. TLFs are designed to residential (i.. A review of monthly PCS traveler data for the past three years to identify saturation points.4. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. A statement as to why available or obtainable facilities cannot meet TLF requirements. The space will vary depending on the number of living units. 7.1. Air Force family housing) construction standards and are to be architecturally compatible with the base environment. 7. Services Nonappropriated Fund Facility Projects.4. the facility is reported as Transient Lodging Support Building (CATCODE 740459). 7. 7.22.e. building configuration.22. lounge. 7. Dimensions. Support space is additive to that in living units. This data is available from base lodging managers using the property management system.4. recreational. and associated or related food service facilities.1. It may include circulation space and space to support the administrative.3.22.4. performed through Headquarters Air Force Services Agency. Separate the numbers of accompanied versus unaccompanied personnel to determine total potential customers and which seasons/months the TLF use is highest and lowest. The scope used for programming. 7. Reference the Architectural Barriers Act guidelines to determine number of accessible rooms required. The extent and nature of on-base accommodations (including messing facilities).20 and the United States Air Force Temporary Lodging Facilities Design Guide.4. Where applicable. It is Air Force policy to provide kitchenettes in all TLFs included in programs for new construction. TLF units must include kitchen facilities and accommodate a family of
.4. Where support space is provided in a detached structure or detached module. Refer to AFI 34-205. in-depth market survey. and service requirements of the facility.2.22. 1972 or to units in leased commercial facilities.22. Scope Determination.22. The number of units and two bedroom/one bedroom mix shall be provided by AFSVA/SVOL.2. mechanical. These space criteria do not apply to living units in facilities built or acquired prior to October 1. and availability of adjacent facilities to support required functions. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
369
discount rates which exist or could be obtained. It is Air Force policy that the number of living units to be provided at individual installations will not exceed the average number of guests or number of families in PCS status during the six most active months of the year.5.

5 ft2 602 790 867 Gross Living Area m2 88. FAC: 7333 CATCODE: 740612 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA
. or cannot be. FAC: 7443 CATCODE: 740459 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Scope Determination.370
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 five.1.4.4. 7. MAJCOM/A7 7. Description. Space and functional requirements will vary according to the number of living units and the availability of other suitable support space. Consult the United States Air Force Temporary Lodging Facilities Design Guide for further guidance.300
7. 7. incorporated with the main structures. Design Considerations.23.5.9 73.1 114. Airmen.8 ft2 948 1. 7. or leasing privately owned facilities. mechanical equipment space.23.
TLF Unit Net Living Area m2 One Bedroom Two Bedroom Two Bedroom Accessible 55. Open Mess. Requirements Determination. Facilities may be acquired by new construction.4. Space Allowances for TLFs. This facility houses various support functions for TLFs whenever these functions are not. or service space such as laundry rooms and custodial supply rooms.
Table 7. 7.4.24.4. change in use of existing buildings.23. Transient Lodging Support Facility. Support functions may include administration.4.23.23.3. conversion.4.228 1. 7. employee lounges. See the United States Air Force Temporary Lodging Facilities Design Guide. Dimensions.23.1 120.20. See CATCODE 740433. See CATCODE 740433.3 80.2.4.

7. party rooms. indepth market survey.4. dining areas.21.4.4. This is a club serving both officers and enlisted. Dimensions.21.24. and (if practical) parking lots. Design Consideration. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1.5.24.25. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 7.21.21 and 7.25.25. lounge.3.25.4. Consolidated Open Mess. budgeting.
Total Customer Base1 m2 Up to 50 See Note 3 Gross Area2 ft2
. The scope may also be influenced by PVAs.2. Description.1. Contact AFSVA/SVXF for latest requirements and guidance. The scope used for programming. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional. This is a collocated club serving both officers and enlisted. lounges.25. Table 7. The scope used for programming. Requirements Determination. cashiers counters. Design Considerations. See Table 7. 7.4.4. where officers and enlisted share all functional areas such as cashiers counter. 7.4. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional. and a ball room. entrance. and Officer Open Mess (CATCODE 740618).21. Dimensions. dining areas.4. See Tables 7. 7.4.1.4. The scope may also be influenced by PVAs.1.24. Requirements Determination.25. See Tables 7.5.1. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.24. 7.21 and 7. Contact AFSVA/SVXF for latest requirements and guidance. budgeting.4. and parking lot with the exception of having separate bars.24.3. FAC: 7333 CATCODE 740615 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
371
7. 7. These facilities share a kitchen. Scope Determination. Description. indepth market survey. 7. 7. entrances. where officers and enlisted have separate functional areas such as separate bars. Space Allowances for Consolidated Clubs.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.4. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.2.

26.26. Space requirements.1 provide maximum authorized scope only. FAC: 7333 CATCODE: 740618 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA 7.4. budgeting. DoD civilians assigned to overseas installations are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska.1.5.26. Officer Open Mess. Requirements Determination.27. and design is limited by very specific considerations and by market need as documented by a professional. 7. Description.21 and 7.1 provide maximum authorized scope only.4.1. not the scope that may be approved. This will increase the authorized space to accommodate the higher facility use which is normal overseas. For overseas installations. however.27. may be increased per a PVA study.
.4. Design Consideration.27. 7. 7.4.2.4.3. The scope used for programming. 7.4.26. not the scope that may be approved. The scope used for programming.3.27.26. increase the total customer base by 25 percent before selecting the formula from the appropriate table.21. Space requirements. This club serves officer personnel.21 and 7. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. however. Space allowances for enlisted clubs are provided in Table 7.4.26.21. FAC: 7333 CATCODE: 740617 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA 7. budgeting. in-depth market survey. Dimensions. This club serves enlisted personnel.21 and 7.4.4. Tables 7.21.1.4. Tables 7. in-depth market survey. and design is limited by very specific considerations and by market need as documented by a professional. 7. Scope Determination.4.27.4. Description.2. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.
373
7. and Hawaii). may be increased per a PVA study.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7. Requirements Determination. Contact AFSVA/SVXF for latest requirements and guidance. 7.4. Enlisted Open Mess. Scope Determination.1. 7.21. Dimensions. See Tables 7. Contact AFSVA/SVXF for latest requirements and guidance.

Compute: Authorized Scope = 929 + . Provide in other facilities at 4. FAC: 7411 CATCODE: 740664 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Then authorized scope = 929 + .AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Total Customer Base1 m2 Gross Area2 ft2
375
1. Substitute total customer base.74 (900750). a. Assume total customer base is 900.22 shows maximum authorized scope only.
.28.74 (150) = 1040 m2 (11.22. budgeting. (Consideration should be given to increasing the total customer base at installations with consistently large numbers of TDY personnel or conducting PCS moves. Table 7. Space allowances are given in Table 7. d.1.4.4.28. plus 50 percent of their spouses. The scope used for programming. plus 50 percent of the retired military supported by the facility. Description. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional. Total customer base is defined as active duty officers. Mechanical equipment room space required should be added to the gross area shown when determining a single gross area for each facility.200 ft2) 7. 4.28.) The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA study. Requirements Determination. b. Example follows for scope computation for officers' club. in-depth market survey. Scope Determination. or combined active duty officers and enlisted.1 m2 (44 ft2) gross area per person. Arts and Crafts Center. for P.2.4. 3. c.74 (P-750). enlisted. 7.4. not the scope that may be approved. the center should be combined with the auto hobby shop. authorized scope = 929 + . as appropriate. 7. Then. MAJCOM/A1S 7. This facility serves as the center for arts and crafts. 900.28. assigned to the military installation.3. Use formula from appropriate line “751-1000” in “total customer base” column in table. Where practical. 2.

3.29. This facility serves to support off-duty automotive skills activities. 3. Substitute total customer base for "P" and compute similar to method outlined for clubs. 7. increase the total customer base by 25 percent before selecting the appropriate formula from the table.4. This will increase the authorized space to accommodate the higher facility use which is normal overseas. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.29. FAC: 7412 CATCODE: 740665 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.4. 7. 7. 7.29. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA study.3. Hobby Shop Automotive (Auto Hobby Shop). Description. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system.2. ground.29.1. Space allowances are shown in Table 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Total Customer Base1 m2 Gross Area2 ft2
377
1. provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere. Requirements Determination.29. or waters.4.23 and are based upon 46 m2 (500 ft2) per automobile. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii).3.1. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Include a containment area for old engines and waste fluids/recyclable fluids.4. Table 7. MAJCOM/A1S 7. the center should be combined with the Arts and Crafts Centers. plus 40 percent of their dependents. Total customer base is defined as active duty military personnel assigned to the installation. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. 2. budgeting. as an integral component. 7.29.23 shows maximum authorized scope only. Where practical.3. For overseas installations.4. Mechanical equipment room space as required should be added to the gross areas shown when determining a single gross area for each facility. 7.
.4.4. The scope used for programming. not the scope that may be approved. Scope Determination. Facility design will include. in-depth market survey.3.29. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.2.

DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii). in-depth market survey as mentioned in paragraph 7.30.3.3. 7. The scope used for programming. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.4. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional.4. The total area of lodging per installation recreation area will not exceed that derived by multiplying the projected user requirement by a space allowance per person corresponding to that provided in barracks for enlisted grades E-2 through E-4.30. Scope Determination. This facility provides space for private.2.30. Additional guidance concerning off-base recreation area acquisition and development is contained under Category Group 75 in this chapter. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to the authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii).4.4. and/or dormitory-type sleeping quarters to support outdoor activities and recreation areas. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.5.30. 7. 7.4.30.3.4.30. Users will include active duty and retired military personnel and their dependents.4 ft2
379
to the authorized space.4. budgeting. 7. FAC: 7442 CATCODE: 740666 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Determination of the number of users will take into account the limitations of the recreation area.2.4. Description.5. Air and water pollution control facilities will be provided. Requirements Determination.1. MAJCOM/A1S 7. Dimensions.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Total Customer Base1 m2 Gross Area2.4.30. 7. Recreation Site Lodging.30.1. 7.4.30.1.30. 7. semi-private. The number of authorized users will be determined for individual installations based on a survey and analysis which will establish the average number of users requiring lodging in the recreation area during an average week of the season. Lodging may be provided at off-base recreation sites or at on-base recreation sites located in remote parts of large reservations. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities.2. Design Considerations. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.5.2.30.
.3.4. 7.4. 7.

32. Scope Determination.4.1.4. Design Considerations. operation. FAC: 7417 CATCODE: 740669 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Description.32.4. This facility provides space for recreational activities having no space allowances at installations with military strengths of less than 500. FAC: 7417 CATCODE: 740668 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Requirements Determination. and user convenience. 7. MAJCOM/A1S 7. 7.24. budgeting.32.4. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Scope Determination.4. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. 7.1.5.32.3.4. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.3. Large installations will require a study of actual installation needs to determine space requirements. 7.31. which is defined as any indoor recreational or welfare activity not normally or properly accommodated in any of the other facilities in basic facility category 740.4.4.4. energy savings.2.31. MAJCOM/A1S
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
7. The size of the building will be determined from Table 7. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. The scope is also
. where separate buildings are not authorized.31.31.31. Buildings supporting miscellaneous outdoor activities are reported under Miscellaneous Outdoor Recreation Facility (CATCODE 750581).4. Table 7. not the scope that may be approved.2. 7.31.380 7. The scope used for programming.4. Dimensions. Multipurpose recreation buildings should be considered for larger installations where appropriate for economies of construction. Description. Space allotment for the various activities within the building may be determined locally. 7. Requirements Determination. This building accommodates a miscellaneous indoor recreation activity. Indoor Miscellaneous Recreation Building. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Multipurpose Recreation Building. in-depth market survey.24 shows maximum authorized scope only. 7.

Bowling Center.4. MAJCOM/A1S 7.33. Dimensions.33. Table 7.000 10.2.
Total Customer Base1 m2 Up to 49 50 to 100 101 to 200 201 to 300 301 to 400 401 to 500 NOTES: 1.33.32. FAC: 7415 CATCODE: 740671 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.4. the market should be surveyed prior to building a center. 2.25.160 7. See Table 7.000 9.32. Description. However. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
381
influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system. Requirements Determination.4. Facilities for bowling will not exceed the space and lane allowances shown in Table 7. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Design Considerations.500
7. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.000 8.24. Gross Area2 ft2
Accommodate in other facilities 650 743 836 975 1. 7.5. Total customer base is defined as active duty military personnel assigned to the military installation.500 12. 7. The scope can be
. therefore. 7.4.4. Mechanical equipment room space as required should be added to the gross areas shown when determining a single gross area for each facility. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.24. Space Allowances for Multipurpose Recreation Buildings.4. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA study. Recreational bowling facility.1. local demand varies.

DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii). two additional lanes totaling 232 m2 (2. as well as food service. 5. offices.500 ft2) gross area may be provided. as well as food service.e. budgeting. The scope used for programming.2. contingent upon the size of an installation and its geographical location. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Total Customer Base1. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities. Overseas includes space for equipment and storage. MWR Supply and NAF Central Storage.5. 7. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. billiards and pool. not the scope that may be approved. For each increment of four lanes. 6. For each increment of four lanes.500 ft2) gross area may be added for a game room for amusement games.6. Additional lanes should not be provided for any increase below a full increment and no additional lanes should be provided at military installations in the 48 contiguous states without a complete and full study of the needs and economic factors involved. Mechanical equipment room space as required should be added to the gross areas shown when determining a single gross area for each facility.34. and maintenance area. Description. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii). Outdoor Recreation and Equipment Center supports a program that may.. 4. and maintenance area. 7.3 No.4. of Lanes All Locations Gross Area4.000 ft2) gross area may be added for a game room for amusement games.9 m2 ft2
383
2. For each increment increase of 700 total customer base above 12. in-depth market survey. an additional 185 m2 (2. CONUS includes space for equipment and storage. 8.7. offices. require multiple facilities under this category code (i. MAJCOM/A1S 7.34.4.1. an Outdoor Recreation Center. FAC: 7447 CATCODE: 740672 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.600.8. an additional 232 m2 (2. 3. Table shows maximum authorized scope only.
. billiards and pool.

905 Gross Area ft2 3.000 20.001 to 8.500 5. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated Needs Assessment Study. For Marina Support Components. this may be incorporated into the Outdoor Recreation and Equipment Center or developed as a free standing facility. The facility or facilities may be located on-base or at off-base recreation areas.384
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Equipment Check-out) and possibly a marina support component. 7.) 7. components are collocated whenever possible.000 12.000 1.34.001 to 20.4. Total customer base consists of active duty military strength plus 25 percent of the dependent population.500
NOTES: 1.001 to 2. 7.160 1.26.
. Dimensions. Design Considerations.000 4. (Marina operation must also provide for water pollution control and small boat pump-out capability.000 7.5.4. For Outdoor Recreation equipment loan/rental.000 20.4.500 10.500 16.34. For bases having waterfront areas with boating activities (including space for equipment storage.4. Scope Determination.34.26. checkout and repair).
Total Customer Base1 m2 Up to 1.4. However.34. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.001 to 12.001 to 4.2.000 12.001 to 50.
Table 7.3. 7. see Table 7.27. See Table 7.000 325 465 697 929 1. At some locations.000 8.26.000 2. see Table 7. a marina operation may be supported out of the Outdoor Recreation and Equipment Center. Requirements Determination. in the interest of operational efficiency. Space Allowances for Outdoor Recreation Equipment Load/Rental Components. in the interest of operational efficiency and construction economy.490 1.

001 to 40.600 Gross Area2 ft2
385
NOTES: 1. fitness. The Air Force Fitness Center facilitates the readiness. marina slips.650 15. Description.800 22.450 10.35. required only at outdoor recreation areas that have waterfront facilities available for boating activities.000 5.000 10.000 325 539 785 975 1.450 1.930 2.001 to 10. 7. and pleasant spaces for
.35.001 to 20.190 None 3. The total customer base shall be verified by a PVA. 2. FAC: 7421 CATCODE: 740674 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.001 to 3.1.180 1.040 2.
Total Customer Base1 m2 Up to 100 101 to 1.600 18.000 30.4.001 to 25.001 to 5. MAJCOM/A1S 7.000 7. Does not include docks. efficient.700 20.000 1.001 to 15.000 3. and morale of Air Force members by providing effective.001 to 30.27.001 to 7. Gymnasium (Fitness Center).4.740 1. Space Allowances for Marina Support Components.000 15.500 12. and walkways which are subject to special consideration.800 8. This is a special facility. Total customer base consists of active duty military strength plus 15 percent of the dependent population.500 5.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Table 7.000 25.000 20.000 23.

4. Due to higher utilization of overseas facilities. CATCODE 740669. b. d. the number may be calculated from the total family member population. Shows maximum authorized scope only. Include the number of military personnel from interservice support agreements with other U. Do not include personnel as DoD civilians if they are counted as Family Members. and circulation has been added by a factor of 35 percent. AAFES. rest rooms. may be added to the base population. Additional courts constructed as additives to fitness centers will count against the total space authorization. full-time Air Force Reserve and Air National Guard assigned to the installation.
. or members TDY – when the installation regularly serves a substantial number (100 or more) of military transients greater than 30 consecutive days. not the scope that may be approved. If the actual number is not available from the installation. NAF. c. 100 percent of Host Nation Military or NATO Alliances – at PACAF and USAFE installations.000. 3. 50 percent of Family Members ages 13 years or older – includes all spouses. A minimum of two racquetball courts are authorized. 5. 100 percent of PCS members. For populations less than 250. students. For populations over 7. the average daily strength.S. the installation should determine whether it is more cost effective and manpower-efficient to build one large complex or multiple smaller sized facilities. 100 percent DoD civilians assigned overseas – this category applies only if the base is overseas or in Alaska or Hawaii. and DoDEA personnel. 6. assigned military members of host nations or NATO alliances may be added to the base population. and foreign/NATO services.S. e. consider adding up to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii). based on a firm projection of the total yearly load of such transients. Space for mechanical equipment. 2. and children 13 years or older for those included in the Assigned Military personnel category. 100 percent of Assigned Military Personnel – includes Air Force and other U. 7. combine with community activity center. Include DoD.388
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
a. Military personnel.

Library Service Centers.36. a branch library.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.30.4.4. Space allowances are shown in Table 7. establishes policies and procedures for the organization. the number of books or other items held in reserve plus the number of items on hand to be processed for distribution. Space allowances for branch libraries. administration. branch libraries. FAC: 7416 CATCODE: 740675 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. and a library service center). Design Considerations.36.3.e. The base library supports a program that may.3.5.3. Include adequate storage for removable media and computer peripherals. Description. 7.4.4. Libraries do not house fast food establishments other than small coffee cafes operated by AAFES. See UFC 4-740-20.29.36. Refer to UFC 4-740-20. professional military education.30 for Library Service Centers. AFI 34-270.1.29 for Main Libraries and Table 7.4. Scope Determination. encompass or require three separate facilities under this category code (i.4.
. See Tables 7. i. 7.36. and issuance of print. lifelong learning. Libraries. contingent upon the base mission. When justified by the requirements of a particular area or command. a main library.000 increment of military strength over 10.36. These allowances may be increased by ten percent when the facility is designated a command reference center. Base Library.000 may be combined into one branch library.4. and a table is not required. Where troop concentrations permit consolidation. 7.2.000 ft2) in gross area.000. where justified. non-print.4.36. MAJCOM/A1S
389
7..2. not exceeding 372 m2 (4. may be provided in support of an education center or for each 3.1. When justified by the requirements of a particular installation. 7. and operation of Air Force libraries.000 increment of military strength over 10. a library service center may be authorized. Space allowances are given in Table 7.4. or Services Clubs. Building size is to be determined by the maximum quantity of library materials to be on hand at any one time.36. voluntary education. and electronic materials at each base for the support of the primary mission of the base. are specific. a NAF concessionaire. and for unstructured leisure use. 7. Dimensions. Air Force Library and Information System (AFLIS).. housing.e. This facility provides space for use. These space allocations are in addition to the space criteria for main libraries. telecommunications.36. for space requirements in library functional areas. 7. Requirements Determination. Include space and infrastructure to support a fully equipped internet center for customer use.29 and 7. Branch Libraries. the gross area authorized for each 3.

31. budgeting. FAC: 6100 CATCODE: 740717 OPR: AF/A1D OCR: AF/A1S.
Total Customer Base1.000 2.860 Gross Area3. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA. 8.38. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities. Shows maximum authorized scope only.008
NOTES: 1. in-depth market survey. The scope used for programming. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. AFSVA. 4. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.4. 6. not the scope that may be approved.390 1.2 m2 Up to 2.392
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Table 7. Red Cross Office. 2. MAJCOM/A1S
. 7.5.6 ft2 100. 7.008 200. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Includes space for support functions.4. 5.007 150. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii). Plus additional space for support functions.001 to 20. 3. The scope can be influenced by PVA.000 20. Space Allowances for Roller/Ice Skating Rinks. Exclusive of mechanical room space. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii). Total customer base is defined as active duty military personnel assigned to the installation plus 50 percent of dependent personnel. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system.001 and up 929 1.

4. 7.39. Dimensions.4. At overseas installations (excluding Hawaii. and Recreation Activities. For example. Scope Determination. and the Panama Canal Zone).38. Civilian Nonappropriated Funds and Morale. therefore.5.2.2. Design Considerations. There are no DoD criteria for the facility.4. Restaurant Fund CWF Facility. 7. 7. is desirable.38.4. Office space for the Red Cross may be included in the base headquarters or in a similar administrative building. Requirements Determination. to serve purposes other than those for which civilian nonappropriated funds are primarily intended. Welfare.4. A portion of the profit from the restaurant fund revenue producing activities is used to provide a source of income for the installation civilian welfare fund.1. 7. Alaska. Refer to Table 7. Dimensions. There are no standard programs except that certain activities are prohibited by AFJI 34-122. Collocation with the Airman and Family Readiness Center (CATCODE 740253). Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. projects must be approved as exceptions to criteria. established to operate revenue producing activities primarily for base civilian employees. The major commander approves facility requirements for base restaurant funds.39.4. 7.38. 7. approved activities will exclude any activity normally supported by joint-use military/civilian employee facilities.4.4.4.3. Most base restaurant fund
. MAJCOM/A1S 7.39.32.39. 7.3. Description. 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
393
7.39. Design Considerations. FAC: 7417 CATCODE: 740732 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.1.39. AFJI 34-122 provides guidance on acceptable programs and facility descriptions.38.4. The Red Cross Director and his staff provide counsel and act as the investigating agency for military dependents in judging hardship discharges. 7. 7. Requirements Determination. civilian nonappropriated funds may not be used to finance approved facilities and services normally provided from appropriated funds.4. Requirements Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1. Facility requirements to support approved activities are developed by the base restaurant fund council.4.5.4. Description.4.38. Space allowances are determined under the administrative space criteria given in Chapter 6 of this Manual. This facility requirement is generated by programs and activities associated with nonappropriated fund entities established under AFJI 34-122.1. Also excluded from fund support are the special interest clubs or groups established under AFI 34-223 Private Organizations (PO) Program.39. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.

4. 7.42. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.) 7.4.4.5.4. FAC: 7431 CATCODE: 740873 OPR: AAFES OCR: N/A 7. Base Restaurant. It is used to show moving pictures and to present live stage productions. FAC: 7332 CATCODE: 740735 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. Base Theater. character guidance lectures.33. Dimensions. Description.4. Description. including satellite operations.41. In inventory records. 7.42.4. The total scope of base restaurant operations.646 m2 (50. This facility identifies space occupied by a restaurant or food court or by restaurant-operated snack bars. The theater has three basic functions.42. Space allowances for restaurants and food courts are established by DoD.2.4.1. Designs have been developed by AAFES for a snack stand to be located in the Base Theater.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.2. should be a minimum of 4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3.42.4.1. 7. Scope Determination.4.4. Design Considerations. Such activities as graduation exercises. 7. Space allowances for theaters are given in Table 7. vending machines.41. (To economize on the use of category codes.000 ft2) for bases with a civilian population of at least 10. Drawings for site adaptation can be obtained from AAFES. 7. Requirements Determination. or other food service related activity.4.
.3.000.41. All theaters include a stage. CATCODE 740735 is also used to identify existing space at overseas bases occupied by foreign national civilian canteens.41. Scope Requirements. Requirements Determination. organizational meetings. The actual scope will be determined by a PVA conducted by the MAJCOM.41. this usage is normally indicated by the presence of an outgrant symbol. It is also used as an auditorium where commanders can assemble their personnel for group instruction.41. officer and airmen calls. MAJCOM/A1S
395
7. and general meetings of clubs are held regularly in this facility. 7. troop information programs.

video and television watching.340 18. Environmental adjustment factor: This table provides maximum allowances when no such facilities are provided by the local community.310
NOTES: 1.5.720 215 6. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.4.000 11.4 ft2
Accommodate in other facilities 622 836 1. Design Consideration. lessons. However. corridors. Space Allowances for Youth Centers – Youth Population.200 For each additional 600.43. add Gross Area3. 7.4. office storage.401 to 7. 7.
.34 and 7.200 1.2.1.050 1.34.34.3.201 to 2. Facilities provided by the local community shall be considered in justifications for youth centers. and other youth functions. informal recreation. Youth population shall be established by obtaining the number of youth 6-18 years of age of the active duty assigned to the installation from AF/A1 or AF/A1S. Mechanical equipment room space as required should be added to the gross areas shown when determining a single gross area for each facility. 3. Table 7. See Tables 7.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
397
7. Space allowances for before and after school programs are given in Table 7.4.4.43.34. parties.43. 2. 7. Additional area must be incorporated for administration work spaces. Dimensions. More detailed and complete information and space requirements are found in UFC 4-74006. meetings. etc.4.1. these tables only reflect the actual usage space for the youth/children.700 9. Youth Centers. This facility provides spaces for before and after school care. Scope Determination.43.400 2. Space allowances are given in Table 7. 1
Youth Population2 m2 Up to 250 251 to 600 601 to 1. Separate areas for the before and after school program and teen center may be provided. See UFC 4-740-06. restrooms. Requirements Determination.500 2. indoor sports.34 for programs without before and after school programs located in the Youth Center.

Shows maximum authorized scope only. in-depth market survey. budgeting. not the scope that may be approved.4 ft2
4. The scope used for programming. Mechanical equipment room space as required should be added to the gross areas shown
. Table 7.6 ft2
Accommodate in other facilities 39-78 78.1-117 117-156 156-195 195-234 234-273 273-312 312-351 39 420-840 841-1260 1261-1680 1681-2100 2101-2520 2521-2940 2941-3360 3361-3780 420
NOTES: 1. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system.398
Youth Population2 m2
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Gross Area3. Youth population shall be established by obtaining the number of youth 6-18 years of age of the active duty assigned to the installation from AF/A1 or AF/A1S. Space Allowances for Youth Centers – School Age Program Enrollment.5. 2.34. 3. Facilities provided by the local community shall be considered in justifications for youth centers. The scope may also be influenced by architectural programming studies.4.1. 1
School Age Program Enrollment2 m2 0-12 13-24 25-36 37-48 49-60 61-72 73-84 85-96 97-108 For each additional group of 12 children Gross Area3. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Environmental adjustment factor – This table provides maximum allowances when no such facilities are provided by the local community.

in-depth market survey. Shows maximum authorized scope only. not the scope that may be approved. MAJCOM/A1S 7. FAC: 7341 CATCODE: 740884 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. by the American Public Health Association and the American Academy of Pediatrics. For planning criteria see UFC 4-740-14.44. 4.44. budgeting. Scope Determination.6 ft2
399
when determining a single gross area for each facility.2.3. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. The scope may also be influenced by architectural programming studies. 7. Any criteria not specifically addressed in the Air Force guidance is established by the reference manual. Description. Requirements Determination. ensure each room has an exterior exit and toilets in or near the room. 5. Subtract this number from the projected need.4. 6.4. Child Development Centers may be established to provide child care for children from the ages of six weeks through five years of age for full-day.44. cost. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional. partday. The scope used for programming.versus part-day care.4.4. If child care services comparable in quality. Design: Child Development Centers. and hourly service. Development of the facility space program should take into consideration the demand for care for each age group to determine the number and distribution of care room types. Estimate the number of children that can be served in child development center annexes. 7. National Health and Safety Performance Standards: Guidelines for Out-of-Home Child Care Programs. and the existing child care facilities on base and their adequacies or inadequacies relative to current and future needs.5. If the before and after school program is housed in a separate facility and has enrollment over 48 children. Child Development Center.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
School Age Program Enrollment2 m2 Gross Area3. make provisions for administrative space.4. If the before and after school program space is going to double function for part-day preschool. the anticipated proportion of full. Other functions to be
. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system. these should also be considered in projecting unmet needs.1. and service to those in the child development center are available in the civilian community or through family care homes on base. 7.44. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.

4.4. visiting officer quarters. 7. and special needs care.400
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 accommodated include administrative support oversight of family day care. 7.5.5. information and referral services. Night lighting may be provided as required for the athletic fields and recreation courts described in this section.1.1.4.1. Baseball. or waivers and exceptions to criteria should be followed. use the DoD formula for projecting need in AFI 34-248.5.3. kitchen facilities. 7.1. AFI 32-1032 (O&M projects). They are considered ample to satisfy the requirements of typical fitness and sports programs.5.5.44.44. Where no experience data is available.4.5.4. and AFI 32-1021 (MILCON/P-341 projects). relative to population basis also applies to the criteria given in this section. Dimensions. FAC: 7522 CATCODE: 750172 OPR: AF/A1S
. Athletic Field. Welfare.9 m2 (85 ft2). 7.5. guidance given in AFI 32-1022 (NAF projects). Sizing Parameters. Consider expected changes in mission. The criteria given in this chapter are established by the DoD and apply to both appropriated and nonappropriated fund projects. Child Development Centers. 7. including space for the family day care administrative office and lending program.5. 7. The minimum size should accommodate no fewer than 48 children. or consult AF/A1S for need data. See UFC 4-740-14.44.4. 7.4.1. Guidance given in paragraph 7.44. Consult this chapter’s previous sections for criteria on dining halls. Where there is an evident need for greater allowances or for facilities that are not listed in this chapter. Design Considerations.2.4. The capacity of the facility should be based on historical data experience when available.1. and temporary lodging facilities. Experience Data. Limit facility size to no more than 305 children per site. which should be added to the gross total for the facility.2. and Recreation Facilities. not including mechanical or administrative space. Outdoor Morale.
7. Overview. See UFC 4-740-14.1. MAJCOM/A1S reviews actions of these facilities.4. the fields and courts must be regulation size and design. 7. General Criteria The Air Force Fitness Centers and sports complexes are designed to obtain maximum voluntary participation in the most commonly recognized fitness and sports programs. Category Group 75. 7. In the interest of good play.2. 7. Waiting lists should be reviewed and updated to project unmet need. Space allowance per child shall be based on an average of 7.1.

4. Table 7.000 3.000 4.2.4 Football/Soccer 4 6 8 10 11 12 14 16 Baseball 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Number of Softball Fields Auth Customers Up to 1.5.499 1. Athletic Fields. 7. ages 6 to 19.2.000 or more.1. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.999 2. not the scope that may be approved. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.499 Number of Fields1. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities. 7. Dimensions. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii). MAJCOM/A1S
401
7. 2.749 4. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii).5. See UFC 4-750-02N.2.001-7.001-5.001-6.750 to 5. Shows maximum authorized scope only. Scope Determination.500 to 3.3. The scope used for programming.2.000 Softball 4 6 7 10 12 14 16 16
NOTES: 1.000 to 1.249 3. Junior baseball fields and soccer fields may be provided for family members.001-4.001-8.35 7.500 to 1.5.000 6.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OCR: AFSVA. 7.2. 3.001-3.000 2. budgeting.4.999 4.5.001-2.000 1. in-depth comprehensive market research and analysis.000 to 2. One regulation baseball field with superimposed regulation football field may be provided at installations with a military strength of 1.250 to 3.000 to 4.35.
Family Member Population1 (Ages 6-19) Up to 999 1.000 5.35. Requirements Determination.5.000 7.499 2. The scope is also
.5. See Table 7. according to Table 7. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Description. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2.2. Design Considerations.3.

36. For every 1. or members TDY – when the installation regularly serves a substantial number (100 or more) of military transients greater than 30 consecutive days.5.S. 7. 7. based on a firm projection of the total yearly load of such transients. See notes in Table 7.1. 7. military personnel. Description. Design Considerations.4. FAC: 7521 CATCODE: 750349 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. students. See notes in Table 7. 50 percent of Family Members ages 13 years or older – includes all spouses. e. increase field and court allowance in accordance with a valid PVA.8. 5.8.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. a. the average daily strength.000 personnel over 10. Dimensions. Allowances are given in Table 7. The population used to calculate allowable area is as follows and shall be verified by a valid PVA.5.5. Do not include personnel as DoD civilians if they are counted as Family Members. See UFC 4-750-02N. 100 percent of Host Nation Military or NATO Alliances – For PACAF and USAFE installations. assigned military members of host nations or NATO alliances may be added to the base population.8. 100 percent of Assigned Military Personnel – includes Air Force and other U. and foreign/NATO services. 100 percent DoD civilians assigned overseas – this category applies only if the base is overseas or in Alaska or Hawaii.S. Scope Determination. and DoDEA personnel. may be added to the base population. Recreational Court.8. Requirements Determination. full-time Air Force Reserve. 7.5.2.
405
.3.5. and children 13 years or older for those included in the Assigned Military personnel category. the number may be calculated from the total family member population.36.8. c. MAJCOM/A1S 7.5. Include DoD. 100 percent of PCS members. Include the number of military personnel from interservice support agreements with other U.5. and Air National Guard assigned to the installation.000. NAF. 7.8. AAFES. b.36. d. If the actual number is not available from the installation.

FAC: 7413 CATCODE: 750422 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA. locker rooms.5 ft2
407
2. not the scope that may be approved.10.10. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities. The clubhouse and equipment building components are carried and reported as CATCODE 750422. is carried and reported as Golf Equipment Building (CATCODE 750423). storage and issue of golf clubs and related equipment.4.38.
. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system. 7. and restrooms.5. a pro shop sales area. See Notes 3. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. The equipment building component. The scope used for programming. Design Considerations. 7. Golf Clubhouse.10. budgeting. See UFC 4-750-01NF. See Notes in Table 7. 7. For courses that have 18 holes or more. The equipment maintenance building located on a golf course to house and store grounds maintenance equipment and supplies.1. 5. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.10.2 m2 Gross Area3.5. in-depth comprehensive market research and analysis. Dimensions. which may be incorporated with the clubhouse or developed as a separate building.4. a snack bar and lounge.10. Description. 4. MAJCOM/A1S 7. See Table 7.2. 4. is mostly used for storing powered golf carts. provide allowances for course snack bars and latrines in addition to other buildings on the course.5. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii).5.3. and 5 in Table 7. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional. 7.10. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Design: Golf Clubhouses.5.5. 7. The clubhouse component contains space for an office. Shows maximum authorized scope only.38. Scope Determination.38. Requirements Determination.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Military Population1. 3. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii).5.

000 4.000 10.000 8.000-4.000-20.000 10. Military population will consist of military strength plus 20 percent of their dependents and 40 percent of retired military personnel supported by the facility. The scope used for programming. The scope can be influenced by PVA studies.000
NOTES: 1. 7.4. A pitch-and-putt course shall be considered the equivalent of a golf course of the same number of holes.000-10. 3. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii).390 1.000 6.6 Number of Holes 2.000-12. not the scope that may be approved.408 Table 7. Refer to AFI 34-205. Shows maximum authorized scope only.7
Gross Area m2 464-650 557-1.3. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities.300-1. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA study.000-7.
. budgeting. Based on industry data.000-10. 2.110 929-1. Golf Facilities. the approximate square footage needed for cart storage facilities is determined by dividing the number of carts to be stored by a factor of 0.000 m2 465-650 650-929 743-929 929-1. 4.001-14. 6.000-12.110 ft2 5.014.38. and contact MAJCOM Director of Services or AFSVA/SVXF for current PVA criteria and guidelines. 5.000 7.000 14.000-15.
Military Golf 1.5 Population Course5.000 8.2. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.000 14. Services Nonappropriated Fund Facility Projects.001-8.860 ft2 5. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii). in-depth comprehensive market research and analysis.001 and up 9 18 27 36 Clubhouse Component5
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Maintenance Building (Equipment Building)5.000-7.

13.38 7.1. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Design Considerations.5. MAJCOM/A1S 7.410
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7.5. It is an outdoor exercise course (trail) designed and equipped to help people of differing fitness levels to develop and maintain good physical condition.13. 7. 7.5. This facility is identified under CATCODE 750581.2 km (1. The course is normally 2. (Parcours trail.5. The allowance is “as needed”.5 to 2.4.15.14.2. 4. This activity is defined as any type not normally conducted in. MAJCOM/A1S 7. FAC: 7514 CATCODE: 750429 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.13. This facility accommodates miscellaneous outdoor recreation activity.5. Scope Determination. See Notes 3.1. Description. Requirements Determination.
7.3.14.38. and 5 in Table 7.14.5. Golf driving range. or supported by.5. described below.3.14.4.1. 7. is an exception. any of the other facilities described in this chapter or listed under basic category 750. Scope Determination.5. See Table 7. Miscellaneous Outdoor Recreational Facility. 7. Dimensions. 7.14.5.) The designation applies to both the outdoor facility and its related buildings. Parcours Trail. Design Considerations. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Dimensions. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.14.5. Description.5. providing the land is available and will not be needed for any foreseeable operational purpose.15.
.1. Each Air Force installation is authorized a driving range of the required size.0 mi) long and contains approximately 20 exercise stations. See Notes in Table 7.5. 7.38. Golf Driving Range.5.4 to 3. FAC: 7542 CATCODE: 750581 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.5. 7.15.

budgeting. Ropes Course. picnic table-style seating. trash receptacles. The facility typically consists of a prefabricated scaffold and panel system attached to an internal or external facility wall (MUST meet manufacturer’s specifications). 7. trash receptacles.5.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
411
7.15.4. Bicycle Motocross (BMX) Track. The facility typically consists of an open or fenced smoothly paved area with semi-permanent or cast-in-place elements such as ramps and halfpipes used by skateboarders and bicyclists to perform tricks and stunts. 7. This facility is identified as part of CATCODE 750581.. bicycle maintenance areas.6. The facility typically consists of a paved or graveled parking area delineated into separate slots. and access to permanent or portable toilet facilities.15. and security lighting. This facility is identified as part of CATCODE 750581.5. small “buildings. trash receptacles.1. providing the land is available and will not be needed for any foreseeable operational purpose. and access to permanent or portable toilet facilities. This facility is identified as part of CATCODE 750581. a free standing internal scaffold and panel structure. trash receptacles. A starting gate structure and timing/announcing booth may be included.1. picnic table-style seating. related parking. fine mesh fencing. along with access roads and related parking. The facility typically consists of large areas that may or may not be enclosed by tall.1.” etc.5. The facility typically consists of massive treated wooden poles set in the ground (similar in size to telephone poles) and connected by cables.7. shaped.5. RV Storage Lot.1. 7. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction allowance “as needed”.3.2.15. a number of semi-permanent “obstacles” (e. They are generally sited in out-of-the-way locations to lessen the trespass potential. 7.15. related parking. a safe zone for testing and unloading paintball markers. 7. picnic table-style seating. This facility is identified as part of CATCODE 750581.3. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional. picnic table-style seating.5. Requires access roads. Requires access roads.) used by players for protection or concealment. Requirements Determination. Skateboard and Bike Park. Artificial Climbing Wall.1.15. and sun protected shaded area. large concrete or plastic piping.15.g. Scope Determination. Access to restrooms is required. This facility is identified as part of CATCODE 750581. a security perimeter fence.5.15.15.5. 7. and access to permanent or portable toilet facilities. Paintball Field. The facility typically consists of a large area with mounded. and access to permanent or portable toilet facilities. This facility is identified as part of CATCODE 750581. related parking. a manual or automated controlled access gate. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system.2. Requires access roads.5. Requires access roads.5. The scope used for programming. or a poured and sculpted in-place concrete-like structure. related parking. and groomed dirt features used for bicycle racing events. in depth comprehensive market research and analysis.1. which
. See specific facility type above. 7.

000 10.001 to 5. not the scope that may be approved. 5. The scope used for programming.3.5. budgeting.001 to 20. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii).800 17. Shows maximum authorized scope only.700 9. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities.700 5.000 5.000 25. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.190 1.000 7. The scope may also be influenced by PVA. in-depth comprehensive market research and analysis.100 2. The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA study.000 NOTES: 1. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. Military population is defined as active duty military personnel assigned to the installation plus 25 percent of dependent population. and design must be based on need as documented by a professional.900 7.000 1.6 m2 Up to 100 101 to 1.000 3. 4.001 to 40.001 to 10.800 ft2
413
.001 to 7.000 15.600 11. 3. 5 7 12 16 21 29 37 43 50 60 None 195 232 334 437 548 715 892 1.
Military Population1. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii).39.050 1.000 30.5 Gross Area2. 2. Space Allowances for Riding Stables.250 12.001 to 15.4.4.001 to 3.2 Number of Stalls2.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Table 7.3.001 to 30.001 to 25.000 20.600 4.500 3.650 2.

5.4.5.5
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Gross Area2.2. A tent camping area should be provided. horse clubs.2. 7.
7. 7.2.000 ft2 to 3.18.5.4.2. whichever is larger.18.7. as required. and office/staff area.3.5.3. Parking spaces for camping vehicles with adjoining grounds should occupy a space of 186 m2 to 279 m2 (2. Provide water and electrical outlets at each camping vehicle parking space. MAJCOM/A1S 7.6 m2 ft2
6.18.5.2. Include a general purpose building. or organizations for the minimum paddock area for horses. service sink. Watering stations are required at each camping vehicle parking space to supply potable water to vehicle storage tanks. and their distance from the nearest existing FAMCAMP.000 ft2) for each camp site. Requirements Determination. FAMCAMPs will be based on market demand which has been validated by a PVA study. 7. showers. Contact the local extension service.2. 7. tent area.4. access to the interstate highway system.18.5. picnic table. FAC: 7541 CATCODE: 750611 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.
. Factors to consider in determining a requirement include average daily transient population.5.5.18.2. 7.18.2.6. Description. with toilets.5.5. laundry room with washers and dryers. lavatories. and cooking grill.3 m2 (25 ft2) per site. 7. availability of other public or private campgrounds. Family Camp Grounds (FAMCAMP).18.1. 7.5. of 46 m 2 (500 ft2) minimum or 2.414
Military Population1.2.18. 7. The USAF FAMCAMP Program is applicable to installations in North America only. Each site should contain a parking space. Provide a sanitary station at each camping vehicle parking space for the deposit of sewage from vehicle holding tanks. Include a children's play area. FAMCAMPs are designated facilities and areas located on or near Air Force installations which support family camping activities for authorized transient personnel. Camp sites should be a minimum of 12 m (40 ft) apart to ensure a degree of privacy and located away from the recreational vehicle campers.2 Number of Stalls2.18.5.18.3.1.

3.5. Wading and splash pools are not included in the water area shown in Table 7. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.40 but may be added to each outdoor swimming pool.21. Space should also be added for diving areas for indoor and outdoor pools. One installation swimming pool may be enclosed to allow for year-round use. 7.2 Number of Pools3. 7. 7.5. MAJCOM/A1S.5.3. The building should not exceed 1. 7.5 25-Meter 21 m x 25 m (68 ft x 82 ft 2 in) Water Area Up to 250 50-Meter 21 m x 50 m (68 ft x 164 ft) Water Area See Note 6
. Allowances for indoor and outdoor swimming pools are in Table 7. 7.21.5.6 m (15 ft) outdoors shall be provided around each pool except at the diving board end.416
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 bathhouse of 604 m2 (6. See Table 7. A minimum safety deck width of 3.2.40.
7. This is an installation swimming pool serving both officers and enlisted. FAC: 7512 CATCODE: 750812 OPR: AF/A1S OCR: AFSVA.21.800 ft2) gross area for a 50-meter swimming pool exclusive of the locker rooms.5. Description.2.21. Allowances for Indoor and Outdoor Swimming Pools.40. See Note 5 in Table 7. Requirements Determination. where officers and enlisted share all functional areas.40.40.5.21. and should not exceed 2.3.21.1.20.4. Scope Determination.120 m2 (22.5. Design Considerations.7 m (12 ft) indoors and 4.5.320 m2 (14.
Military Population1. See Note 4 in Table 7. 7.5.21.1 m (20 ft) is required outdoors.5.1.40.21.3. Design Considerations.3. Table 7.6 m (15 ft) is required indoors and 6. Consolidated Swimming Pool. AFCESA/CEO 7.4. where 4. 7.5.5. 7.500 ft2) gross area may be provided with each 50-meter outdoor swimming pool.200 ft2) gross area for a 25-meter swimming pool with locker rooms.21. Dimensions. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.

40 shows maximum authorized scope only.250 ft2) of water surface area and a 74 m2 (800 ft2) gross area bathhouse may be provided as required. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and must be based on need as documented by a professional.2 Number of Pools3.500 ft2) gross area bathhouse may be provided for each increment of 10. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.5 25-Meter 21 m x 25 m (68 ft x 82 ft 2 in) Water Area 251 to 3.4. One swimming pool not to exceed 116 m2 (1. one 50-meter outdoor swimming pool with a 604 m2 (6. not the scope that may be approved. Because of higher utilization of overseas facilities. Table 7. budgeting.000 ft2) gross area bathhouse may be provided for each increment of 5. 4. and may also be influenced by PVA studies and the Services NAF construction prioritization system.000 3. One 25-meter outdoor swimming pool with a 372 m2 (4.000 military population over 10.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Military Population1.000.0004 1 1 2 50-Meter 21 m x 50 m (68 ft x 164 ft) Water Area None 17 1
417
NOTES: 1. 6. consider adding 5 to 10 percent to authorized scope for these facilities (including Alaska and Hawaii). plus 70 percent of their dependents. Military population is defined as active duty military personnel assigned to the military installation. indepth comprehensive market research and analysis.
. DoD civilians assigned to overseas facilities are to be counted as active duty strength for facility sizing purposes (including Alaska and Hawaii). The total customer base shall be verified by a validated PVA Study.000. 7.000 military population. 5. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. 3.000 military population over 10.001 to 10. For military installations exceeding 20. The scope used for programming.001 to 6. 2. In lieu of a 25-meter outdoor swimming pool. a second indoor swimming pool with bathhouse may be provided. Outdoor swimming pool only.000 6.

3. and private or public facilities cannot meet the requirement.5. 7.1.24. Facility requirements at off-base sites must be documented in the base Recreation Program Planning folder prepared IAW AFI 34-101. See Note 5 in Table 7. If public agency leases are not available.3.3. 7. Installations will determine if long term.1.40.5.5.5. Permanent construction of off-base sites will be held to an absolute minimum. budgeting.3.3. Establishing Requirement.25. Design Considerations. city.5.5. Facility Allowances. 7.4. 7.25.24. Off-Base Recreation Areas. and design is limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional.2.1. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system.25.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 7. the installation may initiate action to develop an off-base recreation area within the following guidelines: 7. Fee acquisition of land for outdoor recreation areas is not authorized without written approval of SAF/MIIR and AFSVA/SVP. existing on-base outdoor recreation resources must be reviewed to ensure they are utilized to their full potential. Other support facilities should be identified under
. 7.5. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines.25.5.40 and paragraph 7. Support Facilities. annually renewable leases (up to 50 years) at nominal cost could be consummated with a public agency (federal.25. 7.3. Requests for establishment of off-base recreation sites must be approved by AFSVA/SVP.
419
7. Portable facilities will be utilized to the maximum extent feasible. This includes any recreational structures that are needed to ensure safe and efficient use of a site's recreational capabilities. See Table 7. Volume I. Scope Determination. private leases may be considered. Lodging Facilities.21.4. such as Recreation Pavilions (CATCODE 750371).) within any of the 50 states. Two types of facilities may be provided at off-base recreation areas.1.25. the installation should examine possible joint operation agreements with other military installations in the area that have existing on-/off-base outdoor recreation areas. 7. 7.5.5. See criteria under CATCODE 740666.25. 7. which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities.25. Lodging and Support Facilities. and the total scope (on-base and off-base) will not exceed the allowances in this Manual. If this attempt proves negative.5.25.1.5. Hawaii and Alaska only).5. The scope may also be influenced by PVA studies. should be identified under the appropriate code. The scope used for programming. Standard facilities. in depth comprehensive market research and analysis. county. Dimensions.5.5. state.1. 7. Prior to establishing any new off-base recreation areas.25.1.2. Scope Determination. These should be considered only if costs are not excessive (CONUS. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. etc.2. If this review indicates that on-base resources are not adequate or available.24. Acquisition of real property for outdoor recreation will be IAW AFI 32-9001.

8. This category group covers all components (transmission.1.1. AFJMAN 32-1082.1.1. protective and control devices. substation.3. UFC 3-550-01.4.1.1. or distribution work.5.1. AFJMAN 32-1083. Electrical facilities. AFI 32-1065.1.2. The following documents complement AFI 32-1063. Where feasible.4.1.1. will be constructed in compliance with explosives safety standards of DoD 6055. and associated equipment) of an electrical power system for a base or a portion of a base. Overview.3. generation.1.1. Electrical Safe Practice. collection. Grounding Systems. The category code numbers used here are for accounting purposes and for separate programming of new or replacement electrical plants.1.9-Std and AFMAN 91-201. and disposal facilities will be provided as an integral component of the electrical power generating facility.1.1.1.3. 8. treatment. All electrical power generating facilities will be provided with positive methods to preclude discharge of environmental pollutants.1.1. Electricity. 8. 8. any specific category code items may also include programming for support utilities such as emergency generators and extensions of the base primary and secondary distribution system necessary to serve the prime item.1. primary and secondary distribution lines.1. 8.2.1. 8. Electric Power Systems. Visual Air Navigation Systems and UFC 3-535-01.1. UFC 3-520-01. 8. 8.1. 8. Category Group 81. 8.2. including transmission and distribution lines.1.1.2. Facilities Engineering Electrical Interior Facilities.1. FAC: 8111 CATCODE: 811145
.1.1.4.3. 8.1. AFI 32-1044.1. 8. Visual Air Navigation Systems. transformers.1.2. Interior Electrical Systems.5. Electrical Power Plants and Generators. facilities. This will preferably be accomplished by control of fuel used.
421
8. AFI 32-1064.3.2.2. UTILITY AND GROUND IMPROVEMENTS 8.3. AFI 32-1063. Electric Power Generation Plant.2. 8.1.1. Refer to the following documents for guidance in electrical facilities and electrical work in facilities.1.3. 8.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Chapter 8 FACILITY CLASS 8.1. Where such control is not feasible. Facilities Engineering Electrical Exterior Facilities. AFI 32-1062. 8. Exterior Electrical Power Distribution.

1.1.4. Primary Overhead Distribution Line.1.6. Refer to UFC 3-550-01 for further information. another governmental agency.1. Dimensions. Description.6. 8. However. Secondary Overhead Distribution Line. 8.1. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. CATCODE 811149 may be used for this purpose.1.5.1. Scope Determination. 8.4.1. For most planning.4.7. or a prime generating plant for supply of the base electrical power requirements. The primary overhead distribution line is a component of the base electrical distribution system and covers equipment of the overhead primary or higher voltage circuits of this system. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.6. Requirements Determination.4. when it is necessary or desirable to identify the building as separate from the power generation system. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1.1.3.200 volts.3. 8.4. 8.1. Requirements Determination. 8. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1.6. programming and budgeting purposes. Scope Determination.5. FAC: 8121 CATCODE: 812223 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW 8. 8. the electric power station or power plant building will be included in CATCODE 811145. 8.6.4. FAC: 8121 CATCODE: 812224 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW
. 8.470/7. Design Considerations.1. Dimensions. Design Considerations.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
423
8.5. 8.2. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.5.1. 8.6.2. The unit of measure is linear meter of electrical circuit. The system is required to distribute the energy delivered by a commercial utility. Electrical Distribution/Transmission Systems.1. The preferred primary CONUS distribution voltage is 12.

Description. 8.1.1. 120/208. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.9.1.8.3. 8.1.8. 8. The unit of measure is linear meter of electrical circuit.1. Overhead lines are typically insulated copper.3. Scope Determination. Design Considerations. Requirements Determination. Primary Distribution Line Underground. The secondary underground distribution line is a component of the base electrical distribution system and has the same function as the electrical distribution secondary lines. and 277/480 volts. The unit of measure is linear meter of electrical circuit.7.1.1.8. 8. Secondary Distribution Line Underground. motors.1.8. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.8. The above-ground electrical distribution secondary lines are components of the base electrical distribution system.5.9. The system covers lines for distributing electrical power at voltages suitable for direct connection to lights. Design Considerations.7. above ground. Underground primary and secondary lines shall be insulated copper or aluminum cables. or other appliances requiring electrical power. Description.1.8. 8.4.1. The primary underground distribution is a component of the base electrical distribution system and has the same function as the electrical distribution primary line above ground. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Description. Typical voltages on these lines are 120/240.7. 8.7.1. FAC: 8123 CATCODE: 812226 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW 8. 8.
8. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2. Requirements Determination.1.1.5.1. Underground construction will be used only when authorized by the requiring command in coordination with the host command. FAC: 8123 CATCODE: 812225 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW 8. Dimensions. Dimensions.4. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8. 8.2.
.424
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 8.1.1.7. Scope Determination.

capacity may be designated as the number of primary distribution feeders.1.1. Underground primary and secondary lines shall be insulated copper or aluminum cables.10.1. When transformers are not required. 8. Scope Determination.
. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. FAC: 8132 CATCODE: 813228 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW 8.1. The unit of measure is linear meter of electrical circuit. FAC: 8131 CATCODE: 813231 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW 8. Requirements Determination. 8. 8. 8.1. below. 8.10. 8. Description. 8. Dimensions.11. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.10. It is usually the dividing point between government owned facilities and those of a utility company. Dimensions.4. 8. Requirements Determination.9. in this case. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1. The main electrical substation is the point of supply for a base or portion of a base electrical distribution system.9.5. for information on where substation transformers are furnished by others or are not required.3. 8.5.4. Description. Requirements Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3. Scope Determination.10.1.1. Design Considerations.10.1.1.11. Refer to Electric Substation (CATCODE 813231).9.11.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
425
8.1. 8. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Scope Determination. a substation sometimes is designated as a switching station. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.3.11. Design Considerations. 8.9.10. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.2.1. Electric Switching Station. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.1.1.2.2.1.1. Identify voltage and designate switch capacity as the number of primary distribution feeders. Electric Substation.

and aprons as required to provide necessary 60 Hz power for energizing rectifiers and motor generator sets to furnish 400 Hz and low voltage DC power.
.1.1. or aircraft position will be individually justified.1. apron floodlighting. Electrical Aircraft Outlets.13.426
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 8. Scope Determination. Exterior Area Lighting.2. and necessary connection. 8.
8.12. 8. requiring floodlights is limited to the amount or number that will receive active use during normal night time operations.11. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Apron Flood Lighting. The requirements for each apron space.5. Design guidance on apron floodlighting is given in AFMAN 32-1076.11. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance.13. Design Considerations.1. area. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. an outlet may be used to provide power for any authorized requirement. Design Considerations. For each mission the amount of apron space.1. luminaries. Street Lighting. aircraft alert apron safety lighting.1. 8. ramps. 8. The electrical aircraft outlet system consists of a varying number of power outlets in the hangars. Each substation should be located as near as feasible to the center of its load.5. number of standards or poles. however. Requirements Determination. The power is used primarily for starting jet engines and testing electrical equipment of fighter aircraft. and security lighting.1.12.12.1. 8.13. 8. A substation will be supplied by one or more feeders.12.1.1.1. Dimensions. Estimates are based on linear feet of cable or wire.12.3. 8. FAC: 8122 CATCODE: 812926 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFSC/SEW 8.12.1. or number of aircraft positions. transformers. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 812921 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFSC/SEW 8. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. Description.1.13. Dimensions.4.1.2.4.1. 8.1.1. Capacity and unit of designation is kilovolt amperes (kVA). The required lighting is determined by the amount of pedestrian and vehicular traffic or the hazard involved. Description. This category code applies to street lighting.

3.2.1.3.5. Requirements Determination. 8. Curbs and gutters will not be provided in isolated areas (such as ammunition storage areas.2. Description. bulk fuel storage areas) or open storage and other facilities far removed from the principal industrial activity on the main part of the base. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 851143 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: N/A
437
8.5.5. except as required to control erosion and drainage or as required in extensions of existing like facilities. Curbs and gutters and attendant underground drainage systems are authorized along streets and around off-street parking areas to aid in control and collection of surface storm water.1.5.2.3.4. 8.5.3. 8.5. Design Considerations.2.1. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA. Open areas are areas within the site limits of the base. 8. Built-up areas are within the site limits of a base and contain
. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA.2.2. 8. Curbs and combination curbs and gutters or shallow paved gutters will not be authorized at installations on which the Air Force is a tenant under lease-hold agreements (such as municipal fields and fields in foreign countries.2.1.1.2. Road (Street).3. Scope Determination.1. Dimensions. 8.5. Design Considerations.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 8.2.2.5.1.3. In built-up areas they are streets. maneuver. In open areas they are roads. 8.2. or other incidental purposes. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA. 99 year leases excluded).1. 8.1.1. ammunition storage. designed for training. AFSC/SEG 8.2.5.2.5.5. 8.5. Curbs and Gutters (and Street Inlets). See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA.5. 8.5. but outside its built-up areas.5.5.1. Description. bulk fuel storage. 8. Highways on Air Force bases are either roads or streets depending on the area in which they are located. FAC: 8511 CATCODE: 851147 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCEE/TD.

5. land use.3. tertiary (T). Roads and streets are categorized as primary (P). B. S.2. frequency. Roads planned and designed for use in surveillance or in patrolling areas for security purposes of light traffic.5.2.5.5. and between various functional areas.1. 8.438
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 buildings. Primary (P). D.3.5. and composition of traffic. Class B.3.1. D.5. For planning and design purposes.3.2. Requirements Determination. volume.3. 8.3. They are usually planned and designed to accommodate a reasonable volume of comparatively light weight vehicles. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA.3.4. character. Street intersections usually occur at intervals of 400 meters (1/4 mile) or less. volume. 8. Dimensions. Base roads and streets supplementing the primary system by providing access to. Tertiary (T). and composition of traffic are related to size. and mission of the base. reasonably spaced and arranged for administration. roads and streets are divided into classes depending on topography. They are planned and designed to accommodate large volumes of traffic composed of all types of vehicles required to operate regularly within the base for the anticipated life of the highway.5. 8. Wheel load. warehousing. Scope Determination. There is seldom any requirement for Class A roads and streets on Air Force bases.1. For programming purposes. speed.2.2.2.3.2.4. Type.
. 8.5.5.3. or PR) followed by the class (A.3. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA. 8. C. between. 8. Secondary (S). They are planned and designed according to traffic anticipated at the individual facility they serve. 8. and E roads are two-lane. Design Considerations. tire pressure. or F). Volume and composition of traffic determines the geometric requirement for roads and streets. and patrol roads (PR). See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-25018FA.3. Roads and streets providing access from other roads and streets to individual units or facilities of a functional area are designated Tertiary. Base roads and streets serving as main distributing arteries for all traffic originating outside and within a base are designated Primary.3.5. type. and within various functional areas are designated Secondary.1.2. E.2. housing. 8. and storage plant or depot purposes. through. and frequency of operation determine structural requirements.1. They provide access to.3. secondary (S). Class A roads and streets are multi-lane (four or more lanes) and may be divided or undivided.5. 8. T.5. Patrol Road (PR).1.1. roads and streets shall be shown by category (P. 8. C.2. and an occasional passage of the maximum size vehicle expected to operate regularly on base. wheel configuration.

facilities for washing. These features are provided at subpools only when the operation presents a special need for safeguarding and night lighting. on-street parking spaces.5. a security fence at least 1. The facility is usually a part of the CE complex and usually adjoins the Base Civil Engineer Open Storage.3. Vehicle Parking Operations.3.4. communications.4.2. and one or more controlled paved entrances.4. Requirements Determination. Description. Determine the quantity required at the main pool and at individual sub-pools with the following steps. Vehicle operators use pool and sub-pool space to perform daily and weekly maintenance on their equipment.4.1. One of the major sub-pools is operated by CE. Provide one open washrack space for each 25 assigned vehicles. Scope Determination.5. Authorization to establish a subpool must be obtained from the transportation office.5.
.2. will be required. 8. This facility provides parking space for organizational vehicles at two types of locations: The main pool. hospital.5. and Ambulance Shelter (CATCODE 510264). 8. or in an activity's storage yard). 8. Also subtract those regularly parked (or to be parked) in buildings and sheds such as Base Engineer Pavements and Grounds Facility (CATCODE 219943).1. 8.2.4. The vehicle operations central pool requires floodlighting.2. Vehicle Operations Parking Shed (CATCODE 214428). Fire Station (CATCODE 730142).AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 8.5. 8. aircraft maintenance. and authorized sub-pools at the operating site or adjacent to the operating location of designated activities whose function requires 24 hour access to a substantial number of their assigned vehicles. FAC: 8521 CATCODE: 852261 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AF/A4LE
439
8.4. and vehicles exempt from pooling by DoD or Air Force. Vehicle Operations Heated Parking (CATCODE 214426). Pools and sub-pools require a paved or stabilized surface.5. Subtract all vehicles that are regularly parked at open locations other than the pools and sub-pools described above. Due to the type of vehicles parked in this sub-pool. 8. Typical organizations requiring sub-pools are CE. (The term sub-pool does not apply to any parking space identified by other category codes.8 m (6 ft) high. (CATCODE 452255) and the Base Engineer Pavement and Grounds Facility (CATCODE 219943).4. consisting of washracks and steam cleaning equipment. Using the base Vehicle Authorization List.5.1.3. security forces.5. space reserved for a few organizational vehicles in non-organizational parking areas [see CATCODE 852262].2. identify all vehicles for which the Base Transportation Officer is responsible. normally adjacent to Vehicle Operations Administration (CATCODE 610121).4.

Refer to CATCODE 123335 if a vehicle fueling station is to be collocated with the main pool or sub-pools.3. Non-Organizational Vehicle Parking.500
8. ground.200 34.5. Where facilities are located near each other. Space requirements are given in Table 8. refer to Table 8. It is the policy of the DoD to provide off-street parking at military installations instead of building wider streets that would accommodate on-street parking.
Vehicle Space Factors m2 50-100 101-150 151-250 251-350 351-450 451-650 651-850 851-1. Design Considerations. 8. Among the remaining vehicles.4.5.4.600 21.100 27.870 8.1. FAC: 8521 CATCODE: 852262 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: N/A 8.4.600 17.5.400 14. Description.1 to obtain the required amount of vehicle parking space.800 5.3.4. provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere. parking areas should be combined and reduced to the extent consistent with normal operations.
Table 8. Facility design will include. as an integral component.000 3.500 41.440
AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 8.180 4.700 13.
.110 11.4.500 25.250 32. identify those that will be assigned to the main pool and each sub-pool. 8.5.5. Consult AFI 32-7041 for additional guidance on wastewater and storm water collection.1.3.825 9. treatment and disposal compliance. or waters.5.700 Gross Area yd2 3. Dimensions. 8. Then. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA.1.5.5.5. Parking Space Requirements for Vehicle Operations Parking.4.

The outlets are programmed as components of the electrical secondary distribution lines. The analyses for listed and unlisted facilities should be verified by the MAJCOM and should then be attached to the appropriate project documents as part of the justification.2. For purposes of these criteria. 8. taking into account the availability of public or government furnished transportation and group car riding. 8. ground. when not in a Community Shopping Center Cafeteria. Authorized parking spaces for selected facilities are listed in Table 8. Headquarters.5.5.5.5. or waters.2. Parking Space Guidelines for Non-Organizational Vehicles.3.AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
441
8.5. and disposal.5. 8.3. Table 8. Parking spaces for facilities not listed shall be based upon a special traffic analysis at the installation.5.5. 8. or with an average January temperature of -7°C (+20°F) or lower.3. Vehicle parking areas located at installations having severe winters may be provided with exterior type electrical outlets for connection of vehicle engine heating devices.1. Design Considerations.2. Civilian. Facility design will include. A space allowance of 29 m2 (35 yd2) per vehicle shall be used. and Office Buildings Bank and Credit Union. Parking spaces for listed facilities. may be increased where special traffic analyses substantiate the need.1
Facility Administration.2. Dimensions. Consult AFI 32-7041 for additional guidance on wastewater and storm water collection.3. Scope Determination.5.5.2. Surfacing may be either flexible or rigid pavement and shall be determined on the basis of least life cycle cost. 8.5.5. 8. Facilities shall be designed for 90 degree parking whenever practicable. Facilities with multiple functions may provide parking for each function limited to the amounts listed in Table 8. provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere. See UFCs 3-210-02. as determined from two 10-year (or greater) weather data bases. whether existing or programmed.5. POV Site Circulation and Parking. 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA.2. treatment. See Table 8. This allowance includes maneuvering space for parking the vehicle and for normal interior lanes. Vehicle parking areas shall be surfaced and have sufficient slope to control drainage.5. Requirements Determination. when not in a Community Shopping Center Number of Parking Spaces 60% of assigned personnel 2% of authorized customers served 15% of seating capacity
.5.4. severe winters are those with temperatures of -23°C (-10°F) or lower for 30 or more days per year.3. Overhead (CATCODE 812224) or Underground (CATCODE 812226). as an integral component.

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
38% of military and civilian food service personnel, largest shift 30% of seating capacity 10% of children, 80% of staff Contact DeCA for parking requirements 4% of authorized customers served

70% of design capacity 38% of military and civilian food service operating personnel, largest shift, plus 8% of enlisted personnel (patron parking) to be served during a meal period 25% of authorized customers served 2.5 spaces per living unit 1% of military strength 100% of positions per shift 30% of guard and staff strength Total parking shall not exceed 1% of military strength served 38% of civilian employees, largest shift

Exchanges, Main, when not in a Community Shopping Center Family Housing Field House, combined with Football and Baseball Facilities Fire Stations Guard Houses, Brigs, Military Police Stations Fitness Center Laundries and Dry Cleaning Plants Libraries: Central Branch Maintenance Shops

1 space for each 46 m2 (500 ft2) of gross floor area 8 spaces 40% of assigned personnel, largest shift

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012
Medical Facilities Officers' Quarters Schools, Dependent: Without Auditorium With Auditorium Security Offices (at gates) for installations of: 100 to 2,000 population 2,001 to 4,000 population 4,001 to 6,000 population 6,001 to 10,000 population 10,001 and over Service Clubs Swimming Pools Temporary Lodging Facilities Theaters, when not in a Community Shopping Center Warehouses 5 spaces 10 spaces 15 spaces 20 spaces To be based on a special study 2% of enlisted personnel or officer strength served 20% of design capacity 90% of bedrooms 25% of seating capacity 1 space for each 46 m2 (500 ft2) gross area of office area, plus 1 space per 4 persons assigned to storage activities 2 spaces per classroom 2 spaces per classroom, plus 15% of auditorium seats See UFC 4-510-01,Design: Medical Military Facilities 100% of living suites

8.5.6.1. Description. This facility is intended to provide parking space for all assigned refueling units and hose trucks. 8.5.6.2. Requirements Determination. A paved area is required to support continuous operation of loaded refueling units and hydrant hose trucks that provide fuel and oil to aircraft and facilities. 8.5.6.3. Scope Determination. 8.5.6.3.1. Separation from Buildings and Aircraft Aprons. The optimum separation between refueling storage areas and surrounding buildings is 30 m (100 ft). Use 30 m (100 ft) in planning new areas and, where conformance will not require extensive relocations or ground improvements, in developing existing areas. At existing storage areas, smaller separation distance may be established based on an evaluation of the size, nature, and importance of nearby exposed buildings. The minimum permissible separation between storage areas and buildings is 15 m (50 ft); between storage areas and aircraft parking aprons the minimum is 30 m (100 ft). 8.5.6.3.2. Criteria for Parking Area Configuration. 8.5.6.3.2.1. Provide 7.6 m (25 ft) on-center separation between parked vehicles. Also, establish a configuration that permits vehicles to enter parking positions in a single turn and exit in a single turn. (The most widely used refueling unit is the R11 type, which measures 11.6 m x 2.7 m [38 ft x 8 ft 10 in] and has a 32 m [106 ft] turning radius.) 8.5.6.3.2.2. Select the configuration (i.e., the parking and access lane widths, and the parking angles) that requires the fewest square yards of pavement per parking position. The per-position scope is determined by dividing the total paved area by the total parking positions. The maximum permissible access lane width is 15.2 m (50 ft). 8.5.6.4. Dimensions. See information in paragraph 8.5.7 and Refueling Vehicle Shop (CATCODE 214467). 8.5.6.5. Design Considerations. Design pavement for fuel resistant surface. Use rigid pavement for initial construction and tar rubber concrete for overlays. Design for proper surface drainage. Under circumstances described under Petroleum Operations Building (CATCODE 121111), a 23 m2 (250 ft2) vehicle checkpoint and operator maintenance building may be located in the yard. A heated two-bay facility with internal washrack may be constructed for locations with heavy snowfall and/or winter design temperatures less than 7°C (20°F) for 30 days or more. Facility design will include, as an integral component, provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere, ground, or waters. Consult AFI 32-7041 for additional guidance on wastewater and storm water collection, treatment and disposal compliance.

8.5.7.1. Description. This facility is a fenced storage yard with a stabilized surface and floodlighting. It is used to store privately owned vehicles and recreational equipment and abandoned and impounded vehicles. The facility may be developed as two yards at separate locations or a combined yard. In either case, the yard area used for abandoned or impounded vehicles must be separately fenced and locked so that only security forces have access. 8.5.7.1.1. This facility helps alleviate various problems created by the Air Force members living in family quarters, dormitories and officer quarters. Because of the limited amount of off-street parking space, particularly in family housing areas, these vehicles often crowd yards and streets, and create visual blight and safety hazards. The hazards affect both moving vehicles and pedestrians, particularly children. Another problem is the vulnerability of boats, recreational trailers, and inactive second cars to theft, pilferage, and vandalism. This problem is magnified at bases where entire units are sent on extended temporary duty (TDY), such as airlift mission bases. 8.5.7.2. Requirements Determination. The required size of the compound is determined by individual installations based on experience in impoundment requirements and the base commander's estimate as to how many privately owned vehicles and pieces of equipment must be removed from objectionable parking locations to achieve a satisfactory reduction in the problems described above. 8.5.7.3. Scope Determination. The scope used for programming, budgeting, and design of auto stripping yards, pay parking lots, and recreation vehicle storage lots are limited by very specific financial considerations and by market need as documented by a professional, in-depth market survey. The scope is also influenced by the Services NAF construction prioritization system, which encourages economy in scope and composite facilities. The scope may be influence by needs assessment studies. Contact MAJCOM Director of Services for current criteria and guidelines. 8.5.7.4. Dimensions. Varies. 8.5.7.5. Design Considerations. See UFCs 3-210-02, 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA. Facility design will include, as an integral component, provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere, ground, or waters. Consult AFI 32-7041 for additional guidance on wastewater and storm water collection, treatment and disposal compliance.

446

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

8.5.8. Aircraft Support Equipment (AGE) Storage Yard. FAC: 1164 CATCODE: 852273 OPR: AF/A4L OCR: AFCESA/CEO 8.5.8.1. Description. This facility is required for standby storage of powered and nonpowered AGE that have been repaired and are awaiting dispatch. The area is paved and, where necessary for efficient operations or safeguarding, fenced and lighted. 8.5.8.2. Requirements Determination. The requirement applies to yards adjoining Aircraft Support Equipment Shop/Storage (CATCODE 218712) or at dispersed sub-pool locations. The storage yards are part of the total AGE standby storage requirement which may include heated and unheated buildings or sheds. For reasons of economy, yards are the preferred facility wherever climate and operational factors permit. 8.5.8.2.1. Yard space requirements (in square meters) are provided out of the total space allowances for standby storage facilities given in Table 3.10 in Chapter 3 of this Manual. 8.5.8.2.2. The above-mentioned requirements do not apply to spacing and/or placing fueling vehicles in structures designed for servicing equipment of this nature. 8.5.8.3. Scope Determination. To determine the area required, a factor of 334 m2 (400 yd2) per vehicle may be used as a guide. This factor is predicated on the use of the F-6 type semi-trailer with M-52 type tractor. 8.5.8.4. Dimensions. See paragraph 8.5.8.2.1. 8.5.8.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-250-18FA. Facility design will include, as an integral component, provisions to preclude discharge of pollutants to the surrounding atmosphere, ground, or waters. In particular, consider oil-water separators with integral grit chamber for storm water runoff from AGE parking areas. Additionally, storm water pretreatment must comply with all applicable regulations, permits such as the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Program, and the base's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan." Consult AFI 32-7041 for additional guidance on wastewater and storm water collection, treatment and disposal compliance. 8.5.9. Sidewalk. FAC: 8524 CATCODE: 852289 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCEE/TD

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

447

8.5.9.1. Description. On permanent air bases, a smooth, hard surfaced walk may be authorized for pedestrian traffic. 8.5.9.2. Requirements Determination. New walkways will be programmed as appropriate within 3400 appropriation minor construction limits or in conjunction with the military construction program in amounts required to support new construction. 8.5.9.3. Scope Determination. See UFCs 3-250-01FA and 3-250-18FA for detailed guidance. 8.5.9.4. Dimensions. Widths of such walks will be 1.2 m (4 ft) minimum and increase in increments of 0.6 m (2 ft) to meet local traffic requirements. 8.5.9.5. Design Considerations. Normally, walks should be constructed of Portland cement concrete or asphaltic concrete. 8.6. Category Group 86, Railroad Facilities 8.6.1. Railroad Trackage. FAC: 8601 CATCODE: 860617 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: N/A 8.6.1.1. Description. Railroad trackage is required to serve the warehouse area and bulk fuel storage area. Spur track is required for switching and storing empty cars while awaiting pickup. 8.6.1.2. Required Determination. Railroad trackage will have standard gauge, clearance, and weight of rail as specified in interstate regulations. It will connect with the common carrier delivering shipments to the base. Sidings will be provided for holding and unloading freight cars as required. 8.6.1.3. Scope Determination. Amount of railroad trackage to be constructed is determined by the proximity of common carrier lines, volume of traffic, and grade requirements imposed by accepted railroad practices. 8.6.1.4. Dimensions. See UFC 4-860-01FA, Railroad Design and Rehabilitation, for additional guidance and information. 8.6.1.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 4-860-01FA. 8.7. Category Group 87, Ground Improvement Structures. 8.7.1. Fencing. 8.7.1.1. General. A fence serves as a legal and physical demarcation of a boundary. It is an obstruction which must be jumped, climbed, or cut through to gain entry. From a security and law enforcement point of view, such actions would be regarded as unauthorized entry. Signs are displayed at appropriate and regular intervals on the exterior boundary of the fence line or on posts immediately adjacent to the exterior

448

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 boundary, describing the type of area and conditions for entry. This combination of fencing and signs is intended to discourage trespass or unauthorized entry to legal entry points. 8.7.1.2. The type of fence installed for any given use depends upon the degree of prevention of unauthorized entry desired. For example, if the security operation requires a continuous surveillance of the fence line, the most substantial barrier available (Type A below) should be utilized. On the other hand, a sturdy multiple strand wire fence will serve as an adequate physical and legal barrier along the unwatched boundary of a base area. In every case the most economical type of fence which will satisfy the need of the security operation will be used. All practical use will be made of natural and structural features to reduce the amount of fencing required, provided they constitute an obstruction equal to the barrier of which they are a part. 8.7.1.3. Among the factors which affect the selection of the type of security fencing to be used are: 8.7.1.3.1. Permanency of the need; 8.7.1.3.2. Degree of prevention or deterrence of unauthorized entry desired; 8.7.1.3.3. Physical layout of the installation or area and its immediate environs; 8.7.1.3.4. Topography and climate; 8.7.1.3.5. Nearness and nature of adjacent populated or built-up areas; 8.7.1.3.6. Adjacent land use; 8.7.1.3.7. Existing fencing or barriers; 8.7.1.3.8. Degree of military control exercised in the areas immediately adjacent; and 8.7.1.3.9. Local threat assessment, considering both criminal and terrorist threats. 8.7.1.4. Determinations and recommendations are made by the installation Resource Protection Executive Committee. See AFI 31-101. 8.7.1.5. The majority of requirements for fencing can be satisfied by the types of fences described below, singly or in any combination. Fences and barriers for contingency operations, including base defense, are specified in UFC 4-020-01. 8.7.1.5.1. Type A - Chain link, 50 mm (2 in) square mesh, woven 9 gauge (3.76 mm or 0.148 in) steel wire fabric, 2.1 m (7 ft) high, surmounted by 3 strands of barbed wire, angled outward at 45 degrees for a total height of 2.4 m (8 ft). Typical uses are for nuclear weapon storage areas, aircraft parking areas, areas containing resources of high mission or monetary value, and as a barrier between flight line activities and cantonment and base or immediately contiguous housing areas. In each instance, except for NATO sites where a coated (metal or vinyl coating) steel wire is used, the steel core must be 9 gauge (3.76 mm or 0.148 in), not including the coating. Coated steel wire purchased or installed before January 1, 1980 is considered to meet requirements as long as the core wire is 11 gauge (3.05 mm or 0.1205 in). 8.7.1.5.1.1. Type A1 - Chain link, 2.1 m (7 ft) high, surmounted by 6 strands of barbed wire, 3 on each side of a "Y"-shaped outrigger, for a total height of 2.4 m

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

449

(8 ft). Typical uses are for nuclear weapon storage areas and alert aircraft areas. 8.7.1.5.1.2. Type A2 - Chain link, 1.8 m (6 ft) high, surmounted by 3 strands of barbed wire, angled outward for a total height of 2.1 m (7 ft). Typical uses are for areas containing high mission or monetary value and as a barrier between flight line activities and the base cantonment or housing area. 8.7.1.5.2. Type B - Barbed wire, 3-strand, 1.2 m (4 ft) high. Typical uses are extension of flight line area barriers, perimeter boundary for isolated portions of installations, livestock barrier, and area boundary for on-base bulk material storage areas. Fence used for livestock barrier may be designed to higher standards if necessary to satisfy the requirements of local and state law. 8.7.1.5.3. Type B - Barbed wire, 4-strand, 1.2 m (4 ft) high. The fence is provided for livestock barrier at the boundaries of livestock grazing lands that adjoin airfield operational areas if justified under Boundary Fence (CATCODE 872245). 8.7.1.5.4. Type C - Concertina Wire. In normal use one coil provides a barrier 0.9 m (3 ft) in diameter. Concertina wire should be used in multiple stacked coils. It is primarily considered an expedient for short term use or pending the erection of permanent type fencing. 8.7.1.6. Requirements for fencing by type of installation and application are stated in AFMAN 31 series for restricted areas, AFI 31-101 for controlled areas, and DoD 5100.76-M for base defense. Details on installation of Type A fencing are found in USACE Specification, which guides Air Force construction. 8.7.2. Boundary Fence. FAC: 8721 CATCODE: 872245 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: AFCESA/CEO 8.7.2.1. Description. As a general rule the perimeter of Air Force installations will be delineated by some type of fencing. 8.7.2.2. Requirements Determination. 8.7.2.2.1. In exceptional cases the entire installation may have a uniform degree of security importance, however, as a practical matter, all areas, materials, and facilities within an installation are not of equal security priority. In effect, extensive security effort protecting Air Force real property per se is not warranted. Notwithstanding the use of fencing for resource protection purposes, the need for unmistakable installation boundary delineation becomes all the more acute as military bases become lucrative targets for dissident individuals or groups seeking entry for private or political motives. Therefore, economical and realistic satisfaction of an installation commander's legal and moral responsibilities for the protection of property under his command can be satisfied by the use of Type A2 fence, described above.

450

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 8.7.2.2.2. The type of fence required at the boundaries of livestock grazing land that adjoin airfield operational areas requires special study and determination. The effectiveness of Type B, 3-strand fence in confining livestock must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. If a survey reveals that locally existing and properly installed 3strand fence is providing satisfactory confinement under conditions (including livestock pressures) similar to that prevailing or foreseen at the airfield in question, such fencing should be used for new installation and replacement. If there is clear evidence that a stronger fence is needed, Type B, 4-strand fencing may be installed. With either 3- or 4-strand fences, provide, as required, hinged rigid steel gates with break-away features for emergency type vehicles. 8.7.2.3. Scope Determination. See paragraph 8.7.1. 8.7.2.4. Dimensions. See paragraph 8.7.1. 8.7.2.5. Design Considerations. See paragraph 8.7.1.

8.7.3. Security Fence, Vehicle Security Barriers. FAC: 8721 CATCODE: 872247 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: AFCESA/CEO 8.7.3.1. Description. As differentiated from CATCODE 872245, a security fence is required to enhance security or protective efforts established in response to Restricted or Controlled Areas. 8.7.3.2. Requirements Determination. The specific type of fencing required for Restricted Areas will be stated in Security Standards described in AFI 31-101. Fencing for Controlled Areas will be stipulated by instructions and directives developed by the functional area concerned (e.g., for non-nuclear explosives); refer to AFI 31-101. 8.7.3.3. Scope Determination. See AFI 31-101. 8.7.3.4. Dimensions. See AFI 31-101. 8.7.3.5. Design Considerations. See AFI 31-101. 8.7.4. Interior Fence. FAC: 8721 CATCODE: 872248 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: AFCESA/CEO 8.7.4.1. Description. This designation is used for fences whose primary function is clearly neither boundary nor security control as described above. For example, fences that

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

451

primarily promotes personnel or traffic safety, operating efficiency, or protection of environment. 8.7.4.2. Requirements Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.7.4.3. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.7.4.4. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.7.4.5. Design Considerations. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.7.5. Security Alarm System. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 872841 OPR: AFSFC/SFO OCR: AFCESA/CEO 8.7.5.1. Description. Intrusion detection alarm systems consist of electronic monitoring devices, detection devices, and associated transmission lines, power supplies, and signaling equipment. They are designed to provide relatively complete detection of human intrusions into protected facilities. A system of this type may be employed to detect intrusion or forcible attacks in rooms, structures, or missile facilities. 8.7.5.2. Requirements Determination. Physical security standards in AFI 31-101 and AFI 91 series specify mandatory requirements. Aside from the mandatory requirements, additional requirements for the systems must be based on local requirements that are approved by the parent MAJCOM. 8.7.5.3. Scope Determination. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.7.5.4. Dimensions. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.7.5.5. Design Considerations. Contact OPR for latest requirements and guidance. 8.8. Category Group 88, Fire and Other Alarm Systems. 8.8.1. Overview. 8.8.1.1. Installed Fire Protection Systems. Fire protection systems are designed to detect the presence of fire and to activate both facility/area and fire alarm/communication center alarms. Systems may also be designed to suppress, contain, or control the fire once detected. These systems provide protection to physical facilities, their occupants, contents, structures, mobile and stationary equipment, water-front facilities, outside storage, shore protection for ships and craft, and external protection for aircraft. The following systems are installed in compliance with design/application criteria in UFC 3600-01and other applicable ETLs and publications.

8.8.2.1. Description. The system provides for the automatic detection and suppression of fire throughout designated areas, buildings, structures, and exposures; sounds an evacuation alarm; and transmits a signal to the fire alarm/communications center. Systems may be either wet (water filled) or dry (compressed air filled). 8.8.2.2. Requirements Determination. Wet systems require a pressure maintenance pump and dry systems require an air maintenance system. The sprinkler heads on these systems are each sealed with a fusible plug/element. 8.8.2.3. Scope Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.2.4. Dimensions. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.2.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.3. Open Head Deluge Systems. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 880212 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCESA/CEXF 8.8.3.1. Description. This system, presently installed in many older, pre-1978, large hangar facilities, is not authorized for use in new construction except as permitted in UFC 3-600-01. The sprinklers on this type of system are all open. 8.8.3.2. Requirements Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.3.3. Scope Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.3.4. Dimensions. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.3.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.4. Pre-Action Sprinkler System. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 880216 OPR: AFCESA/CEO

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 OCR: AFCESA/CEXF

453

8.8.4.1. Description. This is a dry sprinkler system which includes an automatic detector system which detects the fire and releases water into the sprinkler system normally using a deluge valve. The individual sprinkler heads are all sealed with a fusible plug/element. 8.8.4.2. Requirements Determination. Two actions are required for water to be released from this type of system: (1) activation of the heat detection system and (2) the individual fusing/opening of a sprinkler head. 8.8.4.3. Scope Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.4.4. Dimensions. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.4.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.5. AFFF Pre-Action Sprinkler System. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 880217 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCESA/CEXF 8.8.5.1. Description. The system is found in older (pre-1998) hangar-type facilities. The system includes sprinkler system, detection system, underwing nozzles, agent storage, and proportioning system (but not additional water pumps), and/or storage (see CATCODEs 843314, 843316, and 843319). 8.8.5.2. Requirements Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.5.3. Scope Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.5.4. Dimensions. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.5.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.6. High Expansion Foam System. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 880218 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCESA/CEXF 8.8.6.1. Description. This system is required in all new and renovated hangar facilities, since 1998. It is also used for special applications involving flammable liquids and gasses. 8.8.6.2. Requirements Determination. See UFC 3-600-01.

8.8.9.1. Description. This system is for area wide fire/emergency reporting and may use either voice or coded signal. The system may be part of the base internal wire and telephone system or may be radio operated. It includes initiating signal boxes, circuits, and central station receiving equipment, cabinets and consoles, antennas, and power supply equipment. This system is programmed, installed, and maintained as an Air Force communication function. 8.8.9.2. Requirements Determination. New coded systems are only authorized in special locations, in accordance with UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.9.3. Scope Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.9.4. Dimensions. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.9.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.10. Carbon Dioxide Fire System. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 880231 OPR: AFCESA/CEO OCR: AFCESA/CEXF 8.8.10.1. Description. This system provides for automatic detection of fire and actuation of agent discharge. The system may be either total flooding or application type. The system consists of necessary piping, nozzles, and controls. 8.8.10.2. Requirements Determination. Carbon dioxide systems are not authorized for use in new construction except as permitted in UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.10.3. Scope Determination. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.10.4. Dimensions. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.10.5. Design Considerations. See UFC 3-600-01. 8.8.11. Protein Foam/Water Deluge System. FAC: 8999 CATCODE: 880232

Building Definitions—The definitions provided below are used in this Manual and used by the Military Departments and DoD Components to describe the levels and types of construction of most DoD buildings and related facilities. Building System and Subsystems—A building system is an assembly of dimensionally and functionally pre-coordinated subsystems which, when combined, produces an essentially complete and functional building. A subsystem is one of many building components designed and manufactured to be combined and integrated with other types of subsystems to produce an entire building system. Industrialized Buildings—Buildings in which major components and some subsystems are constructed at a factory, transported to the job site and erected. An example is factory construction of individual walls with the plumbing and electrical wiring already installed. Manufactured Buildings—Buildings constructed from whole building modules that are constructed at a factory, transported to the job site and connected to other modules to form an entire structure. An example is multistory unaccompanied personnel housing in which each living unit is factory constructed with walls, floors, ceilings plumbing, and electrical wiring. Mobilization and Emergency Construction—Buildings and facilities designed and constructed to serve a specific mobilization or emergency requirement. Buildings should be austere to minimize construction time and maximize conservation of critical materials. Maintenance factors and longevity should be secondary considerations. Permanent Construction—Buildings and facilities designed and constructed to serve a life expectancy of more than 25 years, should be energy efficient, and should have finishes, materials, and systems selected for low maintenance and low life cycle cost. Pre-Engineered Buildings—Buildings constructed entirely from a manufacturer’s system of standard stock items. Pre-engineered buildings often rely on a modular dimension system and can be constructed in a wide range of configurations and sizes. Portable Buildings—Buildings designed to be easily moved intact.

476

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012

Relocatable Buildings—Buildings designed to be dismantled to facilitate relocation and normally purchased as equipment to fill a temporary requirement. Semipermanent Construction—Buildings and facilities designed and constructed to serve a life expectancy of more than five years but less than 25 years, should be energy efficient, and should have finishes, materials, and systems selected for a moderate degree of maintenance using the life cycle approach. Temporary Construction—Buildings and facilities designed and constructed to serve a life expectancy of five years or less using low cost construction, and with finishes, materials, and systems selected with maintenance factors being a secondary consideration. Interior Taxilane—A taxilane which provides a secondary taxi route to an individual parking position or a hangar and is not intended or used as a primary taxi route for through traffic. Peripheral Taxilane—A taxilane located along the periphery of an apron and intended as a primary taxi route. Through Taxilane—A taxilane providing a route through or across an apron which is intended as a primary taxi route for access to other taxilanes, aprons, taxiways or the runway.

AFMAN32-1084 20 APRIL 2012 Attachment 2 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS SYSTEM

477

A2.1. The DoD Real Property Classification System (RPCS). The RPCS is a hierarchical scheme of real property types and functions that serves as the framework for identifying, categorizing, and analyzing, DoD’s inventory of land and facilities around the world. This scheme is comprised of a 5-tier structure represented by numerical codes, with 1-digit codes being the most general and 6-digit codes representing the most specific types of facilities. A2.2. Category Codes. At the most detailed level, numerical codes, commonly known as CATCODE, represent each type of facility in the Air Force’s inventory. CATCODE are generally similar but not identical between the Military Departments. Because of these differences, and to allow consistent macro-level analysis and planning across all of the Military Departments, DoD established a higher-level facility classification that groups facilities with similar functions and units of measure from each Military Departments into common Facility Analysis Categories (FAC). FACs are represented by a 4-digit code. Successively larger groupings of facility types are represented by 3-, 2-, and 1-digit numerical classifications. A2.3. Real Property Classification System (RPCS) Structure. The RPCS structure is numerically consistent between the 1-digit level and the 4-digit level. For example, the Facility Class represented by the code "1" for "Operation and Training facilities" consists of the 2-, 3-, and 4-digit codes that also begin with the numeral 1. Likewise, the Category Group represented by the code "11" for "Airfield Pavements" consists of the 3- and 4-digit codes that also begin with 'l1." The exception to this rule is FAC 9999, "Not real property," which has no two-or threedigit counterparts. (See Table A2.1) Further information on the DoD Real Property Classification System can be viewed on the Office of the Deputy Under Secretary of Defense, Installations and Environment Web site: http://www.acq.osd.mil/ie/fim/programanalysis_budget/tool_metrics/RPCS/rpcs.shtml. A2.3.1. The names for each level in the RPCS are as follows, with Table A2.1 providing an example of the hierarchy: Facility Class (FC) Category Group (CG) Basic Category (BC) Facility Analysis Category (FAC) Category Code (CATCODE) 1-digit level 2-digit level 3-digit level 4-digit level 5- and 6-digit level

provides a complete list of all the Air Force RPCS codes broken A2.3.2. Table A2.2 down by CATCODE, FAC, CATCODE Title, OPR, OCR and location within the Manual, if applicable.